Home

Altova XMLSpy 2009

1. 1 1 XSLT 1 0 Engine Implementation Information The Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine is built into Altova s XMLSpy StyleVision Authentic and MapForce XML products It is also available in the free AltovaXML package The Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine implements and conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium s XSLT 1 0 Recommendation of 16 November 1999 and XPath 1 0 Recommendation of 16 November 1999 Limitations and implementation specific behavior are listed below Limitations e he xsl preserve space and xsl strip space elements are not supported e When the method attribute of xs1 output is set to HTML or if HTML output is selected by default then special characters in the XML or XSLT file are inserted in the HTML document directly as special characters they are not inserted as HTML character references in the output For instance the character 160 the decimal character reference for a non breaking space is not inserted as amp nbsp in the HTML code but directly as a non breaking space Implementation s handling of whitespace only nodes in source XML document The XML data and consequently the XML Infoset that is passed to the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine is stripped of boundary whitespace only text nodes A boundary whitespace only text node is a child whitespace only text node that occurs between two elements within an element of mixed content This stripping may have an effect on the value returned by the fn position fn last
2. User Manual and Programmers Reference ALTOVA Copyright E 1998 2009 Altova GmbH All rights reserved Use of this software is governed by and subject to an Altova software license agreement RFMLSpu MapForce StyleVision SemanticWorks Schema gent UModel Database Spy Diff Dog Authentic ltova ML MissionKit and ALTOVA as well as their logos are trademarks and or registered trademarks of Altova GmbH KML AXEL XHTML and Wes are trademarks registered in numerous countries of the world wide Web Consortium marks of the WS are registered and held by ike host institutions MIT INF 1 and Keio UNICODE and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc This software ALTOVA contains 3rd party copyrighted software or material that is protected by copyright and En subject to other terms and conditions as detailed on the Altova website at hho eww alkova comi legal 3 rdparty html Altova XMLSpy 2009 User amp Reference Manual All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the
3. Ech seqQ5b xg ah Query Keywords A re A re A re AD et A rr A re ret ei et a Ml y Ml y Bl y Ml y Bs y Ml y Bo y lo y Bo y Mn te ancestor ances tor oar selt and as ascending at castable child collation comment construction Query Variables a Xx Quer Functions nd Xx concatenate Contains count Current date current dateTime current t1me data date equal date greater than date 1e55 than dateTime equal dateTime greater than In XQuery code in the XQuery Mode of Text View the following default syntax coloring is used Comments including smiley delimiters are in green XQuery Keywords are in blue keyword XQuery Variables including the dollar sign are in purple Sstart XQuery Functions but not their parentheses are in olive function Strings are in orange Procedure All other text such as path expressions is black shown underlined below So for Ss in doc reportl xml sectionl section title Procedure return s incision 2 instrument You can change these default colors and other font properties in the Text Fonts tab of the Options dialog Tools Options Please note In the above screenshot one pair of colored parentheses for a comment is displayed black and bold This is because of the bracket matching feature see XQuery Intelligent Editing O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 122 XSLT and XQuery XQue
4. 1 Examples 2 Examples Please note Most project related commands are also available in the context menu which appears when you right click any item in the project window Absolute and relative paths Each project is saved as a project file and has the spp extension These files are actually XML documents that you can edit like any regular XML File In the project file absolute paths are used for files folders on the same level or higher and relative paths for files folders in the current folder or in sub folders For example if your directory structure looks like this Folderl Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 If your spp file is located in Folder3 then references to files in Folder1 and Folder2 will O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 202 User Reference Project Menu look something like this c Folderl NameOfFile ext c Folderl Folder2 NameOfFile ext References to files in Folder3 and Folder4 will look something like this NameOfFile ext Folder4 NameOfFile ext If you wish to ensure that all paths will be relative save the spp files in the root directory of your working disk Drag and drop In the Project window a folder can be dragged to another folder or to another location within the same folder A file can be dragged to another folder but cannot be moved within the same folder within which files are arranged alphabetically Additionally files and folders can be dragged from Windo
5. History Options e x OF Cancel Help did Project Select the appropriate entries and confirm with OK History of Altoval est altova eye_ spy default xml History 1 tems 4 Alp 16 01 01 19 30 Created Ddu PEE ie i This dialog box provides various way of comparing and getting specific versions of the file in question Double clicking an entry in the list opens the History Details dialog box for that file The buttons in the dialog provide the following functionality e Close closes this dialog box e View opens a further dialog box in which you can select the type of viewer with which you wish to see the file e Details opens a dialog box in which you can see the properties of the currently active file 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 224 User Reference Project Menu Get allows you to retrieve one of the previous versions of the file in the version list and place it in the working directory Check Out allows you to check out a previous version of the file Diff opens the Difference options dialog box which allows you to define the difference options when viewing the differences between two file versions Use CTRL Click to mark two file versions in this window then click Diff to view the differences between them Pin pins or unpins a version of the file allowing you to define the specific file version to use when differencing two files Rollback ro
6. SCC Plug in P4SCC feature The default installation will work correctly with all Altova products If the SCC Plug in P4SCC feature is chosen e Two SCC functions Show differences and Source control manager will not work e The Show differences functionality and the possibility to launch the source control manager will not work because they rely on the non installed features Visual Merge Tool and Visual Client P4V respectively e The differencing functionality will need 3rd party software while the launch of the source control manager will only be possible after the explicit installation of the Visual Client P4V e After starting your Perforce Visual Client installation specify your own client configuration settings server name Text Editing Application User Name e When the installation is finished do not forget to create a new workspace or to select an existing one PureCM http www purecm com Supported Versions PureCM Client 2008 3a A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products e After the installation start the PureCM client to register a server PushOK CVS SCC NT http www pushok com soft_cvs php Supported Versions 2 1 2 5 A standard installation is sufficient for using PushOK CVS SCC NT e After installation is complete make sure your copy of the CVS proxy plug in is correctly registered e After defining a workspace you can start to w
7. Server Version AccuRev AccuRev 4 7 0 Windows http www accurev com Bazaar Bazaar 1 9 Windows http bazaar vcs org Borland StarTeam 2008 StarTeam 2008 Release 2 http www borland com us products starteam Codice Software Plastic SCM Codice Software Plastic SCM http www codicesoftware com xpproducts aspx Professional 2 7 127 10 Server Collabnet Subversion 1 5 1 5 4 http subversion tigris org ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO ComponentSoftware http www componentsoftware com Products RCS CS RCS PRO 5 1 Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere for VSS SourceAnywhere for VSS http www dynamsoft com Products SAW_Overview aspx 9 3 2 Standard Professional Server Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Hosted Server hosted in a Bell Data http www dynamsoft com Products SourceAnywhere SourceSafe V Center SS aspx Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Standalone SourceAnywhere Standalone http www dynamsoft com Products SourceAnywhere SourceSafe V 2 2 Server SS aspx IBM Rational ClearCase 7 7 0 1 LT http www 01 1bm com software awdtools clearcase March Hare CVSNT 2 5 2 5 03 2382 http www cvsnt org March Hare CVS Suite 2008 Server 2008 3321 http www march hare com cvsnt en asp Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 205 Mercurial Mercurial 1 0 2 for Windows http www selenic com mercurial Microsoft SourceSafe 2005 2005 with CTP http msdn microsoft com en us vstudio aa718670 aspx M
8. lt Person Manager gt fo FIPste lt First gt LAS t gy Las ta lt PhoneExt gt lt sPhoneExt gt gt lt Emad l gt lt Email lt Person gt Press F12 to switch the new Person element to Grid View Click on the Manager attribute of the new Person element Take a look at the Attributes Entry Helper The Manager entry is grayed out because it has already been entered Also look at the Info Window which now displays information about the Manager attribute It is a required attribute and has therefore been added The Programmer attribute has not been added Go to Text View In the Attributes Entry Helper double click the Programmer entry This inserts an empty Programmer attribute after the Manager attribute The Programmer attribute is now grayed out in the Attributes Entry Helper Select the menu option File Save As and save the file as CompanyLast xml Remember to rename the original CompanyLast xml file that is delivered with XMLSpy to something else like CompanyLast orig xml Please note The CompanyLast xml file delivered with XMLSpy is in the in the Tutorial folder 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 32 XMLSpy Tutorial XSLT Transformations 2 4 2 4 1 XSLT Transformations Objective To generate an HTML file from the XML file using an XSL stylesheet to transform the XML file You should note that a transformation does not change the XML file into anything else instead a new output file
9. lt catalog gt lt public publicId PublicID of Resource uri URL of local file gt lt system systemIid SystemID of Resource uri URL of local file gt lt rewriteURI uriStartString StartString of URI to rewrite rewritePrefix String to replace StartString gt lt rewriteSystem systemldStartString StartString of SystemID rewritePrefix Replacement string to locate resource locally gt lt uri name filename uri URL of file identified by filename gt lt catalog gt Please note e Although the DTDs for XML Schemas are referenced from CoreCatalog xml you cannot validate your XML files against either of these schemas They are included to provide entry helper info for editing purposes should you wish to create files according to these older recommendations A so see next point e If you create a custom file extension for a particular schema for example the myht ml extension for HTML files that are to be valid according to the HTML DTD then you can enable intelligent editing for files with these extensions by adding a line of text to CustomCatalog xml For the example extension mentioned you should add the element lt spy fileExtHelper ext myhtml uri schemas xhtml xhtml1 transitional dta gt as a child of the lt catalog gt element This would enable intelligent editing auto completion entry helpers etc of myhtm1 files in XMLSpy according to the XHTML 1 0 Transitional DTD e For more informat
10. 1 lt zml version 1 0 encoding 1 lt sml version 1 0 encd edited with XML Spy v3 5 il re edited with XML Sp 3 lt DOCTYPE main SYSTEM spyuweb 3 lt IDOCTYFE main SYSTEM 4 lt maln gt 4 lt maln gt lt 4 begin navigation ki lt 4 begin naviga meta description gt XHL Spy meta description meta keywords XML EML ed meta keywords AML meta _title XML Editor HH meta title gt XML Edit meta searchstr gt XML Editor meta searchs str gt XML pageheader gt Welcome to XML pageheader gt Welcome currentsection home lt currm currentsect ion gt home currentsubsection homex currentsubsection gt content show pageheader content show pagehe maincontent full vidt maincontent fu table width 100 table widt header style header rOW gt para XML TON lt row gt gt Lo 4 Deleted lines Changed lines Inserted lines La 2 Col The differences between the two files are highlighted in both windows this example uses MS Source Safe Show Properties The Show Properties command displays the properties of the currently selected file screenshot below The properties displayed depends on the source control provider you use 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 226 User Reference Project Menu Bank_CSharp codegen Sa ings4ccount cs x General Check Out Status Links Paths Mame iBank CSharpicodegen Sa
11. 114 XSLT and XQuery 6 XSLT and XQuery XMLSpy provides editing support for XSLT and XQuery documents has built in engines for transforming with XSLT and executing XQuery documents This section provides an overview of the XSLT and XQuery functionality available in XMLSpy It is organized into the following sections e XSLT e XQuery Additional and more detailed information about commands is in the descriptions of the relevant menu commands in the User Reference section For more information on editing support also see the Editing Views section and the XML section Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XSLT and XQuery XSLT 115 6 1 XSLT This section on XSLT is organized into the following sections e Editing XSLT documents describes the editing support for XSLT documents in XMLSpy e XSLT Processing shows the various ways in which XSLT transformations can be carried out in the XMLSpy GUI using engines of your choice This section also explains important XSLT settings in XMLSpy 6 1 1 XSLT Documents XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 documents can be edited in Text View and are edited like any other XML document in Text View In Standard Edition XSLT documents can also be viewed but not edited in Grid View Entry helpers Entry helpers are available for elements attributes and entities Information about the items displayed in the entry helpers is built into XMLSpy and is not dependent on references contained in the XSLT do
12. CTRL E CTRL T CTRL D CTRL M CTRL SHIFT CTRL SHIFT E CTRL SHIFT T CTRL SHIFT D CTRL SHIFT M CTRL ALT CTRL ALT E CTRL ALT T CTRL ALT D CTRL ALT M Hotkeys for Text View CTRL CTRL CTRL 0 CTRL mouse wheel forward CTRL mouse wheel back Append Attribute In Grid View Append Element in Text View Jump to Start End Tag when cursor is in other member of the pair Append Text Append CDATA Append Comment Insert Attribute Insert Element Insert Text content Insert CDATA Insert Comment Add Child Attribute Add Child Element Add Child Text Add Child CDATA Add Child Comment Zoom In Zoom Out Reset Zoom Zoom In Zoom Out 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 282 User Reference Tools Menu Currently assigned keyboard shortcuts Hotkeys by function Abandon edits Add Child Attribute Add Child CDATA Add Child Comment Add Child Element Add Child Text Append Attribute Append CDATA Append Comment Append Element Append Text Check well formedness Closes active window Close XMLSpy Collapse Collapse unselected Confirms a selection Copy Cut Cycle through windows Delete item Expand Expand fully File New File Open File Print File Save Find Find Next Goto line char Help Menu Highlight other tag in pair when cursor Is inside a start or end element tag Insert Attribute Insert CDATA Insert Comment Insert E
13. Cancel M Make path relative to OrgChart xml Please choose a file from your hard disk a global resource or select one of the other open windows You can also select a global resource to specify the XSLT file A global resource is an alias for a file or folder The target file or folder can be changed within the GUI by changing the active configuration of the global resource via the menu command Tools Active Configuration Global resources therefore enable the assigned XSLT file to be switched from one to another which can be useful for testing How to use global resources is described in the section Altova Global Resources If a previous assignment using either of these PI targets exists then you are asked whether you wish to overwrite the existing assignment Go to XSLT The XSL XQuery Go to XSL command opens the XSLT file that has been assigned to the XML document XSLT parameters and XQuery variables XSLT parameters and XQuery variables can be defined edited and deleted in the dialog that Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XML Processing with XSLT and XQuery 105 appears on clicking the command XSL XQuery XSLT Parameters XQuery Variables The parameter variable values defined here are used for all XSLT transformations and XQuery executions in XMLSpy However these values will not be passed to external engines such as MSXML For the details of how to use this feature see the User Reference section
14. Character normalization No character normalization form is supported Precision of numeric types e The xs integer datatype is arbitrary precision i e it can represent any number of digits e The xs decimal datatype has a limit of 20 digits after the decimal point e Thexs float and xs double datatypes have limited precision of 15 digits XQuery Instructions Support The Pragma instruction is not supported If encountered it is ignored and the fallback expression is evaluated XQuery Functions Support For information about implementation specific behavior of XQuery 1 0 functions see the section XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 312 Engine Information XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions 1 4 1 4 1 XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 functions are evaluated by e the Altova XPath 2 0 Engine which i is a component of the Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine and ii is used in the XPath Evaluator of Altova s XMLSpy product to evaluate XPath expressions with respect to the XML document that is active in the XMLSpy interface e the Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine This section describes how XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 functions are handled by the Altova XPath 2 0 Engine and Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine Only those functions are listed for which the behavior is implementation specific or where the behavior of an individual function is different in any of the three environments in
15. Enter Carriage Return Key In Authentic View the Return key is used to append additional elements when it is in certain cursor locations For example if the chapter of a book may according to the schema contain several paragraphs then pressing Return inside the text of the paragraph causes a new paragraph to be appended immediately after the current paragraph If a chapter can contain one title and several chapters pressing Enter inside the chapter but outside any paragraph element including within the title element causes a new chapter to be appended after the current chapter assuming that multiple chapters are allowed by the schema Please note The Return key does not insert a carriage return line feed i e it does not jump to a new line This is the case even when the cursor is inside a text node such as paragraph Using the keyboard The keyboard can be used in the standard way for typing and navigating Note the following special points e The Tab key moves the cursor forward stopping before and after nodes and highlighting node contents it steps over static content e Theadd andadd Node hyperlinks are considered node contents and are highlighted when tabbed They can be activated by pressing either the spacebar or the Enter key Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH HTML and CSS 159 8 HTML and CSS XMLSpy provides intelligent editing features for HTML and CSS documents Both types of documents are edited i
16. New The Create new document dialog opens Create new document Select the type of document pon wish to create AML Query Language ABIL Query Language ABIL Query Language for DBS AML alll id BRL EE Schema Aol Stylesheet v1 0 ASL Stylesheet v2 0 ALT Stylesheet v1 0 ASLT Stylesheet v2 0 MinZip File Select a StyleVision Stylesheet Cancel 2 Inthe dialog select the xsd entry the document description and the list in the window might vary from that in the screenshot and confirm with OK An empty schema file appears in the Main Window in Schema WSDL Design View screenshot below In Standard Edition you cannot edit XML Schema documents in Schema View so you must switch to Text View to edit the document O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 20 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Schemas 3 The schema you will use for the rest of this tutorial is AddressLast xsd which is located in the cC Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents Altova XMLSpy Examples Tutorial folder Open this file and explore it in Text View and Schema View Note that in Standard Edition you cannot edit this document in Schema View Schema View is a drag and drop editing view in the Enterprise and Professional editions in which you can edit an overview of the schema s global components and then edit each global component in a separate view that component s content model view The XML file you create in the next part of the tutorial wil
17. Row Column Cell bgcolor border border collapse cellpadding ce llepacing frame height page break atter page break before rules table layout 2 3 Place the cursor in the first row to format it and click the Table Properties icon Click the Row tab Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 145 Table Properties E x Table Row Column Cel center 8282820 DA middle Since the first row will be the header row set a background color to differentiate this row from the other rows Note the Row properties that have been set in the figure above Then enter the column header text Your table will now look like this Notice that the alignment is centered as specified 4 Now say you want to divide the Telephone column into the sub columns Office and Home in which case you would need to join cells Place the cursor in the Telephone Lt cell and click the Split vertically icon Your table will look like this 5 Now place the cursor in the cell below the cell containing Telephone and click the JE Split horizontally icon Then type in the column headers Office and Home Your table will now look like this Telephone E Office Home me Pp Po es ee Now you will have to vertically split each cell in the Telephone column You can also add and delete columns and rows and vertically align cell content using the table
18. Source Control XMLSpy now supports Microsoft SourceSafe and other compatible repositories This section will use Visual SourceSafe to show the source control features of XMLSpy Microsoft has defined a Registry Entry where all SC compatible programs can register themselves This is the entry XMLSpy reads HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE SourceCodeControlProvider InstalledSCCProviders Also note that Source Control plugins are not automatically installed by all SC products Please read the documentation supplied with your specific source control software for more information Source control commands can be accessed in several ways e Using the menu command Project Source Control e Using the context menu in the Project window 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 204 User Reference Project Menu Note that a source control project is not the same as a XMLSpy project Source control projects are directory dependent whereas XMLSpyAuthentic Desktop projects are logical constructions without direct directory dependence Supported Source Control servers and clients The following tables list the source control servers SCS and clients SCC supported by XMLSpy Links to the respective websites are given further below Altova has implemented the Microsoft Source Code Control Interface MSSCCI v1 1 v1 3 in XMLSpy and UModel and has tested support with the following drivers and revision control systems Supported Source Control Servers
19. These settings determine whether the margins are displayed in Text View or not Bookmark commands are in the Edit menu To expand and collapse nodes the Folding margin must be toggled on Tabs The Tab pane enables you to set the tab size in terms of spaces The radio buttons for inserting either tabs or spaces determine whether documents are displayed with tab or space indentation when pretty printing with indentation is toggled on Visual Aid The Visual Aid pane contains settings to toggle on indentation guides dotted vertical lines that show the indentation of the text end of line markers and whitespace markers Key map The key map is a list of XMLSpy shortcuts and their associated commands Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Browser Menu 273 11 10 11 10 1 11 10 2 11 10 3 11 10 4 11 10 5 11 10 6 Browser Menu The commands on the Browser menu are only available in Browser View Backspace Alt Left Arrow In Browser View the Back command displays the previously viewed page The Backspace key also achieves the same effect The Back command is useful if you click a link in your XML document and want to return to your XML document In Schema View the Back command takes you to the previously viewed component The shortcut key is Alt Left Arrow Using the Back command up to 500 previously viewed positions can be re viewed Forward Alt Right Arrow The Forward co
20. and fn count functions For any node selection that selects text nodes also boundary whitespace only text nodes would typically also be included in the selection However since the XML Infoset used by the Altova engines has boundary whitespace only text nodes stripped from it these nodes are not present in the XML Infoset As a result the size of the selection and the numbering of nodes in the selection will be different than that for a selection which included these text nodes The fn position fn last and fn count functions therefore could produce results that are different from those produced by some other processors A situation in which boundary whitespace only text nodes are evaluated as siblings of other elements arises most commonly when xsl apply templates is used to apply templates When the fn position fn last and n count functions are used in patterns with a name test for example para 3 which is short for para position 3 boundary whitespace only nodes are irrelevant since only the named elements para in the above example are selected Note however that boundary whitespace only nodes are relevant in patterns that use the wildcard for example 10 Note If a boundary whitespace only text node is required in the output then insert the required whitespace within one of the two adjoining child elements For example the XML fragment lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt
21. cccocccccnnonnnnnonaninnnananinnnanannnnnonanananan cnn ranoncnnins 93 Assionine Schemas and Vallda Ni session aster asa O EA 95 EdE XME TETEN TS WA A A AA EL Stee te ecans 97 Editing XAML A Grid WWA 99 Editing Mis nA thie nics VIEW oein sne ate EET E RE 100 Entry Helpers tor X ME Documents nod 102 Processing With XSLT ald XOuUCTY areira S E E NR 104 Additonal Feature in a 106 DTDs and XML Schemas 107 DTS aa o ado 108 O A A 109 Catalossan AMES dal 110 Altova XMLSpy 2009 6 XSLT and XQuery 114 Ol ASLI AS Reema DAS 115 6 1 1 A DIM esos 115 6 1 2 Y A A am eeacaa enone eesti eens ose eee 116 02 QU A shoe meneearnetess 118 6 2 1 OU DOCUMEN ds 119 6 2 2 AQUEL Batty Hell ld 119 6 2 3 AU AO O id 120 6 2 4 QUE Intelligent IO a auladhenendeceluaueacu ted a 122 6 2 5 XQuery Validation and EKECUMOM ti iia 123 7 Authentic 125 Ai Anene New TUOT ea E E a 127 7 1 1 Opening an XML Document in Authentic Vie W ooococcccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 128 ype ee The Authentic View niera asada 129 ba Node Operations iia 131 7 1 4 Enters Data Authentic Vi 134 7 1 5 ENTES Attribute Valie Siris E A a N a 136 7 1 6 ACASO FACIES didas 136 7 1 7 PRIMING HSA OCUMICIN imasi a a e a ia 137 Ta Edtne Ath PUES EUS VW Sa aa tein cinta tae nln aractdeces 139 21 Base iS 139 TAA Tables im Authentic View eiseni n a oder A si ecdoone 141 NPS Tabe RON 142 XMI Tables A data 143 125 PM sD E dotada 146 Navia a DB
22. 285 Show 295 296 Show large markup 81 83 Show mixed markup 81 83 Show small arkup 83 Show small markup 81 Side by side 287 Size 290 Small markup in Authentic View 266 Smart Restrictions 74 Software product license 343 Source control 294 add to source control 221 changing provider 226 checking in 219 checking out 218 enabling disabling 216 get latest version 216 getting files 216 getting folders 217 open project 214 properties 225 refresh status 226 removing from 221 sharing from 222 show differences 224 show history 223 supported providers 203 undo check out 220 Source control manager 226 Source folding in Text View 42 Splash screen 287 SPP file locations 201 SPS assigning to new XML file 183 SPS file assigning to XML file 263 SPS tables editing dynamic tables 81 SPS tables in Authentic View usage of 142 Static SPS tables in Authentic View usage of 142 Status Bar 14 Structured text 287 Style 288 290 Stylesheet Pl 259 StyleVision 244 for editing Style Vision Power Stylesheet 263 StyleVision Power Stylesheet assigning to XML file 263 editing in StyleVision 263 Support Center 299 Support options 16 O 2009 Altova GmbH 362 Index Syntax coloring for XQuery 120 Syntax coloring 286 287 y Tab characters 286 Tab size and pretty printing 271 setting 271 Table build automatically 286 colors 291 Table command in Grid View 236
23. 4 Select the menu option File Save and give your XML document a suitable name for example CompanyFirst xml Note that the finished tutorial file CompanyFirst xml is in the Tutorial folder so you may need to rename it before you give that name to the file you have created Please note An XML document does not have to be valid in order to save it Saving an invalid document causes a prompt to appear warning you that you are about to save an invalid Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 31 document You can select Save anyway if you wish to save the document in its current invalid state 2 3 5 Adding Elements and Attributes At this point there is only one Person element in the document To add a new Person element 1 2 3 oL Place the cursor after the already created Person element Press Enter This creates a new line with the cursor positioned at the start of the new line Notice that the Person element is now available in the Elements Entry Helper Double click the Person element in the Elements Entry Helper A new Person element with all mandatory child elements is appended screenshot below Notice that the optional Title child element of Person is not inserted lt Person Manager true Degrees BA Prograrmer false gt o StFirst Fred lt First gt lt Last gt smth Las t lt PhoneExt gt 22 PhoneExt gt f Emad l gt Smi thamork coms Emai 1 gt Person
24. An XSLT example showing a call to a method with one argument System Math Sin arg lt xsl value of select math Sin 30 xmlns math clitype System Math gt An XSLT example showing a call to a field considered a method with no argument System Double MaxValue lt xsl value of select double MaxValue xmlns double clitype System Double gt An XSLT example showing a call to a property syntax is get _PropertyName System String sols values or Selecr String cet Lengt my Scrung ENLASIS CIL clitype System String gt An XQuery example showing a call to a method with one argument System Math Sin arg lt sin xmlns math clitype System Math gt math Sin 30 Si NET Instance Methods and Instance Fields An instance method has a NET object passed to it as the first argument of the method call This NET object typically would be created by using an extension function for example a constructor call or a stylesheet parameter variable An XSLT example of this kind would be lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions gt lt xsl output method xm1 omit xml declaration yes gt lt xsl template match gt lt xsl variable name releasedate select date new 2008 4 29 xmlns date clitype System DateT
25. Editing Views Text View 43 Text Yiew Settings 2 Margins Tabs Visual aid i Line number margin Tab size 3 M Indentation guides ance Bookmark margin Inzert tabs End of line markers 4 Folding margin Insert spaces Whitespace markers Up One line up Down One line down Lett One column left Right One column right Ltrl Up Scroll one line up Chl D owr Scroll one line down Ctrl Lett One word left Ctrl Right One word right Alt Up ML element move up Alt Down ML element move down Shift Up Select line up Other useful features are the Zooming and Go to Line Character features Line numbers Line numbers are displayed in the line numbers margin screenshot below which can be toggled on and off In the Text View Settings dialog see screenshot above When a section of text is collapsed the line numbers of the collapsed text are also hidden A related command is the Go to Line Character command Bookmarks Lines in the document can be separately bookmarked for quick reference and access If the bookmarks margin is toggled on bookmarks are displayed in the bookmarks margin otherwise bookmarked lines are highlighted in cyan The bookmarks margin can be toggled on or off in the Text View Settings dialog screenshot above You can edit and navigate bookmarks using commands in the Edit menu and Text toolbar Bookmarks can be inserted with the Edit Insert Remove Bookmark command enabli
26. How to add and edit each type of resource is described in the sub sections of this section 9 1 1 Files In the Global Resource dialog for Files screenshot below you can add a file resource as follows Global Resource e Altas name Resource allas CarOrderz Configurations Ti Settings for configuration Default File C Result of MapForce Transformation C Result of StwleVision Transformation The Resource will point to this file C Aworkarea StyleVision samples Cars CarOrdera xml gt 1 Enter an alias name Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources 169 2 The Configurations pane will have a configuration named Default screenshot above This Default configuration cannot be deleted nor have its name changed You can enter as many additional configurations for the selected alias as you like Add a configuration by clicking the Add Configuration icon and in the Add Configuration dialog which pops up enter the configuration name Click OK The new configuration will be listed in the Configurations pane Repeat for as many configurations as required for this particular alias global resource You can also copy a configuration using the Add Configuration as Copy icon and then modify it 3 Select one of the configurations in the Configurations pane and then define the resource to which this configuration will map In the Settings for Configuration X
27. Insert after Remove Most of the commands available in the context menu are explained in Authentic View entry helpers Remove node Positioning the mouse cursor over the Remove command pops up a menu list consisting of the selected node and all its removable ancestors those that would not invalidate the document up to the document element Click the element to be removed This is a quick way to delete an element or any removable ancestor Note that clicking an ancestor element will remove all its descendants including the selected element Insert entity Positioning the cursor over the Insert Entity command rolls out a submenu containing a list of all declared entities Clicking an entity inserts it a the selection See Define Entities for a description of how to define entities for the document Insert CDATA Section This command is enabled when the cursor is placed within text Clicking it inserts a CDATA section at the cursor insertion point The CDATA section is delimited by start and end tags to see these tags you should switch on large or small markup Within CDATA sections XML markup and parsing is ignored XML markup characters the ampersand apostrophe greater than less than and quote characters are not treated as markup but as literals So CDATA sections are useful for text such as program code listings which have XML markup characters Remove The Remove command removes the selected node and its contents A node
28. Inserting XML fragments via XInclude Copying XPath and XPointer expressions to the clipboard Commenting text in out Text in an XML document can be commented out using the XML start comment and end comment delimiters respectively lt and gt In XMLSpy these comment delimiters can be easily inserted using the Edit Comment In Out menu command To comment out a block of text select the text to be commented out and then select the command Comment In Out either from the Edit menu or the context menu that you get on right clicking the selected text The commented text will be grayed out see screenshot below lt Department gt lt Name gt Administrations Name lt Person gt lt Person gt lt Person gt 2 l lt Person gt lt F1irst Las th gy Las th lt PhoneEx xt gt lt sPhoneExt gt lt EMadll gt lt EMall gt lt cLeaweTotal gt lt sLeaw lt Leavwelsed gt o lt sLeaweLeft gt s l Person 2 gt lt r Department To uncomment a commented block of text select the commented block excluding the comment delimiters and select the command Comment In Out either from the Edit menu or the context menu that you get on right clicking the selected text The comment delimiters will be removed and the text will no longer be grayed out Note about empty lines In XML documents empty lines are discarded when you change views or save the document If you wish to retain empty lines enclose them in comment delim
29. Library modules store functions and variables so they can be reused The Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine supports modules that are stored in a single external XQuery file Such a module file must contain a module declaration in its prolog which associates a target namespace Here is an example module module namespace libns urn module library declare variable libns company Altova declare function libns webaddress http www altova com All functions and variables declared in the module belong to the namespace associated with the module The module is used by importing it into an XQuery file with the import module statement in the query prolog The import module statement only imports functions and variables declared directly in the library module file As follows import module namespace modlib urn module library at modulefilename xq LI Smodlib company Altova then modlib webaddress else error No maten tound External functions External functions are not supported i e in those expressions using the external keyword as in declare function hoo Sparam as xs integer as xs string external Collations The default collation is the Unicode codepoint collation No other collation is currently supported Comparisons including the fn max function are based on this collation Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XQuery 1 0 Engine Implementation Information 311
30. Note the tiny arrows in the bottom left corner of the xs selector and xs field rectangles These indicate that both elements reference global elements of those names A local complex type is defined directly in Content Model View by creating a child element or attribute for an element There is no separate symbol for local complex types Please note The base type of a content model is displayed as a rectangle with a dashed gray border and a yellow background color You can go to the content model of the base type by double clicking its name Model group Details The irregular octagon with a plus sign indicates a model group model group allows you to define and reuse element declarations Note When the model group is declared in Schema Overview it is given a name You subsequently define its content mode in Content Model View by assigning it a child compositor that contains the element declarations When the model group is used it is inserted as a child or inserted or appended within the content model of some other component in Content Model View Wildcards any other Details The irregular octagon with any at left indicates a wildcard Note Wildcards are used as placeholders to allow elements not specified in the schema or from other namespaces other elements can belong to any namespace other than the target namespace defined in the schema any elements can belong to any namespace targetNames pace elements
31. One exception is the Return key Since the Authentic View document is pre formatted you do not and cannot add extra lines or space between items The Return key in Authentic View therefore serves to append another instance of the element currently being edited and should be used exclusively for this purpose Text formatting One of the most fundamental principles of XML document systems is that content be kept separate from presentation The XML document contains the content while the stylesheet contains the presentation formatting In Authentic View the XML document is presented via the stylesheet This means that all the formatting you see in Authentic View is produced by the stylesheet If you see bold text that bold formatting has been provided by the stylesheet If you see a list or a table that list format or table format has been provided by the stylesheet The XML document which you edit in Authentic View contains only the content it contains no formatting whatsoever The formatting is contained in the stylesheet What this means for you the Authentic View user is that you do not have to nor can you format any of the text you edit You are editing content The formatting that is automatically applied to the content you edit is linked to the semantic and or structural value of the data you are editing For example an email address which could be considered a semantic unit will be formatted automatically in a certain way beca
32. Table of contents 297 Table View 287 and switching to Grid View 236 sorting columns 237 Tables editing dynamic SPS tables 81 in Authentic View 131 Tables in Authentic View icons for editing XML tables 152 usage of 141 using SPS static and dynamic tables 142 using XML tables 143 Technical Information 333 Technical Support 299 Template files for new documents 183 Template folder 17 Template XML File in Authentic View 128 Templates of XML documents in Authentic View 261 Text editing in Authentic View 139 find and replace 199 finding in document 198 font 290 formatting in Authentic View 139 pretty printing 198 Text view 40 268 and commenting in XML documents 97 and empty lines in XML documents 97 auto complete enable disable 287 bookmarks in 42 editing in 24 Entry helpers in 47 font properties 40 formatting of text 40 indentation 40 indentation in 42 intelligent editing features 45 line numbering in 42 schema fonts 288 source folding in 42 special editing features for XML documents 97 word wrapping 40 Text View Settings dialog 271 Tile horizontally 295 vertically 295 Toggle 295 296 Toolbar 14 activate deactivate 277 add command to 276 create new 277 reset toolbar amp menu commands 277 show large icons 285 Tools menu 275 Tooltip show 285 show shortcuts in 285 Topic view on TOC 297 Transformation see XSLT transformation 254 Turn off automatic
33. The table below lists in alphabetical order the implementation specific behavior of certain functions The following general points should be noted e In general when a function expects a sequence of one item as an argument and a sequence of more than one item is submitted then an error is returned e All string comparisons are done using the Unicode codepoint collation e Results that are QNames are serialized in the form prefix localname Function Name notes O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 314 Engine Information XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions base Ur1 If external entities are used in the source XML document and if a node in the external entity is specified as the input node argument of the base uri function it is still the base URI of the including XML document that is used not the base URI of the external entity The base URI of a node in the XML document can be modified using the xml base attribute collection The argument is a relative URI that is resolved against the current base URI If the resolved URI identifies an XML file then this XML file is treated as a catalog which references a collection of files This file must have the form lt collection gt lt d oc href uri 1 7 gt lt doc href urt 2 gt lt doc href uri 3 gt lt collection gt The files referenced by the href attributes are loaded and their document nodes are returned as a sequence If the resolved URI
34. Unique identa person 2 Press Enter to confirm The Details entry helpers will be updated to reflect your changes Alternatively you can edit a component s properties in the Details entry helper and changes will be reflected in the placeholder fields if these are configured to be displayed Documenting the content model You can generate detailed documentation about your schema in HTML and MS Word formats Detailed documentation is generated for each global component and the list of global components is displayed in a table of contents page that allows you to link to the content models of individual components Additionally related elements such as child elements or complex types are referenced by hyperlinks thus enabling you to navigate from element to element To generate schema documentation select the menu command Schema design Generate documentation Attributes and Identity Constraints Attributes and Identity constraints can appear in a pane below the Content Model View or as_ boxes in the Content Model View itself You can toggle between these views by clicking the Et icon For a description of how to insert and edit attributes and identity constraints see Defining attributes for components and Defining identity constraints for components respectively Entry Helpers in Schema View There are three Entry Helpers in Schema View Component Navigator Details Entry Helper and Facets Entry Helper The entry h
35. Validation gt Bia a ss x File C Program Files V4ltova shMLS py2006 E samples Tutora Company First xml is well Formed Please note you can also validate an XML file against tts document type definition Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 29 Please note This check does not check the structure of the XML file for conformance with the schema Schema conformance is evaluated in the validity check Checking validity An XML document is valid according to a schema if it conforms to the structure and content specified in that schema To check the validity of your XML document first select Text View then select the menu option XML Validate or press the F8 key or click Ex An error message appears in the Messages window saying the file is not valid Mandatory elements are expected after the Cit y element in Address If you check your schema you will see that the US Address complex type which you have set this Address element to be with its xsi type attribute has a content model in which the City element must be followed by a Zip element and a State element Fixing the invalid document The point at which the document becomes invalid is highlighted in this case the city element Now look at the Elements Entry Helper at top right Notice that the Zip element is prefixed with an exclamation mark which indicates that the element is mandatory in the current context To f
36. When you enter your license information in the Software Activation dialog ensure that you enter the data exactly as given in your license e mail For multi user licenses each user should enter his or her own name in the Name field The Software Activation dialog can be accessed at any time by clicking the Help Software Activation command Order Form When you are ready to order a licensed version of the software product you can use either the Order license key button in the Software Activation dialog see previous section or the Help Order Form command to proceed to the secure Altova Online Shop Registration The first time you start your Altova software after having activated it a dialog appears asking whether you would like to register your product There are three buttons in this dialog OK Takes you to the Registration Form Remind Me Later Pops up a dialog in which you can select when you wish to be next reminded Cancel Closes the dialog and suppresses it in future If you wish to register at a later time you can use the Help Registration command Check for Updates Checks with the Altova server whether a newer version than yours is currently available and displays a message accordingly Support Center FAQ Downloads Support Center If you have any questions regarding our product please feel free to use this command to send a query to the Altova Support Center at any time This is the place where you ll find links t
37. XSLT transformations Two types of XSLT transformation are available e Standard XSLT transformation XSL XQuery XSL Transformation The output of the transformation is displayed in a new window or if specified in the stylesheet is saved to a file location The engine used for the transformation is specified in the XSL tab of the Options dialog Tools Options e XSL for FO transformation XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation The XML document is transformed to PDF in a two step process In the first step the XML document is transformed to an FO document using the XSLT processor specified in the XSL tab of the Options dialog Tools Options note that you can also select at the bottom of the tab the XSLT engine that comes with some FO processors such as FOP In the second step the FO document is processed by the FO processor specified in the XSL tab of the Options dialog Tools Options to produce PDF output Note An FO document which is a particular type of XML document can be transformed to PDF by clicking the XSL FO transformation command When the source document is an FO document the second step of the two step process for this command is executed directly XQuery executions An XQuery document can be executed on the active XML document by clicking the command XSL XQuery XQuery Execution You are prompted for the XQuery file and the result document is displayed in a new window in the GUI Automating XML tasks with Altov
38. and then double click the entity in the Entities entry helper Note that you cannot enter entities in the Attributes entry helper Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 137 7 1 7 Entities The ampersand character amp has special significance in XML as have the apostrophe less than and greater than symbols and the double quote To insert these characters entities are used so that they are not confused with XML significant characters These characters are available as entities in Authentic View In NanonullOrg xml change the title of Joe Martin in Marketing to Marketing Manager Europe amp Asia Do this as follows 1 Place the cursor where the ampersand is to be inserted 2 Double click the entity listed as amp This inserts an ampersand screenshot below Marketing 2 Fira Las Title Note The Entities Entry Helper is not context sensitive All available entities are displayed no matter where the cursor is positioned This does not mean that an entity can be inserted at all locations in the document If you are not sure then validate the document after inserting the entity XML Validate F8 Defining your own entities As a document editor you can define your own document entities How to do this is described in the section Defining Entities in Authentic View Printing the Document A printout from Authentic View of an XML document preserves the fo
39. decimal double float Subtypes of the XML Schema datatypes listed above and which are used in XPath and XQuery will also be converted to the NET type s corresponding to that subtype s ancestor type In some cases it might not be possible to select the correct NET method based on the supplied information For example consider the following case e The supplied argument is an xs untypedAtomic value of 10 and it is intended for the method mymethod float e However there is another method in the class which takes an argument of another datatype mymethod double e Since the method names are the same and the supplied type xs unt ypedAtomic 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 328 Engine Information Extensions 1 5 3 could be converted correctly to either float Or double it is possible that xs untypedAtomic IS converted to double instead of float e Consequently the method selected will not be the required method and might not produce the expected result To work around this you can create a user defined method with a different name and use this method Types that are not covered in the list above for example xs date will not be converted and will generate an error Datatypes NET to XPath XQuery When a NET method returns a value and the datatype of the value is a string numeric or boolean type then it is converted to the corresponding XPath XQuery type For example NET S decimal datatype is converte
40. editing in Authentic View 262 see also DB 146 datatypes in XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 312 Date Picker using in Authentic View 155 Dates changing manually 155 DB creating queries 147 editing in Authentic View 146 151 filtering display in Authentic View 147 navigating tables in Authentic View 146 parameters in DB queries 147 queries in Authentic View 146 deep equal function in XPath 2 0 see fn deep equal 312 Default encoding 292 menu 283 Default editor 286 default functions namespace for XPath 2 0 and XQueyr 1 0 expressions 312 in XSLT 2 0 stylesheets 306 Default view setting in Main Window 286 Delete command from context menu 283 command from toolbar 276 icon from toolbar 276 row in Authentic View 266 shortcut 279 toolbar 277 Delete command 195 Deriving a schema type 74 Display all globals 252 Display diagram 252 Display Settings 291 Distribution of Altova s software products 340 341 342 Dockable window 295 Docking windows 8 Documents in Main Window 9 DTD assigning to XML document 243 generate outline XML file from 244 generating from XML Schema Enterprise and Professional editions 109 go to definition in from XML document 244 go to from XML document 243 menu commands related to 243 DTD Schema menu 243 DTDs 107 286 converting to XML Schemas Enterprise and Professional editions 108 editing in Grid View Enterprise and Professional editions 108
41. editing in Text View 108 generating XML document from 108 Duplicate row in Authentic View 266 Dynamic SPS tables in Authentic View usage of 142 Dynamic tables editing 81 2009 Altova GmbH 356 Index E Edit menu 195 Edited with XMLSPY 286 Editing in Text View 45 Editing views 39 element type specifying in XML document 23 ElementFormDefault settings in Schema Design View 247 Elements entry helper in Authentic View 85 E mail sending files with 192 Empty elements 286 Empty lines in XML documents in Text View 97 encoding default 292 in XQuery document 309 of files 189 End User License Agreement 340 343 End of line markers 271 Engine information 303 Enhanced Grid View 268 Enter key effects of using 158 Entities defining in Authentic View 139 156 in XML Schema based XML 95 inserting in Authentic View 136 139 Entities entry helper in Authentic View 85 Entry Helper 18 in Grid View 31 Entry helpers 12 for XML documents 102 for XQuery 119 in Schema View 66 toggling display on and off 296 updating 241 Entry helpers in Text View 47 Entry Helper 295 296 Evaluation key for your Altova software 298 Evaluation period of Altova s software products 340 341 342 Example files tutorial 17 Examples location of installed files 15 Expand fully 270 Explorer 286 Extension functions for XSLT and XQuery 316 Extension Functions in NET for XSLT and XQ
42. generating of a node in an XML document 97 XPointer of selected node in XML document copying to the clipborad 198 XPointers 196 XQuery document validation 123 editing in Text View 118 engine information 303 entry helpers 119 execution 123 2009 Altova GmbH Index 365 XQuery Extension functions 316 intelligent editing features 122 opening file 119 passing variables to the XQuery document 255 syntax coloring 120 XQuery 1 0 Engine information about 309 XQuery 1 0 functions general information about 312 implementation information 312 see under fn for specific functions 312 XQuery Execution 258 XQuery files setting file extensions in XMLSpy 119 XQuery processor in Altova products 336 xs QName also see QName 313 xsi type usage 23 XSL see XSLT 259 XSL transformation see XSLT 32 XSL XQuery menu 253 XSL FO and XSLT transformations 116 xsl preserve space 304 xsl strip space 304 XSLT 271 and batch transformations 116 auto completion in Text View 115 documents 115 engine information 303 entry helpers for 115 Extension functions 316 functionality in XMLSpy 115 modifying in XMLSpy 34 processor 292 transformations in XMLSpy 116 validating 115 XSLT 1 0 Engine limitations and implementation specific behavior 304 XSLT 2 0 Engine general information about 306 information about 306 XSLT 2 0 functions implementation specific behavior of 308 see under fn f
43. gt Sequence icomplexType gt lt simple Type name gt 5k11 gt restriction hase string pattern value 3 4 22 00 Mm ch E to ha The Toggle All Folds command in the Text toolbar toggles all nodes together to their expanded or collapsed forms Indentation guides Indentation guides are vertical dotted lines that indicate the extent of a line s indentation see screenshot above They can be toggled on and off in the Text View Settings dialog End of line markers whitespace markers End of line EOL markers and whitespace markers can be toggled on in the Text View Settings dialog The screenshot below shows these markers in the document display each dot represents a whitespace lt C ompanyLogo hret nanonul1 gi T gt GEB Name Organi zation charts Name Eel lt O PF ce gt ma lt Name gt Nanonull Inc lt Name gt um lt Des c Gayl Zooming in and out You can zoom in and out of Text View by scrolling with the scroll wheel of the mouse while keeping the Ctrl key pressed This enables you to magnify and reduce the size of text in Text View If you wish to increase the size of fonts do this in the Options dialog Go to line character This command in the View menu and Text toolbar enables you to go to a specific line and character in the document text Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Text View 45 3 1 3 Editing in Text View The following text editing featu
44. installation registration use or update to an Altova operated license server and validating the authenticity of the license related data in order to protect Altova against unlicensed or illegal use of the Software and to improve customer service Activation is based on the exchange of license related data between your computer and the Altova license server You agree that Altova may use these measures and you agree to follow any applicable requirements You further agree that use of license key codes that are not or were not generated by Altova and lawfully obtained from Altova or an authorized reseller as part of an effort to activate or use the Software violates Altova s intellectual property rights as well as the terms of this Software License Agreement You agree that efforts to circumvent or disable Altova s copyright protection mechanisms or license management mechanism violate Altova s intellectual property rights as well as the terms of this Software License Agreement Altova expressly reserves the rights to seek all available legal and equitable remedies to prevent such actions and to recover lost profits damages and costs c LiveUpdate Altova provides a new LiveUpdate notification service to you which is free of charge Altova may use your internal network and Internet connection for the purpose of transmitting license related data to an Altova operated LiveUpdate server to validate your license at appropriate intervals and determin
45. see the XML Catalogs specification Note that each element can take the xml base attribute which is used to specify the base URI of that element lt public publicId PublicID of Resource uri URL of local file gt lt system systemIid SystemID of Resource uri URL of local file gt lt uri name filename uri URL of file identified by filename gt lt rewriteURI uriStartString StartString of URI to rewrite rewritePrefix String to replace StartString gt e lt rewriteSystem systemldStartString StartString of SystemID Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH DTDs and XML Schemas Catalogs in XMLSpy 113 rewritePrefix Replacement string to locate resource locally gt In cases where there is no public identifier as with most stylesheets the system identifier can be directly mapped to a URL via the system element Also a URI can be mapped to another URI using the uri element The rewriteURI and rewritsSystem elements enable the rewriting of the starting part of a URI or system identifier respectively This allows the start of a filepath to be replaced and consequently enables the targeting of another directory For more information on these elements see the XML Catalogs specification File extensions and intelligent editing according to a schema Via catalog files you can also specify that documents with a particular file extension should have XMLSpy s intelligent editing features applied in conformance with the
46. sps EQ HTML OrgChart xsd rep o SEMLSpyPluginactives fm Conditional xml EEYHTML TextState xsd yO My Documents ph Query Em Conditional xsd interior gif Ey O AS TE Ed Conditional Final sps fmipo xml De wr O installer txt fed OBSample sps femipo xsd Ri 1 htm DebuggerClient htm fad Japanese Shift _JIS xrl SF My Computer E E E 2 1 pi png EhExamples spp fa Japanese UCS 4 xml fiw Te ul My Network File name Exp eport sml Places Files of type E Files Cancel Switch to UAL Gwich to Global Resources E Selecting files via URLs To select a file via a URL do the following 1 Click the Switch to URL command This switches to the URL mode of the Open dialog screenshot below Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 191 oe O Switch to File Dialog Switch to Global Resources File UAL Open as f Auto C ML iZ DTD nooo l Poo Remember password e Password m between application starts Available files Server WAL ftp Ad tumien ac at Browse Wi od tuwien ac at ae E W dict File load f Use cache proxy C Reload dentification eer icon CE a lost Found l a pub eer quotes Fla test h il Fan Mew Folder pen Enter the URL you want to access in the Server URL field screenshot above Enter your User ID in the User and Password fields if the server is password protected Click Browse to view and navigate the dir
47. such as SVG and WSDL and XBRL taxonomies to URIs that point to locally saved copies of the respective schemas These schemas are installed in the Altova Common Folder when XMLSpy is installed You should take care not to duplicate mappings in these files as this could lead to errors CoreCatalog xml CustomCatalog xml and Catalog xml In the RootCatalog xml listing above notice that coreCatalog xml and CustomCatalog xml are listed for lookup e CoreCatalog xml contains certain Altova specific mappings for locating schemas in the Altova Common Folder e CustomCatalog xml is a skeleton file in which you can create your own mappings You can add mappings to CustomCatalog xml for any schema you require but that is not addressed by the catalog files in the Altova Common Folder Do this using the supported elements of the OASIS catalog mechanism see below e There are a number of catalog xml files in the Altova Common Folder Each is inside Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH DTDs and XML Schemas Catalogs in XMLSpy 111 the folder of a specific schema or XBRL taxonomy in the Altova Common Folder and each maps public and or system identifiers to URIs that point to locally saved copies of the respective schemas Location of catalog files and schemas The files RootCatalog xml and CoreCatalog xml are installed in the XMLSpy application folder The file customCatalog xml is located in your MyDocuments Altova XMLS py folde
48. the files are checked out they will be shown with a red check symbol Remove from Source Control The Remove from Source Control command removes previously added files from the source control database These files will be visible in the Project window but cannot be checked in or out Use the Add to Source Control command to place them back under source control To remove files from the source control provider do the following 1 Ze 3 In the Project window select the files you wish to remove Select Project Source Control Remove from Source Control In the Remove from Source Control dialog that pops up select the files to remove then click OK O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 222 User Reference Project Menu Source Control Remove from Source Control i Files CATEMPissc Bank_ CSharpicodegenAccount cs COTEMP Rec Bank _CSharpycodegenibank cs CATEMPigec Bank CSharp icodegentBank View cz Cancel CATEMPisscBank_ CSharpicadegeniCheckingAccaunt c select Sil CATEMPissc Bank CSharp icodegentCreditCardAccount cs CATEMPssc Bank CSharpicodegenSavings4ccount cs Ee Y The following items can be removed from source control i single files click on the required files in the Project window Ctrl Click ii folders click on the required folders in the Project window Ctrl Click Share from Source Control To use the Share from Source Control command you must have the Check in out ri
49. 10 Numeric notation On output when an xs double is converted to a string scientific notation for example 1 0E12 is used when the absolute value is less than 0 000001 or greater than 1 000 000 Otherwise decimal or integer notation is used Precision of xs decimal The precision refers to the number of digits in the number and a minimum of 18 digits is required by the specification For division operations that produce a result of type xs decimal the precision is 19 digits after the decimal point with no rounding Implicit timezone When two date time Of dateTime values need to be compared the timezone of the values being compared need to be known When the timezone is not explicitly given in such a value the implicit timezone is used The implicit timezone is taken from the system clock and its value can be checked with the fn implicit timezone function Collations Only the Unicode codepoint collation is supported No other collations can be used String comparisons including for the fn max and fn min functions are based on this collation Namespace axis The namespace axis is deprecated in XPath 2 0 Use of the namespace axis is however supported To access namespace information with XPath 2 0 mechanisms use the fn in scope prefixes fn namespace uri and fn names pace uri for prefix functions Static typing extensions The optional static type checking feature is not supported Functions Support
50. 2 1 OS and Memory Requirements Operating System This software application is a 32 bit Windows application that runs on Windows 2000 Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and 2008 as well as Windows Vista Memory Since the software is written in C it does not require the overhead of a Java Runtime Environment and typically requires less memory than comparable Java based applications However each document is loaded fully into memory so as to parse it completely and to improve viewing and editing speed The memory requirement increases with the size of the document Memory requirements are also influenced by the unlimited Undo history When repeatedly cutting and pasting large selections in large documents available memory can rapidly be depleted Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Technical Data Altova XML Parser 335 2 2 Altova XML Parser When opening any XML document the application uses its built in validating parser the Altova XML Parser to check for well formedness validate the document against a schema if specified and build trees and Infosets The Altova XML Parser is also used to provide intelligent editing help while you edit documents and to dynamically display any validation error that may occur The built in Altova XML Parser implements the Final Recommendation of the W3C s XML Schema specification New developments recommended by the W3C s XML Schema Working Group are continuously being incorporated in th
51. 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 325 lt math gt As with the XSLT example above the namespace declaration identifies the NET class in this case a system class The XQuery expression identifies the method to be called and supplies the argument NET Constructors An extension function can be used to call a NET constructor All constructors are called with the pseudo function new If there is more than one constructor for a class then the constructor that most closely matches the number of arguments supplied is selected If no constructor is deemed to match the supplied argument s then a No constructor found error is returned Constructors that return XPath XQuery datatypes If the result of a NET constructor call can be implicitly converted to XPath XQuery datatypes then the NET extension function will return a sequence that is an XPath XQuery datatype Constructors that return NET objects If the result of a NET constructor call cannot be converted to a suitable XPath XQuery datatype then the constructor creates a wrapped NET object with a type that is the name of the class returning that object For example if a constructor for the class System DateTime IS called withsystem DateTime new then an object having a type System DateTime IS returned The lexical format of the returned object may not match the lexical format of a required XPath datatype In such cases the returned value wo
52. A rr A rl ret ei eet Query Variables EA ER EA ER ER ER EA ER Quer Functions concatenate Contains count current date current dateTime current t1me data date equal date greater than date 1e55 than dateTime equal dateTime greater than Sa a a a a a a a a a a aa Please note XQuery files can be edited only in Text View No other views of XQuery files are available Altova XQuery Engine For details about how the Altova XQuery Engine is implemented and will process XQuery files see XQuery Engine Implementation AltovaXML for command line and batch processing The XMLSpy GUI enables batch processing via the projects functionality However if you are looking for more flexibility you should try Altova s free AltovaXML product which contains the Altova XQuery Engine that is built into XMLSpy Altova XML is ideal if you wish to perform XQuery executions from the command line or batch processing Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XSLT and XQuery XQuery 119 6 2 1 6 2 2 XQuery Documents An XQuery document is opened automatically in XQuery Mode of Text View if it is XQuery conformant Files that have the file extension xq xql and xquery are pre defined in XMLSpy as being XQuery conformant Setting additional file extensions to be XQuery conformant To set additional file extensions to be XQuery conformant Select Tools Options The Options dialog appears see screenshot Select t
53. Altova will indemnify and hold you harmless and will defend or settle any claim suit or proceeding brought against you by a third party that is based upon a claim that the content contained in the Software infringes a copyright or violates an intellectual or proprietary right protected by United States or European Union law Claim but only to the extent the Claim arises directly out of the use of the Software and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement except as otherwise expressly provided You must notify Altova in writing of any Claim within ten 10 business days after you first receive notice of the Claim and you shall provide to Altova at no cost such assistance and cooperation as Altova may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the defense of the Claim Altova shall have sole control over any Claim including without limitation the selection of counsel and the right to settle on your behalf on any terms Altova deems desirable in the sole exercise of its discretion You may at your sole cost retain separate counsel and participate in the defense or settlement negotiations Altova shall pay actual damages costs and attorney fees awarded against you or payable by you pursuant to a settlement agreement in connection with a Claim to the extent such direct damages and costs are not reimbursed to you by insurance or a third party to an aggregate maximum equal to the purchase price of the Softwar
54. Authentic View 85 Enter the department e Data entry devices The display contains either an input field text box a multiline input field combo box check box or radio button In the case of input fields and multiline input fields the text you enter in the field becomes the XML content of the element or the value of the attribute In the case of the other data entry devices your selection produces a corresponding XML value which is specified in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Thus the selection approved in the display example below could map to an XML value of 1 or to approved or anything else while not approved in the display could map to 0 or not approved or anything else operation approved Optional nodes When an element or attribute is optional according to the referenced schema a prompt of type add element attribute is displayed Title add Title Clicking the prompt adds the element and places the cursor for data entry If there are multiple optional nodes the prompt add is displayed Clicking the prompt displays a menu of the optional nodes 3 4 4 Authentic View Entry Helpers There are three entry helpers in Authentic View for Elements Attributes and Entities They are displayed as windows down the right side of the Authentic View interface 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 86 Editing Views Authentic View Elements IY Show ML tree Y OrgChart 0 Offic
55. CompanyLast xml file 1 Click the CompanyLast xml tab in the main window so that CompanyLast xml becomes the active document and switch to Text View 2 Select the menu command XSL XQuery Assign XSL 3 Click the Browse button and select the Company xs1 file from the Tutorial folder In the dialog you can activate the option Make Path Relative to CompanyLast xml if you wish to make the path to the XSL file in the XML document relative 4 Click OK to assign the XSL file to the XML document 5 Switch to Grid View to see the assignment screenshot below Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XSLT Transformations 33 edited with AML Spy v4 0 U https e mlspy com by alex pilz Caltova 4 xml stdesheet itypes texticsl href C Program Files V4ttova hl spy SUTEIEXxamples VT utorialCompany xsl Company amis bitte iny company conmnamespace xMmins a http bosta ys org 2001 AML Schema Sirs Otto mvy company com namespace AddressLast xed Address xsiitype U gt S Address An XML stylesheet processing instruction is inserted in the XML document that references the XSL file If you activated the Make Path Relative to CompanyLast xml check box then the path is relative otherwise absolute as in the screenshot above 2 4 2 Transforming the XML File To transform the XML document using the XSL file you have assigned to it 1 Ensure that the XML file is the active document 2 Select the
56. Edit Database Query Y as first character in value signites parameter E y Append AND Append OF Delete Parameters Cancel 2 Click the Append AND or Append OR button This appends an empty criterion for the query shown below Edit Database Query Y as first character in value signites parameter Append AND Append DA Delete Parameters Cancel 4 Enter the expression for the criterion An expression consists of i a field name available from the associated combo box ii an operator available from the associated combo box and iii a value to be entered directly For details of how to construct expressions see the Expressions in criteria section 5 If you wish to add another criterion click the Append AND or Append OR button according to which logical operator AND or OR you wish to use to join the two criteria Then add the new criterion For details about the logical operators see the section Re ordering criteria in DB Queries Expressions in criteria Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 149 Expressions in DB Query criteria consist of a field name an operator and a value The available field names are the child elements of the selected top level data table the names of these fields are listed in a combo box see screenshot above The operators you can use are listed below Equal to lt gt Not equal to lt Less
57. Elements entry helper are as follows and are invariable xsl prefix for XSLT elements no prefix for HTML elements fo prefix for XSL FO 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 116 XSLT and XQuery XSLT elements Consequently in order to use the entry helpers the namespace declarations in the XSLT document must define prefixes that match the built in prefixes shown in the entry helpers Auto completion In Text View auto completion is available in a pop up as you type with the first item in the pop up list being highlighted that matches the typed text When an element is being typed a list of elements pops up with the first nearest match in alphabetical order being highlighted Similarly when an attribute is being typed in a list of applicable attributes pops up The items in the list are determined according to the rules described in the previous section on entry helpers XPath intelligent editing At locations in the XSLT document where XPath expressions can be entered for example the value of aselect attribute intelligent XPath editing is available XPath functions and XPath axes become available in popup as you type Additionally if an XML file has been assigned in the Info window the elements and attributes of the XML file will also be available in the popup Validating XSLT documents The XSLT document can be validated against the XSLT schema built into XMLSpy click XML Validate F8 The correct built in schema is au
58. Entity submenu of the context menu When you double click on an entity in the Entities Entry Helper that entity is inserted at the cursor insertion point An entity is useful if you will be using a text string XML fragment or some other external resource in multiple locations in your document You define the entity which is basically a short name that stands in for the required data in the Define Entities dialog After defining an entity you can use it at multiple locations in your document This helps you save time and greatly enhances maintenance There are two broad types of entities you can use in your document a parsed entity which is XML data either a text string or a fragment of an XML document or an unparsed entity which is non XML data such as a binary file usually a graphic sound or multimedia object Each entity has a name and a value In the case of parsed entities the entity is a placeholder for the XML data The value of the entity is either the XML data itself or a URI that points to a xml file that contains the XML data In the case of unparsed entities the value of the entity is a URI that points to the non XML data file To define an entity 1 Click Authentic Define XML Entities This opens the Define Entities dialog screenshot below Define Entities f OK nano dc wiintermal Nanonull Inc Ea nano eu Internal Manonull Europe 4G nanooma Internal Manonull Partners Inc Cancel db webs
59. If an alias does not have a configuration with the name of the active configuration then the default configuration of that alias will be used As an example of how to change configurations consider the case in which an XSLT file has been assigned to an XML document via a global resource with multiple configurations The XSLT file can be switched merely by changing the configuration of the global resource This can be done in two ways e When you hover over the menu command Tools Active Configuration a submenu with a list of all configurations in the Global Resources XML File pops out Select the required configuration e Inthe combo box of the Global Resources toolbar screenshot below select the required configuration The Global Resources toolbar can be toggled on and off with the menu command Tools Customize Toolbars Global Resources perro MEE Default Alternative New onic The XSLT file will be changed immediately In this way by changing the active configuration you can change source files that are assigned via a global resource 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 176 Projects 10 Projects A project is a collection of files that are related to each other in some way you determine For example in the screenshot below a project named Examples collects the files for various examples in separate example folders each of which can be organized further into sub folders Within the Examples project for in
60. Model View do the following 1 2 In the Constraints box right click the Constraints entry or the name of an existing identity constraint Select Insert or Append and then select the kind of identity constraint to insert at the top of the list of existing constraints or append at the bottom of the list of existing constraints The identity constraint will be created with an empty selector element and an empty field element The XPath expression can be entered in the selector and field element boxes in one of two ways i By typing it in or ii By dragging the target node into the selector or field element box and dropping it when the box becomes highlighted the XPath expression will be created automatically To add an additional fiela element to an identity constraint either right click the constraint name and select Add child Field from the context menu or right click the selector Or field element and select Insert Field or Append Field from the context menu To enter an ID attribute on any element in a constraint select that element and enter a value in the id row of the Details entry helper Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 73 Note Identity constraint information can be toggled on and off with the Enable ID Constraints Information icon in the Schema Design toolbar The display of the entire Constraint Design Configure View or with the Display Constraints E 4 ic
61. Number of computers The Permitted Number of computers shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase the Software During the evaluation period hereinafter defined only a single user may install and use the software on one computer If you have licensed the Software as part of a suite of Altova software products collectively the Suite and have not installed each product individually then the Software License Agreement governs your use of all of the software included in the Suite If you have licensed SchemaA gent then the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement apply to your use of the SchemaAgent server software SchemaAgent Server included therein as applicable and you are licensed to use SchemaAgent Server solely in connection with your use of Altova Software and solely for the purposes described in the accompanying documentation In addition if you have licensed XMLSpy Enterprise Edition or MapForce Enterprise Edition or UModel your license to install and use a copy of the Software as provided herein permits you to generate source code based on 1 Altova Library modules that are included in the Software such generated code hereinafter referred to as the Restricted Source Code and 11 schemas or mappings that you create or provide such code as may be generated from your schema or mapping source materials hereinafter referred to as the Unrestricted Source Code In addition to the rights
62. Project Examples 2 Org Chart Datasheet International Purchase Order HEN AddressFirst sed fea AddressLast xed CompanyFirst sml LCompanyLast xml The Project window now only shows the XML and XSD files of the tutorial folder Validating external folders To validate and check an external folder for well formedness 1 Select the file types you want to see or check from the external folder 2 Click the folder and click the Check well formedness or Validate icon hotkeys F7 or F8 All the files visible under the folder are checked Company irst xml TUT Ty If a file is malformed or invalid then this file is opened in the Main Window allowing you to edit it In this case the CompanyLast file is opened because the PhoneExt value does not match the facet defined in the underlying schema file This schema only allows two digit numbers Aldrichigy vork cnn Olettigyvork ce smithii ork wc nz i This file is not walid Value does not a Revalidate match tacet 3 Correct the error and restart the process to recheck the rest of the folder Please note You can select discontinuous files in the folder by holding down CTRL and Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 231 clicking the files singly Only these files are then checked when you click F7 or F8 Updating a project folder You might add or delete files in the local or network directory at any time To u
63. Record e This icon opens the Edit Database Query dialog in which you can enter a query Authentic View displays the queried record s Authentic View Main Window There are four viewing modes in Authentic View Large Markup Small Markup Mixed Markup and Hide All Markup These modes enable you to view the document with varying levels of markup information To switch between modes use the commands in the Authentic menu or the icons in the toolbar see the previous section Authentic View toolbar icons Large markup This shows the start and end tags of elements and attributes with the element attribute names in the tags Enter the department The element Name in the figure above is expanded i e the start and end tags as well as the content of the element are shown An element attribute can be contracted by double clicking either its start or end tag 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 84 Editing Views Authentic View Department a Mame To expand the contracted element attribute double click the contracted tag In large markup attributes are recognized by the symbol in the start and end tags of the attribute approved Small markup This shows the start and end tags of elements attributes without names DP gt Nanonull Inc lt Location plus lt Street gt gt 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 lt lt Phone gt 1 321 555 5155 0 lt City gt gt Vereno lt lt Fax 1 321 555 5155 4
64. Schema Overview Expand Collapse All expands or collapses the tree respectively 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 74 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 5 Smart Restrictions When restricting a complex type parts of the content model of the base type are rewritten in the derived type This can be confusing if the content model is complex because while editing the derived type it might be hard to correctly remember exactly what the content model of the base type looks like Smart Restrictions combine and correlate the two content models in the graphical view of the derived content model In the derived complex type all particles of the base complex type and how they relate to the derived type can be seen Additionally Smart Restrictions provide visual hints to show you all possible ways to restrict the base type This makes it easy to correctly restrict the derived type To switch on Smart Restrictions e Click the Smart Restrictions icon l in the Schema Design toolbar The example that follows illustrates the features of Smart Restrictions Note that in Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions The following complex type is the base type used in this example type xs decimal The complex type derived is derived from the base type as follows 1 Create a new complex type in the schema and call it derived 2 Inthe
65. StyleVision Power Stylesheet If for example you are editing an XML data document then elements attributes and entities that can be inserted at the current cursor position are displayed in the relevant entry helpers windows The entry helpers that are available depend upon 1 The kind of document being edited For example XML documents will have different entry helpers than XQuery documents elements attributes and entities entry helpers in the former case but XQuery keywords variables and functions entry helpers in the latter case The available entry helpers for each document type are described in the description of that document type 2 The current view Since the editing mechanisms in the different views are different the entry helpers are designed so as to be compatible with the editing mechanism in the relevant views For example In Text View an element can only be inserted at the cursor location point so the entry helper is designed to insert an element when the element is double clicked But in Grid View an element can be inserted before the selected node appended after it or added as a child node so the Elements entry helper in Grid View has three tabs for Insert Append and Add as Child with each tab containing the elements available for that particular operation A general description of entry helpers in each type of view is given in Editing Views Further document type related differences within a view are noted in
66. Switch to Global Resource This pops up a dialog in which you can select the global resource These dialogs are described in the section Using Global Resources For a general description of Global Resources see the Global Resources section in this documentation 11 1 7 Send by Mail The Send by Mail command lets you send XML document s or selections from an XML document by e mail You can do any of the following Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 193 Send an XML document as an attachment or as the content of an e mail Send a selection in an XML document as an attachment or as the content of an e mail Send a group of files selected in the Project Window as an attachment to an e mail Send a URL selected in the Project Window as an attachment or as a link Please note To use this function you must have a MAPI compliant e mail system Sending documents and document fragments To send an XML document 1 Make that document the active document in the Main Window If you wish to send a selection or a group of files from a project make the selection in the document or select the required files in the Project 2 Click Send by Mail The following dialog opens Send by mail Send options C Whole file Curent selection ance f As attachment M Include encoding statement As mail contents 3 Make the required choices and click OK The selected documents contents
67. XQuery External Variables dialog are only passed on to the built in Altova XSLT engine Therefore if you are using MSXML or another external engine that you have configured these parameters are not passed to this engine Using XSLT Parameters The value you enter for the parameter can be an XPath expression without quotes or a text string delimited by quotes If teh active document is an XSLT document the Get from XSL 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 256 User Reference XSL XQuery Menu button will be enabled Clicking this button inserts parameters declared in the XSLT into the dialog together with their default values This enables you to quickly include declared parameters and then change their default values as required XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables APathistring Literal document footer Delete Get from XSL Cancel AA Please note Once a set of parameter values is entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog it is used for all subsequent transformations until it is explicitly deleted or the application is restarted Parameters entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog are specified at the application level and will be passed to the respective XSLT document for every transformation that is carried out via the IDE from that point onward This means that e parameters are not associated with any particular document e any parameter entered
68. XSLT example of this kind would be lt xsl stylesheet version 1 0 exclude result prefixes date xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns date java Java util Date xmlns Jlang 3Java Java lang gt lt xsl param name CurrentDate select date new gt lt xsl template match gt lt enrollment institution id Altova School date date toString CurrentDate type jJlang Object toString jlang Object getClass date new gt lt enrollment gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt In the example above the value of the node enrollment type is created as follows 1 An object is created with a constructor for the class java util Date with the date new constructor 2 This Java object is passed as the argument of the j1ang Object getClass method 3 The object obtained by the getClass method is passed as the argument to the jlang Object toString method The result the value of t ype will be a string having the value java util Date An instance field is theoretically different from an instance method in that it is not a Java object per se that is passed as an argument to the instance field Instead a parameter or variable is passed as the argument However the parameter variable may itself contain the value returned by a Java object For example the parameter currentDate takes the value returned by a constructor for the class java util Dat
69. a part of another schema t might still be Ok a E The hase type definition name GQ directly or indirectly builds a circular reference to simple type Error location x dschema xscisimpleType xsd restriction base EJDetails EN st props correct 2 The base type definition name Gg directly or indirectly builds a circula Pc 1 A description of the error The description contains links to the relevant declarations or definitions 2 The location of the error within the schema structure Clicking a node in the location path highlights that node in the document 3 Details of the error provides more information about the error and contains a link to the relevant paragraph in the relevant specification the XML specification for DTD validation and XML Schema specification for XML Schema validation The error message is divided into three parts Please note When the validation is done in Text View clicking a link in the Validation window highlights the corresponding declaration or definition in Text View When the validation is done in Schema WSDL View the corresponding declaration or definition is highlighted either in the graphic view of Schema WSDL View or in the relevant entry helper window Catalogs XMLSpy supports a subset of the OASIS XML catalogs mechanism The catalog mechanism enables XMLSpy to retrieve commonly used schemas as well as stylesheets and other files from local user folders This increases the overa
70. added to the document element when you assigned a schema to your XML file In the above case you have specified a type for the Address element See the XML Schema specification for more information 2 3 3 Entering Data in Text View Text View is ideal for editing the actual data and markup of XML files because of its DTD XML Schema related intelligent editing features Structural editing features In addition Text View provides a number of structural editing features that make editing large sections of text easy Among these latter features are the following which can be toggled on and off by clicking the appropriate icon Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 25 Enables disables line numbering Enables disables the source folding margin Enables disables the bookmark margin Inserts removes bookmarks EE E E E Enables disables indentation guides The screenshot below shows the current XML file in Text View with all structural editing features enabled For the sake of clarity none of the line numbers indentation guides etc will be shown in Text View in rest of this tutorial Please see the User Manual for more information on Text View lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 5 7 gt s Company lt mins htp 2My Ccompany com natt C PROGR A1 tora MLS PY 200P Examples sAddress xsitypes US Address gt sName US dependency Mame Street Moble Aves Street aCity Dallas Jlit
71. and XML Schemas DTDs 5 1 DTDs A DTD document can be edited in Text View You can also view a DTD in Grid View but not edit it Text View In Text View the document is displayed with syntax coloring and must be typed in Given below is a sample of a DTD fragment lt Element declarations gt lt ELEMENT document header para img link gt lt ELEMENT header PCDATA gt lt ELEMENT img EMPTY gt aL ATTLEST ang src CDATA REQUIRED gt lt Notation Declarations gt lt NOTATION GIF PUBLIC urn mime img gif gt Indentation is indicated by indentation guides and is best obtained by using the tab key The amount of tab indentation can be set in the View tab of the Options dialog Grid View In Grid View the DTD document is displayed as a table The screenshot below shows the Grid View display of the DTD listed above fle Comment Element declarations document sequence of GUATA HARER ED h Comment Notation Declaration Hot GIF PUBLIC urnomime imascif DTD features in XMLSpy XMLSpy offers the following very useful features e Generate sample XML file from DTD With the DTD Schema Generate Sample XML File command an XML document can be generated that is based on the active DTD Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH DTDs and XML Schemas XML Schemas 109 9 2 XML Schemas XML Schema documents can be edited in Text View and can be viewed but not edited in Grid View and S
72. as a global resource Altova MapForce maps one or more already existing schemas to one or more new schemas designed by the MapForce user XML files corresponding to the input schemas are used as data sources and an output XML file based on the user designed schema can be generated by MapForce This generated output file Result of MapForce Transformation is the file that will be used as a global resource Ina MapForce transformation that has multiple output schemas you can select which one of the output schemas should be used for the global resource by clicking its radio button screenshot below The XML file that is generated for this schema can be saved as a global resource or as a file path click the icon and select respectively Global Resource or Browse If neither of these options is selected a temporary XML file is created when the global resource is used O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 170 Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources Settings for configuration Hey File f Result of MapForce Transformation Result of StyleVision Transformation The Resource wall point to this file C A workarea StyleVisionE samples Cars CarOrd gt Inputs ExpReport C Documents and Sett Outputs use radio button to select MarketingExpense CO DailyExpenses Note that each Input can also be saved as a global resource or as a file path click the s icon and select respectively
73. as part of a larger product you agree to return or destroy all earlier Pre release Software received from Altova and to abide by the terms of the license agreement for any such later versions of the Pre release Software 5 LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY a Limited Warranty and Customer Remedies Altova warrants to the person or entity that first purchases a license for use of the Software pursuant to the terms of this Software License Agreement that 1 the Software will perform substantially in accordance with any accompanying Documentation for a period of ninety 90 days from the date of receipt and 11 any support services provided by Altova shall be substantially as described in Section 6 of this agreement Some states and jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an implied warranty so the above limitation may not apply to you To the extent allowed by applicable law implied warranties on the Software if any are limited to ninety 90 days Altova s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Altova s option either 1 return of the price paid if any or 11 repair or replacement of the Software that does not meet Altova s Limited Warranty and which is returned to Altova with a copy of your receipt This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Software has resulted from accident abuse misapplication abnormal use Trojan horse virus or any other malicious external cod
74. be a literal value without quotes The datatype of the external variable is specified in the variable declaration in the XQuery document XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External ariables Delete et from Aol Cancel Please note Once a set of external XQuery variables are entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog they are used for all subsequent transformations until they are explicitly deleted or the application is restarted Variables entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog are specified at the application level and will be passed to the respective XQuery document for every execution that is carried out via the IDE from that point onward This means that e Variables are not associated with any particular document e Any variable entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog is erased once the application XMLSpy has been closed down Usage example for external XQuery variables In the following example a variable Sfi rst is declared in the XQuery document and is then 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 258 User Reference XSL XQuery Menu used in the return clause of the FLWOR expression xquery version 1 0 declare variable Sfirst as xs string external let last Jones FetuUrn concat Srire T Clase This XQuery returns Peter Jones if the value of the external variable entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variable
75. below related icons are grouped together Switching to Authentic View If the XML document is linked to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet View Authentic view switches to Authentic View from another view If the document is not linked to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet a dialog is displayed that asks you to link the document to a StyleVision Power Stylesheet If when you try to switch to Authentic View you receive a message saying that a temporary temp file could not be created contact your system administrator The system administrator must change the default Security ID for non power users to allow them to create folders and files Show hide XML markup In Authentic View the tags for all some or none of the XML elements or attributes can be displayed either with their names large markup or without names small markup The four markup icons appear in the toolbar and the corresponding commands are available in the Authentic menu 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 82 Editing Views Authentic View Hide markup All XML tags are hidden except those which have been collapsed Double clicking on a collapsed tag which is the usual way to expand it in Hide markup mode will cause the node s content to be displayed and the tags to be hidden Show small markup XML element attribute tags are shown without names Show large markup XML element attribute tags are shown with names a la E Show mixed markup In the StyleVision
76. can select the view that is most useful for you and switch among the views while editing Each of the views offers different advantages e Entry helpers for XML documents have certain specific features and these are described e How to process XML documents with XSLT and XQuery Various XMLSpy features related to processing are explained e Miscellaneous other features for working with XML documents are described Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XML Creating Opening and Saving XML Documents 93 4 1 Creating Opening and Saving XML Documents When creating opening or saving XML documents the following issues are involved e In what view will the XML document open Text View Grid View or Authentic View e Whenanew XML document is created whether a schema XML Schema or DTD will be automatically assigned manually assigned or not assigned e If aschema is assigned to the XML document whether the document will be validated automatically on opening and or saving Default view There are application wide settings for specifying in what view XML documents new and existing should open These settings are in the Options dialog Tools Options In the File Types tab of the Options dialog select a file type of xm1 and in the Default View pane check the required editing view Text or Grid Note that i Schema View and WSDL View can be used only for XML Schema and WSDL documents respectively and ii Brow
77. can be defined as an entity which appears in the Entities entry helper The entity is inserted at the required locations by placing the cursor at each required location and double clicking the entity in the entry helper This is useful for maintenance because the value of the text string is held in one location if the value needs to be changed then all that needs to be done is change the entity definition Note When markup is hidden in Authentic View an empty element can easily be overlooked To make sure that you are not overlooking an empty element switch large or small markup on Try using each type of text content described above Adding content via a data entry device In the content editing you have learned above content is added by directly typing in text as content There is one other way that element content or attribute values can be entered in Authentic View via data entry devices Given below is a list of data entry devices in Authentic View together with an explanation of how data is entered in the XML file for each device Data Entry Device Data in XML File Input Field Text Box Text entered by user Multiline Input Field Text entered by user In the static table containing the address fields shown below there are two data entry devices an input field for the zip field and a combo box for the State field The values that you enter in the text fields are entered directly as the XML content of the respective element
78. can modify this file and enter as many catalog files to look up as you like each in a next Catalog element Each of these catalog files is looked up and the URIs in them are resolved according to the mappings specified in them lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt catalog xmlns urn oasis names tc entity xmlns xml catalog xmlns spy http www altova com catalog ext xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xs1 schemaLocation urn oasis names tc entity xmlns xml catalog Catalog xsd gt lt nextCatalog catalog PersonalFolder Altova AppAndVersionName CustomCatalog xml gt lt nextCatalog catalog CoreCatalog xml gt lt Include all catalogs under common schemas folder on the first directory level gt lt nextCatalog spy recurseFrom AltovaCommonFolder Schemas catalog catalog xml spy depth 1 gt lt Include all catalogs under common XBRL folder on the first directory level gt lt nextCatalog spy recurseFrom AltovaCommonFolder XBRL catalog catalog xml spy depth 1 gt lt catalog gt In the listing above notice that in the Schemas and xBRL folders of the folder identified by the variable 3AltovaCommonFolder are catalog files named catalog xml The value of the AltovaCommonFolder variable is given in the table below The catalog files in the Altova Common Folder map the pre defined public and system identifiers of commonly used schemas
79. can turn off the splash screen upon program startup to speed up the application Window title The window title for each document window can contain either the file name only or the full path name After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Grid Fonts The Grid fonts tab allows you to customize the appearance of text in Grid View Font face You can select the font face and size to be used for displaying the various items in Grid View The same fonts are also used for printing so only TrueType fonts should be selected Size Select the required size If you want to use the same font size for all items check the Use the same for all check box Styles The style and color can be set using the options in this pane The current settings are immediately reflected in the list in the left hand pane so you can preview the way your document will look After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Schema Fonts The Schema fonts tab enables you to customize the appearance of text in Schema View Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 289 did Sub line Title jail sub line Content Use the same for all Minas Pointless Oeccurrence SIZE Annotation E Air bates Constantes E Use the zame for all Doc Schema Header Doc Schema Header2 Doc Element Header Doc Element Header Font face You can select the font face and size t
80. clicking either of the two Clear Element icons that appear in the Elements Entry Helper for these inline elements Which of the two icons appears depends on whether you select a text range or place the cursor in the text as an insertion point see below Apply Element If you select an element in your document by clicking either its start or end tag in the Show large markup view and that element can be replaced by another element for example in a mixed content element such aS para an italic element can be replaced by the bola element this icon indicates that the element in the Entry Helper can be applied to the selected original element The Apply Element command can also be applied to a text range within an element of mixed content the text range will be created as content of the applied element e lf the applied element has a child element with the same name as a child of the original element and an instance of this child element exists in the original element then the child element of the original is retained in the new element s content O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 88 Editing Views Authentic View e Ifthe applied element has no child element with the same name as that of an instantiated child of the original element then the instantiated child of the original element is appended as a sibling of any child element or elements that the new element may have e lf the applied element has a child element for whic
81. editing icons The XML table editing icons are described in the User Reference in the 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 146 Authentic Editing in Authentic View 7 2 3 section titled XML Table Icons Moving among cells in the table To move among cells in the XML table use the Up Down Right and Left arrow keys Entering data in a cell To enter data in a cell place the cursor in the cell and type in the data Formatting text Text in an XML table as with other text in the XML document must be formatted using XML elements or attributes To add an element highlight the text and double click the required element in the Elements Entry Helper To specify an attribute value place the cursor within the text fragment and enter the required attribute value in the Attributes Entry Helper After formatting the header text bold your table will look like this EE Telephone Office i Home IES TAN The text above was formatted by highlighting the text and double clicking the element strong for which a global template exists that specifies bold as the font weight The text formatting becomes immediately visible Please note For text formatting to be displayed in Authentic View a global template with the required text formatting must have been created in StyleVision for the element in question Editing a DB In Authentic View you can edit database DB tables and save data back to a DB This section contain
82. ees ainda 273 Wye ROMS naaa 273 AI o o A A A selau tee teteet commas enteetea ede tienaensede 273 ETOO o AAA PM ee tinen tee cne sande daade sabacteeetbetmad 21S Flett GO Dal RESOUTCE aid 213 11 11 2 Active COn as 276 MES ENS 276 O A O ae ea eg Sct 276 is O In erste ane ac aumaeic A SA A 27 IOV DOAN sag esstepenenaaater ass a E ETE E E 279 N A a lense aoaumi ce ionaataeedctliwe 283 OPIO dro ac 285 BATA OOO O ao 285 os ia dae 286 Wile Eos 286 Edit it dalt cr 287 A RO 287 o A cosas ieambaamiea rac cede adauiuvaunstetbenadtians 288 s TOs hema EO EU ees eae eet ew st cnn sees ate Gehan cutest Ree E 288 NPPL FOI dis 289 sea ON aa N A N 290 A N 291 POCO dla 292 O O E O PP IR A 292 Sois Controlan Todas ane O ese Re BIE eeaeaks 294 PLAZO WINE A ti 295 IA E O SOT EE eee ETT MEET PCT 295 Fae bee Tile Ho ie pe eRe ee one eines Ren hee oe ee ere ReRER free cer Meenere ree 295 LAA ME VW Ertl Calls da ein 295 A O a aa e a bodsecbneonannelgenenbetmassscinteen 295 1112 IO WA aa 295 A a A a a A 295 LAR OU WING OWS a iia eent 295 LEAS Projeet and Entity cp tic ltd 296 ADS POO te gsr aa E E E E 296 112 TO Currently Open Widow Laciana 296 HAS Hep MEN asa ASA unedyeoeiies 297 TEISE Tablero Contents dive A id 297 LASER Td iia 297 Altova XMLSpy 2009 ES E o A ESA E NN O ae 297 A AA 298 11 13 5 Activation Order Form Registration Updates occccccoonnonooooonnnncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnananinnnnn
83. evaluate The altova evaluate function takes an XPath expression passed as a string as its argument and returns the output of the evaluated expression The XPath expression can contain variables the values of which are passed as the subsequent arguments of the function altova evaluate XPathExp as xs string pl as item pN as item as item The altova evaluate extension function is useful in situations where an XPath expression in the XSLT stylesheet contains one or more parts that must be evaluated dynamically For example consider a situation in which a user enters his request for the sorting criterion and this criterion is stored in the attribute UserReg sortkey In the stylesheet you could then have the Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 331 expression lt xsl sort select altova evaluate UserReq fsortkey order ascending gt The altova evaluate function reads the sortkey attribute of the UserReg child element of the parent of the context node Say the value of the sortkey attribute is Price then Price is returned by the altova evaluate function and becomes the value of the select attribute lt xsl sort select Price order ascending gt If this sort instruction occurs within the context of an element called order then the order elements will be sorted according to the values of their Price children Alternatively if the value of sor
84. extension function cos in the example above must match the name of a public static method in the named Java class java lang Math in the example above XQuery example Here is an XQuery example similar to the XSLT example above lt cosine xmlns jMath 3Java java lang Math gt J Math cos 3 14 lt cosine gt User defined Java class files If you have created your own Java classes methods in these classes are called differently according to i whether the classes are accessed via a JAR file or a class file and ii whether these files JAR or class are located in the current directory the same directory as the XSLT or XQuery document or not Since the built in Java classes and Java classes in the current directory are found when a Java function is executed there is no need to specify the location of class files in the current directory However paths to class files not in the current directory and to all JAR files must be specified Class files If access is via a class file then there are two possibilities e The class file is in the same folder as the XSLT or XQuery document In this case since all classes in the folder are found the file location does not need to be specified The syntax to identify a class is Java classname where O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 318 Engine Information Extensions java indicates that a user defined Java function is being called Java classes in the current dire
85. features for 97 transforming with XSLT 104 validating 95 XML file generate from DTD or XML Schema 244 XML menu 236 XML Parser about 335 XML Schema also see Schema 243 assigning to XML document 243 configuring Content Model View 248 generate outline XML file from 244 generating from DTD Enterprise and Professional editions 108 go to definition in from XML document 244 go to from XML document 244 menu commands related to 243 namespaces settings in Schema Design View 247 settings in Schema Design View 247 XML Schema tutorial 19 XML Schemas 107 and global resources 95 converting to DTD Enterprise and Professional editions 109 editing in Grid View Enterprise and Professional editions 109 editing in Schema View Enterprise and Professional editions 109 editing in Text View 109 generating XML document from 109 plus DTDs 95 XML tables in Authentic View icons for editing 152 usage of 143 xml base and XInclude 196 XML Conformance 286 XMLSPY 182 300 features 16 help 16 XMLSpy Enterprise Edition user manual 3 XML Text 287 XPath generating of a node in an XML document 97 XPath 2 0 functions general information about 312 implementation information 312 see under fn for specific functions 312 XPath functions support see under fn for individual functions 313 XPath of selected node in XML document copying to the clipborad 197 XPath to selected node 80 XPointer
86. first child element of the attribute s parent element Selecting this command pops up the XInclude dialog screenshot below xincude ee xi href Business4ddressB ook xml E encoding 150 9859 1 Latin 1 west European E parse ml test fallback element Include namespace prefix fi Preview lt x1i1nclude hret BusinessAddressBook ml1 The XML file to be included is entered in the href text box alternatively you can browse for the file by clicking the Browse button to the right of the text box The filename will be entered in the XML document as the value of the href attribute The encoding and parse attributes of the XInclude element xi include and the fallback child element of xi include can also be inserted via the dialog Do this by first checking the appropriate check box and then selecting entering the required values Here is an example of an XML document that uses XInclude to include two XML documents lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 16 gt lt AddressBook xsi schemaLocation http www altova com sv myaddresses AddressBook xsd xmlns http www altova com stylevision tutorials myaddresses xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xmlns xi http www w3 org 2001 XInclude gt lt xi include href BusinessAddressBook xml gt lt xi include href PersonalAddressBook xml gt lt AddressBook gt When this XML document is parsed it will replace the two XIn
87. has a time out feature then the software will cease operation after the conclusion of the designated evaluation period Upon such expiration date your license will expire unless otherwise extended Access to any files created with the Evaluation Software is entirely at your risk You acknowledge that Altova has not promised or guaranteed to you that Pre release Software will be announced or made available to anyone in the future that Altova has no express or implied obligation to you to announce or introduce the Pre release Software and that Altova may not introduce a product similar to or compatible with the Pre release Software Accordingly you acknowledge that any research or development that you perform regarding the Pre release Software or any product associated with the Pre release Software is done entirely at your own risk During the term of this Software License Agreement if requested by Altova you will provide feedback to Altova regarding testing and use of the Pre release Software including error or bug reports If you have been provided the Pre release Software pursuant to a separate written agreement your use of the Software is governed by such agreement You may not sublicense lease loan rent distribute or otherwise transfer the Pre release Software Upon receipt of a later unreleased version of the Pre release Software or release by Altova of a publicly released commercial version of the Software whether as a stand alone product or
88. if you encounter problems in Browser View with IE 5 you should upgrade to IE 6 or later You should also check the support for XSLT of your version of Internet Explorer Browser View features The following features are available in Browser View They can be accessed via the Browser menu and Edit menu e Open in separate window When Browser View is a separate window it can be positioned side by side with an editing view of the same document This command is in the Browser menu and is a toggle command that can be used to return a separate Browser View window as a tabbed view In the View tab of the Options dialog you can set whether Browser View should by default be a separate window e Forward and Back The common browser commands to navigate through pages that were loaded in Browser View These commands are in the Browser menu e Font size Can be adjusted via the Browser menu command e Stop Refresh Print More standard browser commands these can be found in the Browser and File menus e Find Enables searches for text strings this command is in the Edit menu O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 92 XML 4 XML This section describes how to work with XML documents in XMLSpy It covers the following aspects e How to create open and save XML documents IN this section some important XMLSpy settings relating to file creation are also explained e XML documents can be edited in Text View Grid View and Authentic View You
89. instead of in the Attributes Identity Constraints pane This Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 57 viewing option can be set in the Schema Display Configuration dialog These features are explained in detail in the subsections of this section and in the tutorial To return to the Schema Overview click the Show Globals icon or select the menu option Schema design Display All Globals Note In Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Editing in Content Model View Content Model View enables you to quickly define the content model of the following three component types graphically with a few mouse clicks e Complex types e Element declarations e Model groups All other schema components annotations attribute declarations simple types etc do not have a content model In Content Model View the various parts of the content model are represented graphically These parts are organized into two broad groups compositors and components Typically a compositor is added and then the desired child components Compositors A compositor defines the order in which child elements occur There are three compositors sequence choice andall To insert a compositor 1 Right click the element to which you wish to add child elements 2 Select Add Child Sequence or Choice or All The compositor
90. is possible for a content model to contain a pointless occurrence and be valid in which case the pointless occurrence is not explicitly shown in order to avoid confusion See the XML schema specification for more information about pointless occurrences Back and Forward Moving through Positions The Back and Forward commands in Schema View enable you to move through previously viewed positions in Schema View This is useful because while clicking through schema components in Schema View you might wish to view a previously viewed component Clicking the Back button once in the toolbar takes you to the previously viewed position By repeatedly clicking the Back button you can view up to 500 of the last visited positions After moving back through previous positions you can move forward through these positions by using the Forward button in the toolbar The shortcut keys for the two commands are Back Alt Left Arrow Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 79 Forward Alt Right Arrow Back Forward versus Undo Redo Note that the Back and Forward commands are not the same as the Undo Ctrl Z and Redo Ctri Y commands These two sets of commands make up two different series of steps Clicking the Back command once takes you to the previously viewed component as previously displayed Clicking the Undo command once undoes the last editing change regardless of when that editing change was made Ad
91. list In the Attributes Identity Constraints pane select the Attributes tab 2 3 Click the Append or Insert Eicon at the top left of the Attribute tab 4 From the popup that appears select the attribute type you want to append or insert An entry is created in the Attribute list 5 Inthe newly created entry enter the attribute s properties Please note You can also define attributes for global components in Content Model View Select the global component and then define attributes as described above Defining identity constraints for a component To define identity constraints for a component you use the Attributes Identity Constraints pane which is at the bottom of the Schema Overview window See Identity Constraints for a description of how to work with identity constraints 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 56 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 2 Content Model View A content model is a description of the structure and contents of an element Global components which can have a content model for example elements complex types and model groups but not for example simple types are indicated in the Schema Overview list with a icon to the left of the component name Clicking on this icon opens the Content Model View for that global component Alternatively i select a component and then select the menu option Schema design Display Diagram or ii double click on a component s name in the Component Navigator w
92. list You must then define the settings for this new file type using the other options in this tab Delete selected file extension Deletes the currently selected file type and all its associated settings After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Editing The Editing tab enables you to specify editing behaviour in XMLSpy Intelligent editing While editing documents XMLSpy provides Intelligent Editing based on these settings You can also customize various aspects of the behavior of these Entry Helpers here Such customization varies according to the file type For example the option to load entry helpers on opening the file and sorting attributes will not be applicable to DTD or XQuery documents After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog View The View tab enables you to customize the XML documents presentation in XMLSpy 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 288 User Reference Tools Menu Pretty print When you select Edit Pretty Print XML Text the XML document will be pretty printed with or without indentation according to whether the Use Indentation option in this dialog is checked or not When the document is pretty printed with indentation it will be indented according to the settings in the Tabs pane of the Text View Settings dialog If the document is pretty printed every line in the document will be displayed with zero indentation Program logo You
93. lt ENTITY name ext SYSTEM extfile xml gt gt lt OrgChart xmlns http www xs com org xsi schemaLocation http www xs com org OrgChart xsd gt lt OrgChart gt After declaring the entities in the DTD they can be used in the XML document The document will be well formed and valid Note however that external parsed entities are not supported in Authentic View Going to schema definitions With the XML document open you can directly open the DTD or XML Schema on which it is based by clicking the Go to DTD or Go to Schema commands in the DTD Schema menu Additionally you can place the cursor within a node in the XML document and go to the schema definition of that node via the Go to Definition command in the DTD Schema menu Validating and checking well formedness To validate and or check for well formedness use the Validate XML F8 and Check Well 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 96 XML Assigning Schemas and Validating Formedness F7 commands in the XML menu or the corresponding commands in the toolbar Any error is reported in the Messages window Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XML Editing XML in Text View 97 4 3 Editing XML in Text View XMLSpy offers some specialized XML text editing features in addition to the generally available editing features in Text View which are described in Text View in the Editing Views section Commenting text in and out Inserting file paths
94. of an XML element Intelligent Editing If you are working with an XML document based on a schema XMLSpy provides you with various intelligent editing capabilities in Text View These allow you to quickly insert the correct element attribute or attribute value according to the content model defined for the element you are currently editing For example when you start typing the start tag of an element the names of all the elements allowed by the schema at this point are shown in a pop up screenshot below Selecting the required element name and pressing Enter inserts that element name in the start tag 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 46 Editing Views Text View Sequence lt attribute name orderDate type date gt ent name productilame type string ent name quantity gt EsimpleType The popup window also appears in the following cases e f you press the space bar when the cursor is between an element s tags and if an attribute is defined for that element The popup will contain all available attributes e When the cursor is within the double quotes delimiting an attribute value that has enumerated values The popup will contain the enumerated values e When you type lt which signifies the start of a closing tag the name of the element to be closed appears in the popup e When you wish to write an empty element as a single tag or convert an empty element of two tags to an empty element of one tag
95. of the Schema Overview Attributes and identity constraints of components You can define attributes and identity constraints for components in either Schema Overview or Content Model View In Schema Overview the attributes and identity constraints of a component are displayed in the Attributes Identity Constraints pane at the bottom of the Schema Overview window and can be edited there In Content Model View attributes and identity constraints can appear either in the Attributes Identity Constraints pane at the bottom of the Content Model Window or within the Content Model diagram itself where it can be edited You can select how to display attributes and identity constraints in Content Model View with a setting in the Schema Display Configuration dialog which is accessed with the Schema design Configure view menu command Defining attributes for a component To define attributes for a component you use the Attributes Identity Constraints pane which is at the bottom of the Schema Overview window Attributes Identity constraints Attribute Group zan URI Anv Attribute ztoken IalL erat Fy estullbenvation optional oF anne blockDetault oF xeblockSet el optional oF ame attibuteFomDe xeformChoice oF optional oF unqualified lementFormDe xeformChoice oF optional oF unqualified To define attributes for a global component for which attributes are allowed 1 Select the global component in the global components
96. of these files by clicking its name To open a file in the list using the keyboard press ALT F to open the File menu and then press the number of the file you want to open The Exit command is used to quit XMLSpy If you have any open files with unsaved changes you are prompted to save these changes XMLSpy also saves modifications to program settings and information about the most recently used files Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit Menu 195 11 2 11 2 1 11 2 2 11 2 3 Edit Menu The Edit menu contains commands for editing documents in XMLSpy Undo Redo The Undo Ctrl Z command contains support for unlimited levels of Undo Every action can be undone and it is possible to undo one command after another The Undo history is retained after using the Save command enabling you go back to the state the document was in before you saved your changes The Redo Ctrl Y command allows you to redo previously undone commands thereby giving you a complete history of work completed You can step back and forward through this history using the Undo and Redo commands Cut Copy Past Delete The Cut Shift Del or Ctrl X command copies the selected text or items to the clipboard and deletes them from their present location The Copy Ctrl C command copies the selected text or items to the clipboard This can be used to duplicate data within XMLSpy or to move data to another application The Pas
97. pane you can select whether the resource is a file or the result of either an Altova MapForce or Altova StyleVision transformation After selecting the resource type by clicking its radio button browse for the file MapForce file or StyleVision file Where multiple inputs or outputs for the transformation are possible a selection of the options will be presented For example if the Result of StyleVision Transformation was selected as the resource type the output options are displayed according to the what edition of StyleVision is installed the screenshot below shows the outputs for Enterprise Edition Outputs HTML output RTF output POF output Word 2007 output Select the radio button of the desired option in the screenshot above HTML output is selected The result of a transformation can itself be saved as a global resource or as a file path click the t icon and select respectively Global Resource or Browse If neither of these two saving options is selected the transformation result will be loaded as a temporary file when the global resource is invoked 4 Specify a resource for each configuration that is repeat Step 3 above for the various configurations you have created 5 Click OK in the Global Resource dialog to save the alias and all its configurations as a global resource The global resource will be listed under Files in the Manage Global Resources dialog Selecting Result of MapForce transformations
98. projects lf a change is made to an external folder this change will not be reflected in the Project Window till the project is refreshed 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 180 Projects Using Projects 10 2 Using Projects Projects are very useful for organizing your workspace applying settings to multiple files and for setting up and executing batch commands Using projects can therefore greatly help speed up and ease your work Benefits of using projects The following list lists the benefits of using projects e Files and folders can be grouped into folders by file extension or any other desired criterion e Schemas and XSLT files can be assigned to a folder This can be useful if you wish to quickly validate or transform a single XML file using different schema or XSLT files Add the XML file to different folders and define different schemas and XSLT files for the different folders e Batch processing can be applied to individual folders The commands available for batch processing are listed below e Output folders can be specified for transformations Organizing resources for quick access Folder and file resources can be organized into a tree structure giving you a clear overview of the various folders and files in your project and enabling you to quickly access any and all files in a project Simply double click a file in the Project window to open it You can quickly add files and folders to a project as required and del
99. really want to delete the toolbar Click Yes to confirm the deletion Show text labels This option displays explanatory text below toolbar icons when activated Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 279 Keyboard The Keyboard tab allows you to define or change keyboard shortcuts for any XMLSpy command x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Macros Plug Ins Options Category Set Accelerator hor File z Default z ES Commands Current Keys Open Global Resource a Ctrl O Assign 0 L Remove Print Preview Print Setup j Eu Press New Shortcut Kep Reset All Description Po pen an existing document Reset menu Close To assign a new Shortcut to a command 1 Select the All Commands category using the Category combo box Note that if a macro has been selected as an Associated Command then macros can also be selected via the category combo box and a shortcut for the macro can be set Select the command you want to assign a new shortcut to in the Commands list box Click in the Press New Shortcut Key text box and press the shortcut keys that are to activate the command The shortcuts appear immediately in the text box If the shortcut was assigned previously then that function is displayed below the text box 4 Click the Assign button to assign the shortcut The shortcut now appears in the Current Keys list box To clear this text box press any of the c
100. region after display align after gt lt fo inline color 800000 font size 10pt font weight bold gt Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XSL XQuery Menu 257 lt xsl value of select footer gt y Tos inline gt lt fo static content gt lt fo page sequence gt lt Tor root lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt In the XSLT Input Parameters dialog a new value for the footer parameter can be entered such as the XPath document footer2 see screenshot above or a text string During transformation this value is passed to the footer parameter in the template for the root element and is the value used when the footer block is instantiated Please note e f you use the XSL FO Transformation command XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation parameters entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog are not passed to the stylesheet In order for these parameters to be used in PDF output first transform from XML to FO using the XSLT Transformation command XSL XQuery XSL Transformation and then transform the FO to PDF using the XSL FO Transformation command XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation e f you use an XSLT processor other than the built in Altova XSLT Engines parameters you enter using the XSLT Input Parameters command will not be passed to the external processor Using external XQuery variables The value you enter for an external XQuery variable must
101. required button XML Databases In the case of XML DBs such as IBM DB2 one cell or row contains a single XML document and therefore a single row is loaded into Authentic View at a time To load an XML document that is in another row use the menu command DB Queries A DB query enables you to query the records of a table displayed in Authentic View A query is made for an individual table and only one query can be made for each table You can make a query at any time while editing If you have unsaved changes in your Authentic View document at the time you submit the query you will be prompted about whether you wish to save all changes made in the document or discard all changes Note that even changes made in other tables will be saved discarded After you submit the query the table is reloaded using the query conditions Please note If you get a message saying that too many tables are open then you can reduce the number of tables that are open by using a query to filter out some tables To create and submit a query 1 Click the Query button e for the required table in order to open the Edit Database Query dialog see screenshot This button typically appears at the top of each DB table or below it If a Query button is not present for any table the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet has not enabled the DB Query feature for that table 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 148 Authentic Editing in Authentic View
102. required with a different file When an XSLT transformation is started it will use the file s associated with the active configuration Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources Using Global Resources 175 9 2 2 XSLT transformations and XQuery executions Clicking the command XSL XQuery XSL Transformation XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation or XSL XQuery XQuery Execution pops up a dialog in which you can browse for the required XSLT XQuery or XML file Click the Browse button and then the Switch to Global Resource button to pop up the Open Global Resource dialog screenshot at top of section The file that is associated with the currently active configuration of the selected global resource is used for the transformation Assigning an SPS When assigning a StyleVision stylesheet to an XML file Authentic Assign StyleVision Stylesheet you can select a global resource to locate the stylesheet Click the Browse button and then the Switch to Global Resource button to pop up the Open Global Resource dialog screenshot at top of section With a global resource selected as the assignment the Authentic View of the XML document can be changed merely by changing the active configuration in XMLSpy Changing Configurations One global resource configuration can be active at any time and it is active application wide This means that the active configuration is active for all aliases in all currently open files
103. returned by XPath 2 0 functions 313 Queries for DB display in Authentic View 147 R Redo command 195 Registering your Altova software 298 Registry settings 285 Regular expressions in search string 198 Reload 286 Reloading changed files 188 Repeated elements 287 Replace text 198 text in document 199 Reset menu commands 283 shortcut 279 toolbar amp menu commands 277 Return key see Enter key 158 RichEdit 3 0 290 Right to left writing systems 338 Row append in Authentic View 266 delete in Authentic View 266 duplicate in Authentic View 266 insert in Authentic View 266 move up down 267 2009 Altova GmbH Index 361 S Saving files encoding of 189 Schema also see XML Schema 243 Design view 268 Documentation font 288 settings 286 Schema Design menu 247 Schema Design View Display all globals 252 Display diagram 252 zoom feature 251 Schema editing annotations 52 56 comments 52 56 content model 56 processing instructions 52 56 Schema fonts 288 Schema Overview 52 schema validation of XML document for XQuery 309 Schema View 52 entry helpers 66 moving back and forward 78 schema awareness of XPath 2 0 and XQuery Engines 312 Schemas in memory 246 Scripts in XSLT XQuery see under Extension functions 316 Search help 297 see Find 199 Select All command 198 Settings 15 285 Shortcut 279 assigning deleting 279 show in tooltip
104. single language like English no single encoding was adequate for all the letters punctuation and technical symbols in common use These encoding systems used to conflict with one another That is two encodings used the same number for two different characters or different numbers for the same character Any given computer especially servers needs to support many different encodings yet wnenever data is passed between different encodings or platforms that data always runs the risk of corruption Unicode is changing all that Unicode provides a unique number for every character no matter what the platform no matter what the program and no matter what the language The Unicode Standard has been adopted by such industry leaders as Apple HP IBM JustSystem Microsoft Oracle SAP Sun Base and many others Unicode is required by modern standards such as XML Java ECMAScript JavaScript LDAP CORBA 3 0 WML etc and is the official way to implement ISO IEC 10646 It is supported in many operating systems all modern browsers and many other products The emergence of the Unicode Standard and the availability of tools supporting it are among the most significant recent global software technology trends Incorporating Unicode into client server or multi tiered applications and web sites offers significant cost savings over the use of legacy character sets Unicode enables a single software product or a single web site to be targeted
105. specified FO processor e To transform an XSLT document that is active in the GUI On clicking the XSL FO Transformation command you are prompted for the XML file you wish to process with the active XSLT stylesheet e To transform project folders and files Right click the project folder or file and select the command For a description of the options in the XSL FO output dialog see the User Reference section Parameters for XSLT If you are using the Altova XSLT engines XSLT parameters can be stored in a convenient GUI dialog All the stored parameters are passed to the XSLT document each time you transform For more information see the description of the XSLT Parameters XQuery Variable command Batch processing with AltovaXML AltovaXML is a free standalone application that contains Altova s XML validator XSLT engines and XQuery engine It can be used from the command line via a COM interface in Java programs and in NET applications to validate XML documents transform XML documents using XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 stylesheets and execute XQuery documents XSLT transformation tasks can therefore be automated with the use of Altova XML For example you can create a batch file that calls AltovaXML to transform a set of documents See the Altova XML documentation for details 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 118 XSLT and XQuery XQuery 6 2 XQuery XQuery documents can be edited in Text View The Entry Helpers syntax colori
106. specified for ancestor folders File extensions The File extensions help to determine the automatic file to folder distribution that occurs when you add new files to the project as opposed as to one particular folder Validate Define the DTD or Schema document that should be used to validate all files in the current folder Main Pages in this example XSL transformation of XML files You can define the XSL Stylesheet to be used for XSL Transformation of all files in the folder If you are developing XSL Stylesheets yourself you can also assign an example XML document to be used to preview the XSL Stylesheet in response to an XSL Transformation command issued from the stylesheet document instead of the XML instance document XSL FO transformation of XML files You can define the XSL Stylesheet containing XSL FO markup to be used for XSL FO Transformation of all files in the folder Destination files of XSL transformation For batch XSL Transformations you can define the destination directory the transformed files Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 235 11 3 16 should be placed in If you have added one file or URL to more than one folder in your project you can use the Properties dialog to set the default folder whose settings should be used when you choose to validate or transform the file in non batch mode To do this use the Use settings in current folder as default check box see scre
107. steps involved when working with XML tables inserting the table formatting it and entering data The commands for working with XML tables are available as icons in the toolbar see XML table editing icons Inserting tables To insert an XML table 1 Place your cursor where you wish to insert the table and click the icon Note that where you can insert tables is determined by the schema This opens the Insert Table dialog shown below Insert Table l x Pare a Columns El Rows 3 Cancel W Use the whole available width 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 144 Authentic Editing in Authentic View 2 Select the number of columns and rows and specify whether you wish the table to extend the entire available width For the specifications given in the dialog box shown above the following table is created OOOO IS eee OOOO MS PO O ee You can add and delete columns create row and column joins later Create the broad structure first Please note All modifications to table structure must be made by using the Table menu commands They cannot be made by changing attribute values in the Attribute Entry Helper Formatting tables and entering data To format your table 1 Place the cursor anywhere in the table and click the Table Properties icon This opens the Table Properties dialog see screenshot where you specify formatting for the table or for a row column or cell Table Properties q X Table
108. than lt Less than or equal to gt Greater than gt Greater than or equal to LI KE Phonetically alike NOT LIKE Phonetically not alike IS NULL Is empty NOT NULL Is not empty If IS NULL or NOT NULL is selected the Value field is disabled Values must be entered without quotes or any other delimiter Values must also have the same formatting as that of the corresponding DB field otherwise the expression will evaluate to FALSE For example if a criterion for a field of the date datatype in an MS Access DB has an expression StartDate 25 05 2004 the expression will evaluate to FALSE because the date datatype in an MS Access DB has a format of YYYY MM DD Using parameters with DB Queries You can enter the name of a parameter as the value of an expression when creating queries Parameters are variables that can be used instead of literal values in queries You first declare the parameter and its value and then use the parameter in expressions This causes the value of the parameter to be used as the value of that expression The parameters that you add in the Edit Parameters dialog can be parameters that have already been declared for the stylesheet In this case the new value overrides the value in the stylesheet Parameters are useful if you wish to use a single value in multiple expressions Declaring parameters from the Edit DB Query dialog To declare parameters 1 Click the Parameters button in the Edit Database Query dia
109. that was created in a version of StyleVision prior to the StyleVision 2005 release you will receive an error Please note StyleVision Power Stylesheets are created using Altova StyleVision Assign Edit a StyleVision Stylesheet Assign a StyleVision Stylesheet The Assign a StyleVision Stylesheet command assigns a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS to an XML document to enable the viewing and editing of that XML document in Authentic View The StyleVision Power Stylesheet that is to be assigned to the XML file must be based on the same schema as that on which the XML file is based To assign a StyleVision Power Stylesheet to an XML file 1 Make the XML file the active file and select the Authentic Assign a StyleVision Stylesheet command 2 The command opens a dialog box in which you specify the StyleVision Power Stylesheet file you wish to assign to the XML 3 Click OK to insert the required SPS statement into your XML document Note that you can make the path to the assigned file relative by clicking the Make path relative to check box You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt altova_sps HTML Orgchart sps gt In the example above the StyleVision Power Stylesheet is called HTML Orgchart sps and it is located in the same directory as the XML file Please no
110. that you have upgraded or updated of the Software is terminated upon your acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Software License Agreement accompanying such upgrade or update Upon any termination of the Software License Agreement you must cease all use of the Software that it governs destroy all copies then in your possession or control and take such other actions as Altova may reasonably request to ensure that no copies of the Software remain in your possession or control The terms and conditions set forth in Sections 1 g h 1 2 5 b c 9 10 and 11 survive termination as applicable 9 RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE AND EXPORT RESTRICTIONS The Software was developed entirely at private expense and is commercial computer software provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government or a U S Government contractor or subcontractor is subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in FAR 12 211 and 12 212 48 C F R 12 211 and Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Altova End User License Agreement 351 12 212 or DFARS 227 7202 48 C F R 8227 7202 as applicable Consistent with the above as applicable Commercial Computer Software and Commercial Computer Documentation licensed to U S government end users only as commercial items and only with those rights as are granted to all other end users under the terms and conditions set forth in this Sof
111. the context menu change the page to Commands and drag the toolbar buttons into the menu windo W Menu shadows Reset menu Close You can customize both the Default and XMLSpy menu bars The Default menu screenshot below is the one visible when no XML documents of any type are open in XMLSpy File Edit Project Authentic DB Convert SOAP Tools Window Help The XMLSpy menu is the menu bar visible when at least one XML document has been opened To customize a menu 1 Select the menu bar you want to customize from the Show Menus for combo box 2 Click the Commands tab and drag the commands to the menu bar of your choice To delete commands from a menu 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 284 User Reference Tools Menu 1 Click right on the command or icon representing the command Select the Delete option from the popup menu or Select Tools Customize to open the Customize dialog box 2 Drag the command away from the menu and drop it as soon as the check mark icon appears below the mouse pointer Dh To reset either of the menu bars 1 Select either the Default or XMLSpy entry in the Show Menus for combo box 2 Click the Reset button just below the menu name A prompt appears asking if you are sure you want to reset the menu bar To customize any of the Context menus right click menus 1 Select the context menu from the Select context menu combo box The context menu you selected appear
112. the following settings in this dialog e TheelementFormDefault and attributeFormDefault attributes of the xs schema element can each be set to qualified Or unqualified e The blockDefault finalDefault and version attributes can be entered in their respective fields e The target namespace for the XML instance document can be set by selecting the Target Namespace radio button and entering the target namespace in the field If you declare a target namespace you must define that namespace for use in the schema O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 248 User Reference Schema Design Menu 11 6 2 document Do this by entering a namespace line in the Namespace list in the bottom pane You can define a prefix for this namespace or let this namespace be the default namespace by leaving the prefix field blank as shown in the screenshot above The Text View of the schema settings shown in the screenshot above will look something like this lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 r zxsd schema targetMHamespace Hhtp awww xmlepy comschemas 4tovavorge hart xmins hitto ieee xmlepy comischemas Sttowalorgchar ximins xagd h http kaw 95 org 2000 DAML Schema elementFormDetaut Unqualitied attributeFormbDetauk unqualitied blackbetaut extension finalbetautt restriction version 3 5a gt xed notation name 4ttova Orgcehart public http aaa amispy comechemas Atoyvaforgchart exed complex Type name DiwisionType gt
113. the following ways e lf the bookmarks margin has been enabled then a solid blue ellipse appears to the left of the text in the bookmark margin e If the bookmarks margin has not been enabled then the complete line containing the cursor is highlighted The F2 key cycles through all the bookmarks in the document Remove All Bookmarks The Remove All Bookmarks command Ctrl Shift F2 removes all the currently defined bookmarks This command is only available in Text View Note that the Undo command does not undo the effects of this command Goto Next Bookmark r The Goto Next Bookmark command F2 places the text cursor at the beginning of the next bookmarked line This command is only available in the Text View Goto Previous Bookmark The Goto Previous Bookmark command Shift F2 places the text cursor at the beginning of the previous bookmarked line This command is only available in the Text View 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 200 User Reference Edit Menu 11 2 12 Comment In Out The Comment In Out command is available in Text View and is used to comment and uncomment XML text fragments Text in an XML document can be commented out using the XML start comment and end comment delimiters respectively lt and gt In XMLSpy these comment delimiters can be easily inserted using the Comment In Out menu command To comment out a block of text select the text to be commented out and then select the command Com
114. to a stylesheet For example the command to run a simple transformation with the Saxon XSLT 1 0 processor Is Saxon exe o output xml input xml stylesheet xslt parameter name parameter value To run this command from the application select the External XSL Transformation Program radio button and enter the following line in the text box c Saxon Saxon exe 0 2 1 3 parameter name parameter value Check the respective check boxes to show the output and error messags of the external program in the Messages Window in XMLSpy 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 294 User Reference Tools Menu Note The parameters set in XMLSpy s XSLT Input Parameters dialog are passed to the internal Altova XSLT Engines only They are not passed to any other XSLT Engine that is set up as the default XSLT processor XSL FO transformations FO documents are processed using an FO processor and the path to the executable of the FO processor must be specified in the text box for the XSL FO transformation engine The transformation is carried out using the XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation menu command If the source file the active document when the command is executed in the IDE is an XSL FO document the FO processor is invoked for the transformation If the source document is an XML document an XSLT transformation is required to first convert the XML document to an XSL FO document This XSLT transformation can be carried out either by the X
115. up a dialog that prompts you for further information required to carry out the selected command Such commands are indicated with an ellipsis after the name of the command e To access a menu command click the menu name and then the command If a submenu is indicated for a menu item the submenu opens when you mouseover the menu item Click the required sub menu item e A menu can be opened from the keyboard by pressing the appropriate key combination The key combination for each menu is Alt KEY where KEY is the underlined letter in the menu name For example the key combination for the File menu is Alt F e A menu command that is a command in a menu can be selected by sequentially selecting i the menu with its key combination see previous point and then ii the key combination for the specific command Alt KEY where KEY is the underlined letter in the command name For example to create a new file File New press Alt F and then Alt N e Some menu commands can be selected directly by pressing a special shortcut key or key combination Ctrl KEY Commands which have shortcuts associated with them are indicated with the shortcut key or key combination listed to the right of the command For example you can use the shortcut key combination Ctrl N to create a new file the shortcut key F8 to validate an XML file You can create your own shortcuts in the Keyboard tab of the Customize dialog Tools Customize Toolbars The
116. validation 286 Tutorial example files 17 goals 17 Tutorials location of installed files 15 type extension in XML document 23 U UCS 2 292 Undo command 195 2009 Altova GmbH Index 363 Unicode support in Altova products 337 Unicode support in Altova products 337 338 Unselected 270 Update Entry Helpers command 241 URL sending by e mail 192 User interface description 8 User Manual 3 6 User Reference 182 UTF 16 292 V Validating XML documents 28 Validating XML documents 95 Validation 15 239 assigning DTD to XML document 243 assigning XML Schema to XML document 243 Validation messages 13 Validator in Altova products 335 Version Number 300 View Browser view 269 Collapse 270 Enhance Grid view 268 Expand 269 270 Go to File 271 Go to line char 271 Optimal widths 270 Schema Design view 268 Text view 268 View menu 268 W Watch for changes 286 Web Server 299 300 Well formedness check 238 for XML document 28 Well formedness of XML documents 95 whitespace handling and XPath 2 0 functions 312 whitespace in XML document handling by Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine 306 Whitespace markers 271 whitespace nodes in XML document and handling by XSLT 1 0 Engine 304 Window Cascade 295 Entry Helper 295 296 Info 295 296 Open 296 Project 295 296 Tile horizontally 295 Tile vertically 295 Window menu 295 Windows auto hi
117. you are working say with an electronic publishing or database system select the Reload option in this case Opening and saving files via Global Resources To open or save a file via a global resources click Switch to Global Resource This pops up a dialog in which you can select the global resource These dialogs are described in the section Using Global Resources For a general description of Global Resources see the Global Resources section in this documentation 11 1 3 Reload The Reload command allows you to reload open documents This is useful if an open document has been modified outside XMLSpy If a modification occurs XMLSpy asks whether you wish to reload the file If you reload then any changes you may have made to the file since Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 189 11 1 4 11 1 5 11 1 6 the last save will be lost This option can be changed in the Options dialog Tools Options Encoding The Encoding command lets you view the current encoding of the active document XML or non XML and to select a different encoding with which the active document will be saved the next time ISO 8653 6 Hebrew ISO 8653 9 Latin T urkish IS0 6859 11 T15 620 Thai 50 8853 14 Latin 3 In XML documents if you select a different encoding than the one in use before the encoding specification in the XML declaration will be adjusted accordingly For two byte and four byte cha
118. your document before the entity appears in the Entities Entry Helper 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 52 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 Schema View XML Schemas can be viewed and edited in Schema View Schema View itself has two views e Schema Overview displays all global components such as global elements and complex types in a simple tabular list see screenshot e Content Model View shows the content models of individual global components see screenshot You can switch from Schema Overview to the content model of a specific global component by clicking the icon of that global component To return to Schema Overview click the Show Globals icon in Content Model View Note In Standard Edition Schema View is available as a read only view Editing in Schema View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Organization of this section This section has been organized into the following sub sections e Schema Overview describes how global components are displayed in Schema Overview and how they are edited e Content Model View describes how the content models of individual global components are edited e Entry Helpers explains the organization of the entry helpers in Schema View Identity Constraints describes how identity constraints are displayed and edited in Schema View e Smart Restrictions is a XMLSpy editing feature that facilitates the graphical creation and editing of derived types from their base typ
119. 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn in scope prefixes in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn last in XPath 2 0 and whitespace 312 fn lower case in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn normalize unicode in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 position in XPath 2 0 and whitespace 312 f gt fn resolve uri in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn static base uri in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn upper case in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 Folding margin 271 Font schema 288 Schema Documentation 288 Font size in Browser View 273 Fonts in Text View 40 Formatting in Text View 40 Forward in Schema View 78 Full text search 297 functions see under XSLT 2 0 functions 308 XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 312 G Global settings 285 Global components creating in Schema Overview 52 Global resources 165 active configuration for 276 changing configurations 175 copying configurations 171 defining 166 275 defining file type 168 defining folder type 170 toolbar activation 277 using 172 175 using file type and folder type 172 Global Resources XML File 166 Go to File 271 Go to line char 271 Grammar 286 Graphics formats in Authentic View 157 Gray bar 269 270 Grid fonts 288 Grid view 49 268 270 appending elements and attributes 31 editing XML documents in Enterprise and Professional editions 99 entry helpers in 50 swi
120. 009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 183 11 1 11 1 1 File Menu The File menu contains all commands relevant to manipulating files in the order common to most Windows software products In addition to the standard New Open Save Print Print Setup and Exit commands XMLSpy offers a range of XML and application specific commands New Ctri N The New command is used to create a new document Clicking New opens the Create New Document dialog in which you can select the type of document you wish to create If the document type you wish to create is not listed select XML and change the file extension when you save the file Note that you can add new file types to the list in this dialog using the Tools Options File types tab Select the type of document you wish to create Web Services Description Language er ML Data Reduced Schema br Extensible Hypertest Markup Language wil DocBook 4 2 Article wml DocBook 4 2 Book sml EJB 2 0 Deployment Descriptor sml Extensible Markup Language wml 145 BRL Document sml J2EE 1 3 Application sml J2EE 1 3 Applicaton Client sml J2EE Connector 1 0 Resource Adapter sml Servlet 2 3 Deployment Descriptor y A A er Selecta StyleVision Stylesheet Cancel Creating templates for new documents You can create multiple templates for various file types These templates can then be opened directly from the Create New Document dialog and edited To crea
121. 11 9 7 11 9 8 WSDL Design View This command switches the current document to WSDL Design View The switch will be successful only if the document is a WSDL document This view is described in detail in the WSDL View section of this documentation XBRL Taxonomy View This command switches the current document to XBRL Taxonomy View The switch will be successful only if the document is an XBRL document This view is described in detail in the XBRL View section of this documentation Authentic View This command switches the current document into the Authentic View Authentic View enables you to edit XML documents based on StyleVision Power Stylesheet templates created in StyleVision The templates in StyleVision are saved as StyleVision Power Stylesheets sps files and supply all the necessary information needed by Authentic View To open a template select the File New command and then click the Select a StyleVision stylesheet button Please see the Authentic View documentation for further information Please note If when you try to switch to Authentic View you receive a message saying that a temporary temp file could not be created contact your system administrator The system administrator must change the default Security ID for non power users to allow them to create folders and files Browser View This command switches the current document into Browser View This view uses an XML enabled browser to render th
122. A removable node can also be removed by selecting it and pressing the Delete key In the NanonullOrg xm1 document experiment with removing a few nodes using the mechanisms described You can undo your changes with Ctrl Z Clearing elements Element nodes that are children of elements with mixed content both text and element children can be cleared The entire element can be cleared when the node is selected or when the cursor is placed inside the node as an insertion point A text fragment within the element can be cleared of the element markup by highlighting the text fragment With the selection made select Clear in the context menu and then the element to clear In the Elements entry helper elements that can be cleared for a particular selection are indicated with the icon insertion point selection and icon range selection In the Nanonullorg xm1 document try the clearing mechanism with the bold and italic child elements of para which has mixed content O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 134 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial Tables and table structure There are two types of Authentic View table e SPS tables static and dynamic The broad structure of SPS table is determined by the stylesheet designer Within this broad structure teh only structural changes you are allowed are content driven For example you could add new rows to a dynamic SPS table e XML tables in which you decide to present the contents of a particu
123. Altova website Here you can enroll for online courses to help you develop expertise in using Altova products 11 13 8 About This command shows the XMLSpy splash screen and copyright information dialog box which includes the XMLSpy logo Please note This dialog box shows the version number to find the number of the actual build you are using please look at the status bar which always includes the full version and build number Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Altova XMLSpy 2009 Appendices 302 Appendices These appendices contain technical information about XMLSpy and important licensing information Each appendix contains sub sections as given below Engine Information Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions Extensions Technical Data OS and memory requirements Altova XML Parser Altova XSLT and XQuery Engines Unicode support Internet usage License Information Electronic software distribution Software activation and license metering Copyrights End User License Agreement Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information 303 1 Engine Information This section contains information about implementation specific features of the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine and Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 304 Engine Information XSLT 1 0 Engine Implementation Information
124. B4 lt Company gt Programmer a Attributes Programmer Sty pe Degree Manager 9 Select Programmer with the Down arrow key and press Enter lt Address gt Person Manager true Degree B 4 Programmer f lt Compan y gt 3 10 Enter the letter and press Enter 11 Move the cursor to the end of the line with the End key and enter the greater than angular bracket gt XMLSpy automatically inserts all the required child elements of Person Note that the optional Title element is not inserted Each element has start and end tags but no content lt xmlversion 1 0 encoding UTF 5 Company xmins hith Siny company comnamespace 2 lt mins x i htp Saves es org 2001 AMLSschema instance xetechemaLocation hite finy company comnamespace AddressLastxsd gt lt Address xsitype US Address Name US dependency Mame lt Street Noble Lve Street gt lt Lity Dallas gt lt Sddres gt Person Manager true Degree B4 Programmer false gt lt First lt First lt Last lt La st lt PhoneEst lt PhoneExt lt Email Email lompany You could now enter the Person data in Text View but let s move to Grid View to see the flexibility of moving between views when editing a document Switching to Grid View To switch to Grid View select the menu item View Grid View or click the Grid tab The newly added child elements of Person are highlighted 2009 Altova Gm
125. C Program Files QVCS Enterprise Client to C QVCS Enterprise Client This must be done as Vista does not let applications write to the C Program Files area 1 Edit the setEnv cmo file that resides in the installation directory so that the JAVA_HOME environment variable points to the location of your JVM If you work with Vista you might have problem when saving the file 2 If this is the case start Windows Explorer and go to C Windows System32 3 Right click and run cmd exe As Administrator A command window pops up 4 Type cd lt installation folder of the QVCS Enterprise client gt 5 Type Notepad setEnv cmd and then edit the file and save it 6 From the installation directory of the Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise client run the batch file gui bat 7 Add a server from the Server menu specifying the requested name IP address and ports log in and define a local workspace Qumasoft QVCS Pro http www qgumasoft com Supported Versions 3 10 18 To install Qumasoft QVCS Pro run the installer e f your operating system is Vista you must modify the installation directory from the default value C Program Files QVCSBin to CAQVCSBin This must be done as Vista does not let applications write to the C Program Files area Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 213 e After installation is finished launch the QVCS 3 10 client cr
126. C Provider Windows registry keys if any are deleted as well and are not longer available When working with Altova products setting the Auto Commit Mode is recommended e Auto Commit Mode is found in the advanced Source Control options e After defining a workspace you can start to work March Hare CVS Suite 2008 http www march hare com cvsnt en asp Supported Versions Client 2008 3321 A typical installation will work correctly with Altova products Mercurial http www newsupaplex pp ru hgscc_news_eng html Supported Versions Sergey Antonovs HgScc 1 0 1 A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products Microsoft SourceSafe 2005 http msdn microsoft com en us vstudio aa718670 aspx Supported Versions 2005 with CTP A standard installation of Microsoft Source Safe 2005 will work correctly with Altova products Microsoft Visual Studio Team System 2008 Team Foundation Server MSSCCI Provider http www microsoft com downloads Supported Versions 2008 Requirements Visual Studio 2008 Team Explorer or Visual Studio 2008 with Team Explorer 2008 A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products Perforce 2008 http www perforce com Supported Versions P4V 2008 1 The Perforce Visual Client P4V offers a choice Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 211 e To install all client features default behavior e To install only the
127. DITIONAL TERMS If the product you have received with this license is pre commercial release or beta Software Pre release Software then this Section applies In addition this section applies to all evaluation and or demonstration copies of Altova software Evaluation Software and continues in effect until you purchase a license To the extent that any provision in this section is in conflict with any other term or condition in this Software License Agreement this section shall supersede such other term s and condition s with respect to the Pre release and or Evaluation Software but only to the extent necessary to resolve the conflict You acknowledge that the Pre release Software is a pre release version does not represent final product from Altova and may contain bugs errors and other problems that could cause system or other failures and data loss CONSEQUENTLY THE PRE RELEASE AND OR EVALUATION SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED TO YOU AS IS WITH NO WARRANTIES FOR USE OR PERFORMANCE AND ALTOVA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OR LIABILITY OBLIGATIONS TO YOU OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHERE LEGALLY LIABILITY CANNOT BE EXCLUDED FOR PRE RELEASE AND OR EVALUATION SOFTWARE BUT IT MAY BE LIMITED ALTOVA S LIABILITY AND THAT OF ITS SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE SUM OF FIFTY DOLLARS Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Altova End User License Agreement 347 USD 50 IN TOTAL If the Evaluation Software
128. Dallas O Zip 04812 State Texas Person 3 Manager Degree Programmer 4 First 1 false rue Alfred Ald 2 true Colin Cola E mi A hierarchical item such as the XML declaration document type declaration or element containing child elements is represented with a gray bar on the left side containing a small upwards pointing arrow at the top Clicking the side bar expands or collapses the item An element is denoted with the Chicon an attribute with the icon Display and navigation e The contents of an item depend on its kind For example in the case of elements the contents will typically be attributes character data comments and child elements Attributes are always listed and are ordered as in the input file Following the attributes items appear exactly in the order found in the source file This order can be changed using drag and drop and the change will also be implemented in the source data e If an element contains only character data the data will be shown in the same line as the element and the element will not be considered hierarchical by nature The character data for any other element will be shown indented with the attributes and potential child elements and will be labeled as Text e If an element is collapsed its attributes and their values are shown in the same line in gray This attribute preview is especially helpful when editing XML documents that contain a large number of elements of the same
129. Details Entry Helper select base from the base drop down list and restriction from the derivedBy drop down list Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 75 EE name derived haze haze mixed abstract block final Id With Smart Restrictions switched on the new derived type looks like this derived Notice the following controls that can be used to restrict the derived type in this example e Use this icon to remove elements that are in the base type from the derived type Here elem1 has been deleted To add it again click this icon E derived e Click the down arrow on the Choice element EI to get the following list which allows you O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 76 Editing Views Schema View to change the Choice model group to a Sequence model group For a complete list of which particles can be replaced by which other particles see the XML schema specification e Change the number of occurrences of the model group using the following control a to increase the minimum number of occurrences by clicking the plus sign over the 1 or to decrease the maximum number of occurrences by clicking the minus sign under 4 These controls are shown if the occurrence range in the base describes a real range e g 2 5 and not a certain amount e g 4 4 They are also displayed if the occurrence range is wrong Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH E
130. ET to XPath X Query 328 datatype conversions XPath X Query to NET 327 for XSLT and XQuery 323 instance methods instance fields 326 overview 323 static methods static fields 325 A Activating the software 298 Active configuration for global resources 276 Alias see Global Resources 165 Altova Engines in Altova products 336 Altova extensions 330 Altova Global Resources see under Global Resources 165 Altova products 16 Altova support 16 Altova XML Parser about 335 Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine limitations and implementation specific behavior 304 Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine general information about 306 information about 306 Append row in Authentic View 266 Apply 285 Assign shortcut to a command 279 Assigning StyleVision Power Stylesheet to XML file 263 atomization of nodes in XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 evaluation 312 Attribute preview 287 Attribute values entering in Authentic View 136 AttributeFormDefault settings in Schema Design View 247 Attributes entry helper in Authentic View 85 Attributes of schema components defining in Schema View 52 Authentic menu 261 dynamic table editing 81 markup display 81 Authentic View adding nodes 131 applying elements 131 CDATA sections in 134 clearing elements 131 context menu 129 context menus 89 data entry devices in 134 displaying markup tags 129 document display 83 editing data in an XML DB 263 editin
131. Global Resource or Browse 9 1 2 Folders In the Global Resource dialog for Folders screenshot below you can add a folder resource as follows Global Resource E Alias name Resource alias Born Examples Configurations T Settings for configuration Default Altemative Exampl C Documents and SettingstalaMy Documents E rea we Enter an alias name 1 The Configurations pane will have a configuration named Default screenshot above This Default configuration cannot be deleted nor have its name changed You can enter as many additional configurations for the selected alias as you like Add a configuration by clicking the Add Configuration icon and in the Add Configuration dialog Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources 171 which pops up enter the configuration name Click OK The new configuration will be listed in the Configurations pane Repeat for as many configurations as required for this particular alias global resource 2 Select one of the configurations in the Configurations pane and browse for the folder you wish to create as a global resource 3 Specify a folder resource for each configuration that is repeat Step 3 above for the various configurations you have created 4 Click OK in the Global Resource dialog to save the alias and all its configurations as a global resource The global resource will be listed under Folders in the Man
132. H User Manual 238 User Reference XML Menu ML Spy is able to sort pour data numerically or alphabetically and automatically determines the required sort order from the selected elements Since your data contains both test and numbers the _ Cancel preferred sort order could not be determined alphabetically numerically Do pou wish to sort 11 4 2 Check Well Formedness Fr The XML Check well formedness F7 command checks the active document for well formedness by the definitions of the XML 1 0 specification Every XML document must be well formed XMLSpy checks for well formedness whenever a document is opened or saved or when the view is changed from Text to any other view You can also check for well formedness at any time while editing by using this command If the well formedness check succeeds when you explicitly invoke the check a message is displayed in the Validation window Validation gt Bia a ss x 6 64 File C Program Filest ltoyva MLS py2006 Examples T utora CompanyFirst xml is well formed Please note you can also validate an XML file against its document type definition If an error is encountered during the well formedness check a corresponding error message is displayed E ES File C Program Filest ltova MLS py2006 Examples T utorialCompanyFirst xml is not well formed Mame Letter 1 1 Mame Character expected Please note The output of the Validation
133. If an attribute is mandatory on a given element then it appears in bold In the example below there are no mandatory attributes Attributes ax para i xsitype Entities Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Authentic View 89 3 4 5 To enter a value for an attribute click in the value field of the attribute and enter the value This creates the attribute and its value in the XML document In the case of the xsi nil attribute which appears in the Attributes Entry Helper when a nillable element has been selected the value of the xsi nil attribute can only be entered by selecting one of the allowed values true Or false from the dropdown list for the attribute s value Entities Entry Helper The Entities Entry Helper allows you to insert an entity in your document Entities can be used to insert special characters or text fragments that occur often in a document such as the name of a company To insert an entity place the cursor at the point in the text where you want to have the entity inserted then double click the entity in the Entities Entry Helper Entities Note An internal entity is one that has its value defined within the DTD An external entity is one that has its value contained in an external source e g another XML file Both internal and external entities are listed in the Entities Entry Helper When you insert an entity whether internal or external the entity not its val
134. L O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 94 XML Creating Opening and Saving XML Documents document is created that has i the corresponding schema automatically assigned to it and ii a skeleton document structure that is valid according to the assigned schema Note that you can create your own skeleton XML document If you save it in the Template folder of the application folder your skeleton document will be available for selection in the Create New Document dialog If you select the generic Extensible Markup Language document type you will be prompted for a schema DTD or XML Schema to assign to the document At this point you can choose to browse for a schema or go ahead and create an XML document with no schema assigned to it You can of course assign a schema via the DTD Schema menu at any subsequent time during editing Automatic validation If an existing XML document has a schema assigned to it then it can be automatically validated on opening and or saving The setting for this is in the File tab of the Options dialog Tools Options The automatic validation settings in the File tab can be combined with a setting in the File Types tab to disable automatic validation for specific file types Using the settings in the two tabs together enables you to specify automatic validation for specific file types Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XML Assigning Schemas and Validating 95 4 2 Assigning Schem
135. Mark When a document with two byte or four byte character encoding is saved the document can be saved either with i little endian byte ordering and a little endian BOM Always create BOM if not UTF 8 or ii the detected byte ordering and the detected BOM Preserve detected BOM on saving After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog XSL The XSL tab screenshot below enables you to define options for XSLT transformations and XSL FO transformations carried out from within the application Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 293 f Built in SLT engine Important the built in SLT engine is always used for SLT debugging Microsoft ML Parser MS ML C y30 v40 360 6 Choose version automatically External SL transformation program Browse Please enter the command line for executing an extemal SL transformation program in the Form Frogram ese 1 2 3 where 1 will be replaced with the ML input file name 2 with the output file name and 3 optional with SOL style heet file name Feel free to add any other parameters that are required by the external program i Show extemal program output in Messages window after transformation he Show extemallprogram error cutout in Messages window after transformation Default file extension of output file htm IY Reuse output window M Use file extension from lt xskoutput method attribute if provided Pl
136. Match whole word only Match case Regular expression Cancel Replace All J Replace in selection only Advanced lt lt Types e Element Mames e Comments Element Contents e CData Attribute Names Processing Instruction Attribute Contents Fest Set all Clear all The screenshot above shows the Find amp Replace dialog in Text View The dialog and functionality varies according to the view that is active Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH DTDs and XML Schemas 107 5 DTDs and XML Schemas This section provides an overview of how to work with DTDs and XML Schemas It also describes SchemaAgent and the powerful Find in Schemas feature In addition to the editing features XMLSpy provides the following powerful DTD Schema features Catalog mechanism Support for the OASIS catalog mechanism enables the re direction of URIs to local addresses thus facilitating use across multiple workstations Generate Sample XML file You can generate via the DTD Schema Generate Sample XML File menu command a skeleton XML document based on the active DTD or XML Schema file This is very useful for quickly creating an XML file based on a schema Go to definition When the cursor is located within a node in an XML document clicking the DTD Schema Go to Deinition menu command opens the schema file and highlights the definition of the selected XML node 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 108 DTDs
137. Optional to set minOccurs to 1 Select the context menu option Unbounded to set maxOccurs to unbounded deselect Unbounded to set maxOccurs to 1 A check mark appears to the left of the respective menu item when that menu item is selected Toggling between local definition and global definition If a global element exists that has the same name as a local element then you can toggle between referencing the global definition and using the local definition Do this as follows 1 Right click the element 2 Select the context menu option Reference If the global element is referenced then the menu item is checked If the local definition is used the Reference item in the menu is not checked Jumping to another definition When you are within a content model you can jump to the definition of any global component that is contained in that content model Do this as follows 1 Right click the global component The global component could be the yellow rectangle of a base type an element that references a global element or a model group 2 Select the context menu option Go to Definition This opens the Content Model View of that global component Alternatively double click the name of the base type or press Ctrl and double click the referencing element or the model group Editing element names 1 Right click the element 2 Select the context menu option Edit Name and edit the name Alternatively double click the element name a
138. Pini A ear eanotn REP SS New Project A A O eater ea ates Altova XMLSpy 2009 11362 Open Prot as aba 203 Roo Reload Proe heisene a ee ee oer er er re eae ee ete 203 E ES O 203 A E tangs use taettoes 203 ELSO Source Controlan cas 203 Installation of Version Control Systems isses sninn senoressa aas i 207 Open from Source Contre lscacesecebcsaseecassasedsneaaiece sens n e 214 Enable Source Controls erenn a R s 216 A 216 O 216 O A EA erica Beas oie teationcae aaa anasat ous Mein baaane tenuous 217 A sae eae ec eo eae a T sons css a connie ease eae 218 Checa a aid e betas e 219 lt ndo Check Outs ld as 220 Add to Somrce Conto benke a a A a 221 Remove from Source Control ee eeeeseesresreereesesscseresresstssrrsresressrestesreseessrrsersreseessresees 221 Share from Source Control eee eeeeeeeeeereereeeressressressressressressressressresstessressressersseesseeseee 222 SHOWS OR ea Bipagde nite cca omme nae Raewnedn octbe asta ca consented wise 223 SOON RECE CTC ise A A y dene ES 224 Show Propertie Skenen eiia e e a iea aea TA a RS 223 E Maa 226 Source Control Manage 226 Change Source Conio sesion ts lacoii s 226 LE Add EE O PO e sde cla 221 I1 Add Global Resource to POETA S 221 MS AIT URLO POE a a 227 LE Sal Add Active File to Pro o dida 228 11 3 11 Add Active And Related Files to Project oocccccccccccnnnoooonnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononanananannos 228 1 3412 Add Proje
139. Power Stylesheet each XML element or attribute can be specified to display as either large or small markup or not display at all in mixed markup mode In mixed markup mode therefore the Authentic View user sees a customized markup Note however that this customization is created by the person who has designed the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Editing dynamic table structures Rows in a dynamic SPS table are repetitions of a data structure Each row represents an occurrence of a single element Each row therefore has the same XML substructure as the next The dynamic table editing commands manipulate the rows of a dynamic SPS table That is you can modify the number and order of the element occurrences You cannot however edit the columns of a dynamic SPS table since this would entail changing the substructure of individual element occurrences The icons for dynamic table editing commands appear in the toolbar and are also available in the Authentic menu Append row to table Insert row in table Duplicate current table row i e cell contents are duplicated Move current row up by one row Move current row down by one row B 0 aro aa Delete the current row Please note These commands apply only to dynamic SPS tables They should not be used inside static SPS tables The various types of tables used in Authentic View are described in the Using tables in Authentic View section of this documentation Creati
140. SL SCMpts Or AS LT e A E amrthadeateteteehaietaas 328 1 5 4 Altova Extension Funt HONS een ada 330 2 Technical Data 333 2L OSand Memory Requitements its 334 DD Alova NE PAS T E a TET i 335 23 Allova XSi rand AQUEL FOCOS iii T eh auaeciedn 336 Za NCode SUPPOLL Aann E la 337 Altova XMLSpy 2009 2 4 1 Windows 2000 and W INGOWS DP dd e il O 337 2 4 2 Right to Left Writing Systems dios 338 2 TME USAT id 339 3 License Information 340 3 1 Electronic Software Distribution cccccesesssscscscccccccecccceseesecsssssssssscesccsececeecesseesessttssstsaeaeecs 341 32 Intellectual Property Riot 342 33 Altova End User License AE Mt AA 343 Index 353 Altova XMLSpy 2009 Altova XMLSpy 2009 Welcome to XMLSpy Welcome to XMLSpy Altova XMLSpy 2009 Standard Edition is an entry level XML editor for viewing validating and editing XML documents It is the perfect tool for users who need to view XML DTD XML Schema XSLT and XQuery files and perform light weight editing tasks ALTOVAY E gt i qa ore q Copyright E 1998 2009 Altova GmbH All rights reserved Use of this software is governed by and subject to an Altova software license agreement sMLSpy MapForce StyleVision SemanticWorks Schema gent UModel Database Spy DiffDog Authentic ltova ML Missionkit and ALTOVA as well as their logos are trademarks and or registered trademarks of Altova GmbH KML EL HTML and W3C are trademarks register
141. SLT engine you have specified as the default engine for the application see above or by the XSLT engine that might be built into the FO processor you have specified as the default FO processor for the application To select between these two options click the appropriate radio button After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Source Control The Source Control tab screenshot below enables you to specify the default logon IDs for various source control providers and to set up user preferences Source Control Plugin The current source control plugin can be selected from among the item in the dropdown list of the combo box This list shows the installed source control plugins After selecting the required source control specify the login ID for it in the next text box The Advanced button pops up a dialog specific to the selected source control plugin in which you can define settings for that source control plugin These settings are different for different source control plugins User preferences A range of user preferences is available including the following e Status updates can be performed in the background e When opening and closing projects files can be checked out and checked in respectively e The display of the Check Out and Check In dialogs can be suppressed e The Reset button is enabled if you have checked activated the Don t show this again option in one of the dialog boxes On click
142. Table la 146 s DB QU a eli 147 Modityins a DB Tables sisas ss 151 7 2 4 AMI Table Editino CAS a ater de 152 TZ Working intel 154 E AE ON 155 TE ENU nonne A ta 155 7 2 6 Dennina MCCS kiss oe hee ho aT rsa nels aa ee eet ea she aad ace uate nde 156 TT maces in Authentic Vie Wenge od 157 7 2 8 Keystrokes AA AA ies wed whee aca se eee sam oneness econ 158 8 HTML and CSS 159 Cede AEN wate trace A acta taicatiesh tetwabdnaterneeannns inte heath atin cin cea thane cca ucatnemann manton ed seeteane dn atid 160 s2 CSS aeree a E E E e E EON iE 162 Altova XMLSpy 2009 9 2 10 10 1 10 2 11 11 1 11 2 11 3 Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources DUES a andsa A e a a N Copying Configurations 9 1 1 9 1 2 9 13 Using Global Resources 9 2 1 922 Assigning Files and Folders Changing Configurations Projects Creating and Editing Projects Using Projects User Reference File Menu 11 1 1 i Boe 11 1 3 11 1 4 11 1 5 Close Close All 11 1 6 Save Save As Save All 11 1 7 Send by Mail 11 1 8 11 1 9 Print Preview Print Setup 11 1 10 Recent Files Exit Edit Menu 11 2 1 Undo Redo 11 2 2 Cut Copy Past Delete 11 2 3 Insert File Path 11 2 4 Insert XInclude 11 2 5 Copy XPath 11 2 6 Copy XPointer 11 2 7 Pretty Print XML Text 11 2 8 Select All 11 2 9 Find Find Next 11 2 10 11 2 11 Bookmark Commands 11 2 12 Comment In Out Project Menu 11 3 1 A E ER
143. Team CP Client 2008 R2 Codice Software Plastic SCM Professional N N a N N a O Collabnet Subversion 1 5 4 Aigenta Unified SCC 1 0 6 PushOK SVN SCC 1 5 1 1 TamTam SVN SCC 1 2 21 ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO 5 1 ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO 5 1 Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere for VSS 5 3 2 Server Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere for VSS 5 3 2 D P Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Hosted Server Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Hosted Client 22252 Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Standalone 2 2 Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Standalone 2 2 Server IBM Rational ClearCase 7 0 1 LT IBM Rational ClearCase 7 0 1 LT March Hare CVSNT 2 5 03 2382 Aigenta Unified SCC 1 0 6 March Hare CVS Suite Server 2008 3321 Jalindi Igloo 1 0 3 March Hare CVS Suite Client 2008 3321 PushOK CVS SCC NT 2 1 2 5 TamTam CVS SCC 1 2 36 Sergey Antonovs HgScc 1 0 1 Microsoft SourceSafe 2005 Microsoft Team Foundation Server 2008 MSSCCI Provider Perforce P4S 2008 1 Perforce P4V 2008 1 PureCM Server 2008 3a PureCM Client 2008 3a QSC Team Coherence Server 7 2 0 25 QSC Team Coherence Client 7 1 4 30 Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise 2 1 18 Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise 2 1 18 Qumasoft QVCS Pro 3 10 18 Qumasoft QVCS Pro 3 10 18 Reliable Software Code Co Op 5 1a Reliable Software Code Co Op 5 1a Seapine Surround SCM 2009 0 0 Seapine Surround SCM Client 2009 0 0 Serena Dimensions 10 1 3 Serena Dimensions 10 1 3 D P Mercurial 1 0 2 Microsoft SourceSafe 2005 Microsof
144. To delete a criterion in a DB Query select the criterion and click Delete Modifying a DB Query To modify a DB Query 1 Click the Query button pi The Edit Database Query dialog box opens You can now edit the expressions in any of the listed criteria add new criteria re order criteria or delete criteria in the DB Query 2 Click OK The data from the DB is automatically re loaded into StyleVision so as to reflect the modifications to the DB Query Modifying a DB Table Adding a record To add a record to a DB table 1 Place the cursor in the DB table row and click the icon to append a row or the icon to insert a row This creates a new record in the temporary XML file 2 Click the File Save command to add the new record in the DB In Authentic View a row for the new record is appended to the DB table display The AltovaRowStatus for this record is set to A for Added When you enter data for the new record it is entered in bold and is underlined This enables you to differentiate added records from existing records if existing records have not been formatted with these text formatting properties Datatype errors are flagged by being displayed in red The new record is added to the DB when you click File Save After a new record is saved to the DB its AltovaRowStatus field is initialized indicated with and the record is displayed in Authentic View as a regular record Modifying a record To modify a record plac
145. URLs are attached to the e mail or content is inserted into the e mail Sending URLs by mail To send one or more URLs select the URLs in the Project Window and click Send by Mail The following dialog opens xl How do you want to send UAL tiles As attachment As link ao Select how the URL is to be sent and click OK 11 1 8 Print Ctrl P The Print command opens the Print dialog box in which you can select printer options 11 1 9 Print Preview Print Setup The Print Preview command opens the Print dialog box Click the Preview button to display a print preview of the currently active document The Print Setup command displays the printer specific Print Setup dialog box in which you specify such printer settings as paper format and page orientation These settings are applied to O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 194 User Reference File Menu all subsequent print jobs HP Lasernlet d Properties Status Ready Type HF Laseret 4 Where LPT Comment Paper Orientation SIZE Letter f Portrait L s Source Automatically Select C Landscape Network Lancel The screenshot above shows the Print Setup dialog in which an HP LaserJet 4 printer attached to a parallel port LPT1 is selected 11 1 10 Recent Files Exit The File menu displays a list of the nine most recently used files with the most recently opened file shown at the top of the list You can open any
146. XML tasks are checks for the well formedness of documents and validity of XML documents Commands for these tasks are in this menu Table The XML Table command though enabled in all views can be used only in Grid View It displays a submenu with all the commands relevant to the Database Table View of Grid View Display as Table Insert Row Shift Fiz Append Row Chri Fiz2 Ascending Sort ges fed AE ESE H Descending Sort Display as Table E F12 The XML Table Display as Table command allows you to switch between the standard Grid View and Database Table View or Table View of a document element The Table View enables you to view repeated elements as a table in which the rows represent the occurrences while the columns represent child nodes including comments CDATA sections and PIs To switch to Table View 1 Select any one occurrence of the repeating element you wish to view as a table sd schema iminsis d http Ane ves Org 20000 WML Schema xsdrelement name navigation mame i O sectionType xd complexType hame subsectionType sd sequence rsd complexType hame Url ype xsd7simpleContent 2 Click XML Display as Table or F12 or the toolbar icon Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XML Menu 237 sd schema xminsixsd hip brasa 5 ora 20000 OF MLSchema xsdrelement name navigatian sd Sequence xsd Sequence xsd sequence The element is displayed
147. XP are trademarks of Microsoft W3C CSS DOM MathML RDF XHTML XML and XSL are trademarks registered in numerous countries of the World Wide Web Consortium W3C marks of the W3C are registered and held by its host institutions MIT INRIA and Keio Except as expressly stated above this Software License Agreement does not grant you any intellectual property rights in the Software Notifications of claimed copyright infringement should be sent to Altova s copyright agent as further provided on the Altova Web Site 3 LIMITED TRANSFER RIGHTS Notwithstanding the foregoing you may transfer all your rights to use the Software to another person or legal entity provided that a you also transfer each of this Software License Agreement the Software and all other software or hardware bundled or pre installed with the Software including all copies updates and prior versions and all copies of font software converted into other formats to such person or entity b you retain no copies including backups and copies stored on a computer c the receiving party secures a personalized key code from Altova and d the receiving party accepts the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement and any other terms and conditions upon which you legally purchased a license to the Software Notwithstanding the foregoing you may not transfer education pre release or not for resale copies of the Software 4 PRE RELEASE AND EVALUATION PRODUCT AD
148. Y lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 3 Prepust NULL Ox versione 0 encoding UTF 8 ccust NULL 2xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 3 lt cust NULL You can enter a filter for this table The filter should be an SQL wHERE clause just the condition without the WHERE keyword for example crp gt 1002 Click Update to refresh the dialog In the screenshot above you can see the result of a filtered view Next select the cell containing the required XML document and click OK The XML document in the selected cell row is loaded into Authentic View 11 8 5 Define XML Entities You can define entities for use in Authentic View whether your document is based on a DTD or an XML Schema Once defined these entities are displayed in the Entities Entry Helper and in the Insert Entity submenu of the context menu When you double click on an entity in the Entities Entry Helper that entity is inserted at the cursor insertion point An entity is useful if you will be using a text string XML fragment or some other external resource in multiple locations in your document You define the entity which is basically a short name that stands in for the required data in the Define Entities dialog After defining an entity you can use it at multiple locations in your document This helps you save time and greatly enhances maintenance There are two broad types of entities you can use in your document a parsed entity which is XML data either a t
149. a wrapped Java object with a type that is the name of the class returning that Java object For example if a constructor for the class java util Date Is called java util Date new then an object having a type java util Date is returned The lexical format of the returned object may not match the lexical format of an XPath datatype and the value would therefore need to be converted to the lexical format of the required XPath datatype and then to the required XPath datatype There are two things that can be done with a Java object created by a constructor e ltcan be assigned to a variable lt xsl variable name currentdate select date new xmlns date Java Java util Date gt e ltcan be passed to an extension function see Instance Method and Instance Fields lt xsl value of select date toString date new xmlns date Java Java util Date gt Java Static Methods and Static Fields A static method is called directly by its Java name and by supplying the arguments for the method Static fields methods that take no arguments such as the constant value fields E and PI are accessed without specifying any argument XSLT examples Here are some examples of how static methods and fields can be called lt xsl value of xmlns jMath 3Java Java lang Math select j Math cos 3 14 gt lt xsl value of xmlns jMath 3Java Java lang Math select jMath cos jMath PI gt lt xsl va
150. aXML Altova XML is a free application which contains Altova s XML Validator XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 engines lt can be used from the command line via a COM interface in Java programs and in NET applications to validate XML documents transform XML documents using XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 stylesheets and execute XQuery documents XSLT transformation tasks can therefore be automated with the use of Altova XML For example you can create a batch file that calls Altova XML to transform a set of documents See the Altova XML documentation for details 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 106 XML Additional Features 4 8 Additional Features Additional features for working with XML files are listed below e Encoding e Find and Replace Encoding The encoding of XML files and other types of documents can be set via the menu command File Encoding The default encoding of XML and non XML files can be specified in the Options Encoding tab Find and Replace The Find and Replace features accessed via the Edit menu has powerful search capabilities The search term can be defined additionally in terms of casing and whether whole words should be matched and it can also be expressed as a regular expression The search range can be restricted to a selection in the document and to particular node types see screenshot below x Find what lt p a gt findes Replace with sparar Find Previous Options Replace FO
151. ables dialog but is not used in an XSLT transformation 11 7 4 XQuery Execution The XSL XQuery XQuery Execution command executes an XQuery document It can be invoked when an XQuery or XML file is active When invoked from an XML file it opens a dialog asking for an XQuery file to associate with the XML file You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button Automating XQuery executions with Altova XML 2009 Altova XML is a free application which contains Altova s XML Validator XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 engines It can be used from the command line via a COM interface in Java programs and in NET applications to validate XML documents transform XML documents using XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 stylesheets and execute XQuery documents XQuery execution tasks can therefore be automated with the use of Altova XML For example you can create a batch file that calls Altova XML to execute a set of XQuery documents See the Altova XML documentation for details Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XSL XQuery Menu 259 11 7 5 Assign XSL 11 7 6 11 7 7 11 7 8 The XSL XQuery Assign XSL command assigns an XSLT stylesheet to an XML document Clicking the command opens a dialog to let you specify the XSLT file you want to assign You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse b
152. across multiple platforms languages and countries without re engineering It allows data to be transported through many different systems without corruption Windows 2000 and Windows XP Altova s XML products provide full Unicode support To edit an XML document you will also need a font that supports the Unicode characters being used by that document Please note that most fonts only contain a very specific subset of the entire Unicode range and are therefore typically targeted at the corresponding writing system Consequently you may encounter XML documents that contain unprintable characters because the font you have selected does not contain the required glyphs Therefore it can sometimes be very useful to have a font that covers the entire Unicode range especially when editing XML documents from all over the world The most universal font we have encountered is a typeface called Arial Unicode MS that has been created by Agfa Monotype for Microsoft This font contains over 50 000 glyphs and covers the entire set of characters specified by the Unicode 2 1 standard It needs 23MB and is included with Microsoft Office 2000 O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 338 Technical Data Unicode Support 2 4 2 We highly recommend that you install this font on your system and use it with the application if you are often editing documents in different writing systems This font is not installed with the Typical setting of the Microsoft Offi
153. age Global Resources dialog 9 1 3 Copying Configurations The Manage Global resources dialog allows you to duplicate existing configurations for all types of resources To do so select a configuration and click the Copy Configuration icon Ta Then select or enter a configuration name and click OK This creates a copy of the selected configuration which you can now change as required 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 172 Altova Global Resources Using Global Resources 9 2 9 2 1 Using Global Resources There are several types of global resources file type folder type Particular scenarios in XMLSpy allow the use of particular types of global resources For example you can use file type or folder type global resources for a Working XML File or a CSS file The various scenarios in which you can use global resources in XMLSpy are listed in this section Files and Folders Selections that determine which resource is used There are two application wide selections that determine what global resources can be used and which global resources are actually used at any given time e The active Global Resources XML File is selected in the Global Resource dialog The global resource definitions that are present in the active Global Resources XML File are available to all files that are open in the application Only the definitions in the active Global Resources XML File are available The active Global Resources XML File can be changed a
154. ages within the help system Index The Help Index command accesses the keyword index of the Online Help You can also use the Index tab in the left pane of the online help system The index lists all relevant keywords and lets you navigate to a topic by double clicking the respective keyword If more than one topic matches the selected keyword you are presented a list of available topics to choose from Search The Help Search command performs a full text search on the entire online help system 1 Enter your search term in the query field and press Enter The online help system displays a list of available topics that contain the search term O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 298 User Reference Help Menu you ve entered 2 Double click on any item in the list to display the corresponding topic 11 13 4 Keyboard Map The Help Keyboard Map command causes an information box to be displayed that contains a menu by menu listing of all commands in XMLSpy Menu commands are listed with a description and shortcut keystrokes for the command EJ Help Keyboard Filellose FileLlose4lll FileE ncoding FileE sit File ew Ctrl File pen Ctrl AFleO penUA FilePrint Ctrl P FilePrintPreview FilePrintS etup File eload Files ave Ctrl 5 Files ave ll FileS aves FileSavel oUAL FileSendby Mail Close the active document Close all open documents Set or change the character set encod
155. ances between various elements onscreen Show in diagram The Annotations check box toggles the display of annotation text on or off as well as the annotation text width with the slider You can also toggle the display of the substitution groups on or off The Attributes and Identity Constraints appear in the Content Model diagram if their check boxes are selected otherwise they appear as tabs in a pane at the bottom of the Content Model window Draw direction These options define the orientation of the element tree on screen horizontal or vertical Editing the content model in the diagram itself You can change element properties directly in the content model diagram To do this double click the property you wish to edit and start entering data If a selection is available a drop down list appears from which you can select an option Otherwise enter a value and confirm with Enter Buttons in the Schema display configuration dialog This dialog has the following buttons e The Load Save button allows you to load and retrieve the settings you make here e The Predefined button resets the display configuration to default values e The Clear all button empties the list box of all entries Enabling schema restrictions To enable check the Enable Schema Restrictions check box Zoom The Schema Design Zoom command controls the zoom factor of the Content Model View This feature is useful if you have a large content model and wish to z
156. and flushes all cached schema DTD and XML Schema documents from memory To speed up validation and intelligent editing XMLSpy caches recently used schema documents and external parsed entities in memory Information from these cached documents is also displayed when the Go to Definition command is invoked Flush the memory cache if memory is tight on your system or if you have used documents based on different schemas recently Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Schema Design Menu 247 11 6 Schema Design Menu The Schema Design menu enables you to design XML Schemas in a GUI It is available when an XML Schema document is active in Schema WSDL View The commands available in this menu are described in this section 11 6 1 Schema Settings The Schema Design Schema Settings command lets you define global settings for the active schema These settings are attributes and their values of the XML Schema document element xs schema Schema settings x Default Element form e Qualified Unqualified Default Attribute form Qualified Unqualified Block default extension Final default restriction Version B5a 0 milanag FO ID fr C No target namespace Target namespace https Aana mlispy com schenas orgchart MHamespace http Mey Smlspy comechemas forgchart https Shay ws org 200 AML Schema http Jae altaya comiro http Saas a mlspy com schemasfextstate Cancel You can make
157. and minimum number of non mandatory elements for example the first definition in a choice If elements are defined as being repeatable the number of elements to be generated for each of these repeatable elements can be specified Generate non mandatory attributes Activating this option generates not only mandatory attributes but also the non mandatory attributes defined in the schema Generate X elements if marked repeatable in Schema DTD Activating this option generates the number of repeatable elements you enter in the text box Fill elements and attributes with data Activating this option inserts the data type descriptors values for the respective elements attributes For example Boolean 1 xsd string string Max Min inclusive the value defined in the schema Nillable elements and abstract types The contents of nillable elements can be treated as non mandatory and elements with an abstract type can use a non abstract type for its xsi type attribute Schema assignment for the generated XML file The schema used to generate the XML file can be assigned to the generated XML file with a relative or absolute path 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 246 User Reference DTD Schema Menu Root element If the schema contains more than one global element these are listed and the root element required for the sample XML file can be selected from the list 11 5 9 Flush Memory Cache The DTD Schema Flush Memory Cache comm
158. any Since 1996 Hanonul has been actively involved m developing nanoelectrome software technologies It released the first version ot its acclaimed Maxoseyt Development ouife m February 129 Also in 1999 Nanonall increased its capital base with investment trom a consortium of private mvestment trms The company has been expanding rapidly ever SINCE An editable Authentic View document with no XML markup 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 140 Authentic Editing in Authentic View Address gt ipo city gt Vereno lt pacity lt Address Office Summary 4 departments 16 employees Desc gt para gt The company was established bold gt in Verena in 1995 lt bold as a privately held software company Since 1996 Nanonull has been actively invelved in developing nanoelectroruc software technologies It released the first version of its acclammed NanoSoft Development Suite lt teliclin February 1999 Also in 199 Nanonull increased its capital base with investment trom a consortium of private investment firms The company has been expanding rapidly ever since An editable Authentic View document with XML markup tags Text editing An Authentic View document will essentially consist of text and images To edit the text in the document place the cursor at the location where you wish to insert text and type You can copy move and delete text using familiar keystrokes such as the Delete key and drag and drop mechanisms
159. ar license from our secure web server or through any one of our resellers Tutorial example files The tutorial files are available in the application folder C ADocuments and Settings lt username gt My DocumentslAltoval XMLSpyA Examples Tutorial The Examples folder contains various XML files for you to experiment with while the Tutorial folder contains all the files used in this tutorial The Template folder in the application folder typically in c Program Files Altova contains all the XML template files that are used whenever you select the menu option File New These files supply the necessary data namespaces and XML declarations for you to start working with the respective XML document immediately 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 18 XMLSpy Tutorial XMLSpy Interface 2 1 XMLSpy Interface The XMLSpy interface is structured into three vertical areas The central area provides you with multiple views of your XML document The areas on either side of this central area contain windows that provide information editing help and file management features e The left area consists of the Project and Info windows e The central area called the Main window is where you edit and view all types of XML documents You can switch between different views Text View Grid View Schema View WSDL View Authentic View and Browser View In Standard Edition Grid View and Schema WSDL View are read only views they are fully functiona
160. are listed in a submenu of the context menu s Insert command In the Elements entry helper elements that can be inserted at a location are indicated with the icon In the NanonullOrg xml document place the cursor inside the para element and create bold and italic elements using both the context menu and Elements entry helper e Before or after the selected element or any of its ancestors if allowed by the schema In the first submenu that rolls out you select the element selected element or an ancestor before after which you wish to insert the element In the second submenu which now rolls out you select the element you wish to insert In the Elements entry helper elements that can be inserted before or after the selected element are indicated with the E ana icons respectively Note that in the Elements entry helper you can insert elements before after the selected element only you cannot insert before after an ancestor element Try out this command by first placing the cursor inside the para element and then inside the table listing the employees Add Node link If an element or attribute is included in the document design and is not present in the XML document an Add Node link is displayed at the location in the document where that node is specified To see this link in the line with the text Location of logo select the href node within the CompanyLogo element and delete it by pressing the Delete key The ada href link ap
161. as a table and the EEE toolbar icon is activated To switch from the Table View of a document element to the normal Grid View of that element select the table or any of its rows or columns and click the a toolbar icon That table element switches to Grid View Ascending Sort Aiii The XML Table Ascending Sort command is enabled in Database Table View when a column or cell is selected It sorts the column in either alphabetic or numeric ascending order XMLSpy tries to automatically determine what kind of data is used in the column and sorts on alphabetic or numeric order as required In case of uncertainty you will be prompted for the sort method to use see screenshot required sort order from the selected elements Since pour data contains both text and numbers the preferred sort order could not be determined Cancel Eo aed ML Spy is able to sort pour data numerically or alphabetically and automatically determines the alphabetically numerically Do you wish to sort Descending Sort q The XML Table Descending Sort command is enabled in Database Table View when a column or cell is selected It sorts the column in either alphabetic or numeric descending order XMLSpy tries to automatically determine what kind of data is used in the column and sorts on alphabetic or numeric order as required In case of uncertainty you will be prompted for the sort method to use see screenshot O 2009 Altova Gmb
162. as and Validating A schema DTD or XML Schema can be assigned to an XML document when it is first created A schema can also be assigned or changed at any subsequent time using the Assign DTD or Assign Schema commands in the DTD Schema menu XML Spy FE Choose a file OE NanonulOrg xsd a Browse a window Cancel M Make path relative to OrgChart xml Please choose a file from your hard disk a global resource or select one of the other open windows The path to the schema file that is inserted in the XML document can be made relative by checking the relative path check box in the dialog Global resources for schemas A global resource is an alias for a file or folder The target file or folder can be changed within the GUI by changing the active configuration of the global resource via the menu command Tools Active Configuration Global resources therefore enable the assigned schema to be switched among multiple schemas which can be useful for testing How to use global resources is described in the section Altova Global Resources XML Schema plus DTD One very useful DTD feature that XML Schema does not have is the use of entities However if you wish to use entities in your XML Schema validated XML document you can add a DOCTYPE declaration to the XML document and include your entity declarations in it lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt DOCTYPE OrgChart lt ENTITY name int value gt
163. ata Adding child compositors components and inserting appending compositors components 1 Right click the compositor or component This opens the context menu with only the allowed operations enabled 2 Select the required operation from the context menu Changing a compositor 1 Right click the compositor you want to change 2 Select the context menu option Change Model and from the sub menu select the compositor to which you want to change The currently selected compositor is checked If a compositor is not allowed at that point it is disabled Creating global components e To create a new global component right click anywhere in Content Model View select New Global and from the sub menu the required component e To make a local element a global element or global complex type right click the local element select Make Global and from the sub menu select either Element or Complex type If any of these components cannot legally be created then it is disabled Changing the occurrence definition You can toggle the minimum and maximum occurrences values of a compositor between 0 and 1 forminOccurs and 1 and unbounded formaxOccurs respectively Do this as follows 1 Right click the compositor or component for which the occurrence value has to be Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 63 changed 2 Select the context menu option Optional to set minOccurs to 0 deselect
164. ated to this software product e The End User License Agreement governing the use of this software product Please read this information carefully It is binding upon you since you agreed to these terms when you installed this software product Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Electronic Software Distribution 341 3 1 Electronic Software Distribution This product is available through electronic software distribution a distribution method that provides the following unique benefits e You can evaluate the software free of charge before making a purchasing decision e Once you decide to buy the software you can place your order online at the Altova website and immediately get a fully licensed product within minutes e When you place an online order you always get the latest version of our software e The product package includes a comprehensive integrated onscreen help system The latest version of the user manual is available at www altova com i in HTML format for online browsing and ii in PDF format for download and to print if you prefer to have the documentation on paper 30 day evaluation period After downloading this product you can evaluate it for a period of up to 30 days free of charge About 20 days into this evaluation period the software will start to remind you that it has not yet been licensed The reminder message will be displayed once each time you start the application If you wou
165. ava to XPath XQuery When a Java method returns a value the datatype of the value is a string numeric or boolean type then it is converted to the corresponding XPath XQuery type For example Java s java lang Boolean and boolean datatypes are converted to xsd boolean One dimensional arrays returned by functions are expanded to a sequence Multi dimensional arrays will not be converted and should therefore be wrapped When a wrapped Java object or a datatype other than string numeric or boolean is returned you can ensure conversion to the required XPath XQuery type by first using a Java method e g toString to convert the Java object to a string In XPath XQuery the string can be modified to fit the lexical representation of the required type and then converted to the required type for Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 323 1 5 2 example by using the cast as expression NET Extension Functions If you are working on the NET platform you can use extension functions written in any of the NET languages for example C A NET extension function can be used within an XPath or XQuery expression to invoke a constructor property or method static or instance within a NET class A property of a NET class is called using the syntax get PropertyName This section is organized into the following sub sections NET Constructors NET Static Methods and Static Fields NET Ins
166. ay enter data for all the child elements of Person that is for Last PhoneExt and Email Note that the value of PhoneExt must be an integer with a maximum value of 99 since this is the range of allowed PhoneExt values you defined in your schema Your XML document should then look something like this in Grid View lt xml wersion 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt l edited with ML Spy w4 0 1 U CHttp ffi xml spy com by Alexander Filz private gt g lt cCompany ml ns http My comp any com namespace lt minsixs1 http y ain Ws org 2001 sMLSchema 1ns tance 57 25chemalocati on http My Company com names pace AaddressLast xs5d gt lt Address x51 type UsS Aaddress gt Name US dependency Namen lt Street gt Noble Ave lt Street gt lt Ci tyo Dallase ci ty lt 21p gt 04812 lt 21p gt o State Texas e Statens lt FAddOress gt lt Person Manager true Degree B4 Programmer Talse gt lt First gt Fred lt First gt lt Las ta Smi th lt Las t lt PhoneExt gt 22 PhoneExt gt Email Smi th work cams Emai 1 gt Persona Op ary 3 Click again to check if the document is valid A message appears in the Messages window stating that the file is valid The XML document is now valid against its schema Messages ya mam x e File E Documents and Settings alaiMy Documentsistovai ML Spyr 2005 se Examples Tutoriallompany First xml is walid ye
167. ayed To insert a property either press Enter when it is selected or click it Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources 165 9 Altova Global Resources Altova Global Resources is a collection of aliases for file and folder resources Each alias can have multiple configurations and each configuration maps to a single resource Therefore when a global resource is used as an input the global resource can be switched among its configurations This is done easily via controls in the GUI For example if an XSLT stylesheet for transforming an XML document is assigned via a global resource then we can set up multiple configurations for the global resource each of which points to a different XSLT file After setting up the global resource in this way switching the configuration would switch the XSLT file used for the transformation A global resource can not only be used to switch resources within an Altova application but also to generate and use resources from other Altova applications So files can be generated on the fly in one Altova application for use in another Altova application All of this tremendously eases and speeds up development and testing For example an XSLT stylesheet in XMLSpy can be used to transform an XML file generated on the fly by an Altova MapForce mapping Using Altova Global Resources involves two processes e Defining Global Resources Resources are defined and the definitions are
168. bH User Manual 28 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents XAML Company xamins httg imwy complany com namespace xamins xsf http haw 923 org 2007 XMLSchems schema http imy company com hamespace AddressLast xsd Address sitype US Address Person Manager rue Degree BA Programmer Now let us validate the document and correct any errors that the validation finds 2 3 4 Validating the Document XMLSpy provides two evaluations of the XML document e A well formedness check e A validation check If either of these checks fails we will have to modify the document appropriately Checking well formedness An XML document is well formed if starting tags match closing tags elements are nested correctly there are no misplaced or missing characters such as an entity without its semi colon delimiter etc You can do a well formedness check in any editing view Let us select Text View To doa well formedness check select the menu option XML Check well formedness or press the F7 key or click Amessage appears in the Messages window at the bottom of the Main Window saying the document is well formed Notice that the output of the Validation window has 9 tabs The validation output is always displayed in the active tab Therefore you can check well formedness in tab1 for one schema file and keep the result by switching to tab 2 before validating the next schema document otherwise tab 1 is overwritten with the validation result
169. c View it could be useful to see the markup of the document Markup can therefore be switched on as tags screenshot below using the Authentic Show Large Markup command or the corresponding toolbar icon Address gt ipo city gt Vereno lt ipocity lt Address Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees Desc gt para gt The company was established ts bold gt in Vereno in 1995 lt tebold as a privately held software company Since 1996 Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectroruc sofware technologies It released the first version of its acclaimed tatale gt VaneSost Development Suite Csitaliclin February 1999 Also m 1999 Nanenull increased its capital base with investment trom a consortium of private investment tres The company has been expanding rapidly ever since Editing content Content is created and edited by typing it into the nodes of the document Entities and CDATA sections can be added via the context menu entities also via the Entities entry helper More about editing in Authentic View For more details of how to edit in Authentic View see the Authentic View section 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 102 XML Entry Helpers for XML Documents 4 6 Entry Helpers for XML Documents For XML documents there are three entry helpers Elements entry helper Attributes entry helper and Entities entry helper When an element is added via the Elements entry helper it can be added t
170. carried out by the XSLT processor specified in the of the Options dialog Tools Options By default the selected XSLT processor is XMLSpy s built in XSLT processor The resultant FO document is directly processed with the FO processor specified in the of the Options dialog Tools Options e If the XSL FO Transformation command is executed on an FO document then the document is processed with the FO processor specified in the of the Options dialog Tools Options XSL FO Transformation output The XSL FO Transformation command pops up the Choose XSL FO Output dialog screenshot below If the active document is an XML document without an XSLT assignment you are first prompted for an XSLT file Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XSL XQuery Menu 255 11 7 3 Choose XS5L FO output E x O Yiew result directly on the screen with FOP viewer f Generate output file Cancel POF i Show after transformation requires Acrobat Header Text TXT i Open in sMLSpy C Areatree ML alter transtormaticn C MIF PCL C PostScript PS M Show FO processor output in Messages window after transformation M Show FO processor error output in Messages window after transformation You can view the output of the FO processor directly on screen using FOP viewer or you can generate an output file in any one of the following formats PDF text an XML area tree MIF PCL or PostScript You can also sw
171. cases it is therefore recommended that you use annotations instead of comments Configuring the content model view You can configure the content model view for the entire schema in the Schema display configuration dialog Schema design Configure view For details about configuration options see the Configure view section later in the User Reference Note that the settings you define here apply to the whole schema and to the schema documentation output as well the printer output Changing component properties directly in the content model If the Content Model View is configured so that components are displayed with property descriptor lines additional information about components in the component box then you can edit this information and so change the properties of components The property descriptor lines you have defined can be turned on and off by clicking the Add Predefined Details toolbar icon You can toggle between a view containing the defined properties and a view not containing them O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 66 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 3 To edit component properties 1 Double click the component s information field that you want to edit and start entering or editing data If a predefined option is available then a drop down list can be opened and the appropriate entry selected Otherwise simply enter the required value PersonType content Mlzimple minincl _ leemplex a
172. cates that the element is required The number range 1 5 means that minOcc 1 and maxOcc 5 Element name is Alias e Mandatory multiple element containing child elements or 1 c0 Details The rectangle indicates an element and the solid border indicates that the element is required The number range 1 infinity means that minOcc 1 and maxOcc unbounded The plus sign means complex content i e at least one element or attribute child Element name is Division Note The context menu option Unbounded changes maxOcc to unbounded Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 59 Clicking on the sign of the element expands the tree view and shows the child elements r Divisio Division 1 e Element referencing global element gt 1 00 Details The arrow in the bottom left means the element references a global element The rectangle indicates an element and the solid border indicates that the element is required The number range 1 infinity means that minOcc 1 and maxOcc unbounded The plus sign indicates complex content i e at least one element or attribute child Element name is xs field Note A global element can be referenced from within simple and complex type definitions thus enabling you to re use a global declaration at multiple locations in your schema You can create a reference to a global el
173. ccess this command from the context menu when you right click a folder in the project window Please note Files contained in external folders cannot be placed under source control Adding external folders to projects To add an external folder to the project 1 Select the menu option Project Add External Folder to Project 2 Select the folder you want to include from the Browse for Folder dialog box and click OK to confirm Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 229 Browse for Folder 2 4 Altova E 1 ML Spy Suite l Examples ieee Examples 2 Org Chart Datasheet Intemational Purchase Order Org Chart International Purchase Order 0 0 AddressFirsh xed AddressLast xed Company html company mdb Company x3 CompanyF irs xml Fo ate shape n wml Data shape mdb m a Filtering contents of folders To filter the contents of the folder 1 Right click the local folder and select the popup menu option Properties This opens the Properties dialog box Properties Name C Program Filest ltoya ML Spy Suites Examples Tutorial File extensions ML SD 2 Click in the File extensions field and enter the file extensions of the file types you want to see You can separate each file type with a semicolon to define multiple types XML 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 230 User Reference Project Menu and Schema XSDs in this example 3 Click OK to confirm
174. ccordance with the laws of the Republic of Austria excluding 1ts conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction 1n the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna in connection with any such dispute or claim If you are located in the United States or are using the Software in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts USA excluding its conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the federal or state courts of Massachusetts and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction in the federal or state courts of Massachusetts in connection with any such dispute or claim If you are located outside of the European Union or the United States and are not using the Software in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordanc
175. ccording to the view selected Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Schemas 19 2 2 XML Schemas An XML Schema describes the structure of an XML document An XML document can be validated against an XML Schema to check whether it conforms to the requirements specified in the schema If it does it is said to be valid otherwise it is invalid XML Schemas enable document designers to specify the allowed structure and content of an XML document and to check whether an XML document is valid Schema editing views in XMLSpy The structure and syntax of an XML Schema document is complex and being an XML document itself an XML Schema must be valid according to the rules of the XML Schema specification In XMLSpy the Schema WSDL Design View enables you to easily build valid XML Schemas by using graphical drag and drop techniques The XML Schema document you construct is also editable in Text View and Grid View but is much easier to create and modify in Schema WSDL View In the Standard Edition XML Schema documents can be viewed in Text View Schema View and Grid View but can be edited only in Text View Editing in Schema View and Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Creating a new XML Schema document To create a new XML Schema file in XMLSpy you must first start XMLSpy and then create a new XML Schema xsd document Create the document as follows 1 Select the menu option File
176. ce setup program but you can choose the Custom Setup option to install this font In the Examples folder in your application folder you will also find a new XHTML file called Unicode UTF8 html that contains the sentence When the world wants to talk it speaks Unicode in many different languages Wenn die Welt miteinander spricht spricht sie Unicode and writing systems ES Nlog TFS Unicode OF o this line has been adopted from the 10th Unicode conference in 1997 and is a beautiful illustration of the importance of Unicode for the XML standard Opening this file will give you a quick impression on what is possible with Unicode and what writing systems are supported by the fonts available on your PC installation Right to Left Writing Systems Please note that even under Windows NT 4 0 any text from a right to left writing system such as Hebrew or Arabic is not rendered correctly except in those countries that actually use right to left writing systems This is due to the fact that only the Hebrew and Arabic versions of Windows NT contains support for rendering and editing right to left text on the operating system layer Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Technical Data Internet Usage 339 2 5 Internet Usage Altova applications will initiate Internet connections on your behalf in the following situations If you click the Request evaluation key code in the Registration dialog Help Software Activation the thr
177. cell current cursor position with the cell above The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Split cell horizontally JE The Split cell Horizontally command creates a new cell to the right of the currently active cell The size of both cells is now the same as the original cell Split cell vertically Lt The Split cell Vertically command creates a new cell below the currently active cell Align top This command aligns the cell contents to the top of the cell Center vertically 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 154 Authentic Editing in Authentic View This command centers the cell contents Align bottom E This command aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell Table properties The Table properties command opens the Table Properties dialog box This icon is only made active for HTML tables it cannot be clicked for CALS tables Table Properties E x Table Row Column Cell bgcolor Cancel border border collapse cellpadding ce llepacing frame height page break atter page break before rules M E EA MEM TO E E table layoLt 7 2 5 Working with Dates There are two ways in which dates can be edited in Authentic View e Dates are entered or modified using the Date Picker e Dates are entered or modified by typing in the value The method the Authentic View user will use is defined in the SPS Both methods are described in the two
178. cense Information Altova End User License Agreement WHICH VARY FROM STATE JURISDICTION TO STATE JURISDICTION c Limitation of Liability TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EVEN IF A REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL ALTOVA OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL DIRECT INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY LOSS ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES EVEN IF ALTOVA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ANY CASE ALTOVA S ENTIRE LIABILITY UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT Because some states and jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of liability the above limitation may not apply to you In such states and jurisdictions Altova s liability shall be limited to the greatest extent permitted by law and the limitations or exclusions of warranties and liability contained herein do not prejudice applicable statutory consumer rights of person acquiring goods otherwise than in the course of business The disclaimer and limited liability above are fundamental to this Software License Agreement between Altova and you d Infringement Claims
179. ch child node is offset from its parent by the amount of Space specified in the Save File option of the File tab of the Options dialog Tools Options Note that the XML document must be well formed for this command to work Select All Ctri A The Select All command selects the contents of the entire document Find Find Next The Find command Ctrl F pops up the Find dialog in which you can specify the string you want to find and other options for the search To find text enter the text in the Find What Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit Menu 199 11 2 10 11 2 11 text box or use the combo box to select from one of the last 10 search criteria and then specify the options for the search The Find Next command F3 repeats the last Find command to search for the next occurrence of the requested text Replace Ctri H The Replace command enables you to find and replace one text string with another text string It features the same options as the Find command You can replace each item individually or you can use the Replace All button to perform a global search and replace operation Bookmark Commands Insert Remove Bookmark The Insert Remove Bookmark command Ctrl F2 inserts a bookmark at the current cursor position or removes the bookmark if the cursor is in a line that has been bookmarked previously This command is only available in Text View Bookmarked lines are displayed in one of
180. chema View XML Schema documents are typically saved with the extension xsd Or xs Editing in Text View In Text View an XML Schema is edited as an XML document the editing features available for XML documents are also available for XML Schemas As with all XML documents where the schema is identified and accessible Text View entry helpers display the items available for addition at the cursor location point XML Schema features in XMLSpy Additionally XMLSpy offers the following very useful features e Generate sample XML file from XML Schema With the DTD Schema Generate Sample XML File command an XML document can be generated that is based on the active XML Schema 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 110 DTDs and XML Schemas Catalogs in XMLSpy 9 3 Catalogs in XMLSpy XMLSpy supports a subset of the OASIS XML catalogs mechanism The catalog mechanism enables XMLSpy to retrieve commonly used schemas as well as stylesheets and other files from local user folders This increases the overall processing speed enables users to work offline that is not connected to a network and improves the portability of documents because URIs would then need to be changed only in the catalog files The catalog mechanism in XMLSpy works as outlined below RootCatalog xml When XMLSpy starts it loads a file called Root Catalog xm1 structure shown in listing below which contains a list of catalog files that will be looked up You
181. ck on the folder you want to define the properties for 2 Select the Properties command from the context menu Please note If your project file is under source control a prompt appears asking if you want to check out the project file spp Click OK if you want to edit settings and be able to save them O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 234 User Reference Project Menu Properties E E 2 x Mame KML Files File extensions sml cmlimath mterdt smil swg veni Cancel Validation Validate with Browse Window AL transformation of HML files 4 Use this SL C Program Files Altovasxmlspy4E xamplesOrgChart Browse Window SOLFO transtormation of SIL files M Use this SL rogram Files V4ltovaemlepys samples OrgChartF O el Browse window OL transformation of SL files Use this XML y Browse Mo Destination files of amp SL transformation M Save in folder C Program Files AltovaemlsousE samples Browse File extension htm Authentic view Use config Browse Window The files specified in the Use this xxx entry will take precedence over any local assignment directly within the XML file For example the OrgChart xs1 file in the Use this XSL entry will always be used when transforming any of the XML files in the XML Files folder Also such specified files for individual folders take precedence over files
182. clamation mark icon is displayed next to it e To insert an entry helper item at the cursor selection point in the text double click the entry helper item e When an element is inserted via the Elements entry helper its start and end tags are inserted in the document text Mandatory elements are also inserted if this option has been specified in the Options dialog Tools Options Editing e When an attribute is inserted via the Attributes entry helper the attribute is inserted at the cursor point together with an equals to sign and quotes to delimit the attribute value The cursor is placed between the quotes so you can start typing in the attribute value directly Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Grid View 49 3 2 Grid View Grid View screenshot below shows the hierarchical structure of XML documents and DTDs through a set of nested containers that can be easily expanded and collapsed to get a clear picture of the document s structure In Grid View contents and structure can both be easily manipulated Note In Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions XAML Company mins httg Sin company comnamespace xmins x f httg as 923 Ora 2007 ML Schema instance xsischemia httg Ainy company comnamespace AddressLast xsd Address itype Ub Address Hame US dependency Street Noble Ave Y City
183. cle xml gt Please note You can make the path of the assigned file relative by clicking the Make Path Relative To check box You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button Go to XSL The XSL XQuery Go to XSL command opens the associated XSLT document If your XML document contains a stylesheet processing instruction i e an XSLT assignment such as this lt xml stylesheet type text xsl href Company xs1 gt 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 260 User Reference XSL XQuery Menu then the Go to XSL command opens the XSLT document in XML Spy Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic Menu 261 11 8 11 8 1 Authentic Menu Authentic View enables you to edit XML documents based on StyleVision Power Stylesheets sps files created in Altova s StyleVision product These stylesheets contain information that enables an XML file to be displayed graphically in Authentic View In addition to containing display information StyleVision Power Stylesheets also allow you to write data to the XML file This data is dynamically processed using all the capability available to XSLT stylesheets and instantly produces the output in Authentic View Additionally StyleVision Power Stylesheets can be created to display an editable XML view of a database The StyleVision Power Stylesheet contains infor
184. clude elements with the files specified in the respective href attributes Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Edit Menu 197 11 2 5 xml base When the XML validator of XMLSpy reads an XML document and encounters the include element in the XInclude namespace hereafter xi include it replaces this element xi include with the XML document named in the href attribute of the xi include element The document element root element of the included XML document or the element identified by an XPointer will be included with an attribute of xml base in order to preserve the base URIs of the included element If the resulting XML document containing the included XML document s or tree fragment s must be valid according to a schema then the document element of the included document or the top level element of the tree fragment must be created with a content model that allows an attribute of xml base If according to the schema the xml base attribute is not allowed on this element then the resulting document will be invalid How to define an xml base attribute in an element s content model using XMLSpy s Schema View is described in the xml Prefixed Attributes section of the Schema View section of the documentation XPointers XMLSpy supports XPointers in XInclude The relevant W3C recommendations are the XPointer Framework and XPointer element Scheme recommendations The use of an XPointer in an XInclude eleme
185. commands that enable you to e Insert nodes at that location or before or after the selected node Submenus display lists of nodes that are allowed at the respective insert locations e Remove the selected node if this allowed by the schema or any removable ancestor element The nodes that may be removed according to the schema are listed in a submenu e Insert entities and CDATA sections The entities declared for the document are listed in a submenu CDATA sections can only be inserted withn text e Cut copy paste and delete document content Note For more details about the interface see Authentic View Interface Node Operations There are two major types of nodes you will encounter in an Authentic View XML document element nodes and attribute nodes These nodes are marked up with tags which you can switch on There are also other nodes in the document such as text nodes which are not marked up and CDATA section nodes which are marked up in order to delimit them from surrounding text The node operations described in this section refer only to element nodes and attribute nodes When trying out the operations described in this section it is best to have large markup switched on Note Itis important to remember that only same or higher level elements can be inserted before or after the selected element Same level elements are siblings Siblings of a paragraph element would be other paragraph elements but could also be li
186. creenshot below We would however like to use a specific US or UK address type rather than the generic address type You will recall that in the AddressLast xsd schema we created global complex types for US Address and UK Address by extending the Address Type complex type The content model of US Address is shown below O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 24 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents type US Address E In the XML document in order to specify that the Address element must conform to one of the extended Address types US Address Or UK Address rather than the generic AddressType we must specify the required extended complex type as an attribute of the Address element Do this as follows In the XML document on the Address element enter an xsi type attribute with a value of US Address screenshot below Address lt 5711type US Address gt o lt Name gt LS dependency lt Name lt Street gt Noble Ave lt Street gt lt li tye Dal 1 aseTi ty lt 21p gt 04812 lt 21p gt o lt 5State Texas lt state gt lt AdOress gt You can now enter data for the Address element Enter the values shown in the screenshot above Then delete the Person element it will be added in the next section of the tutorial Please note The xsi prefix allows you to use special XML Schema related commands in your XML document instance Notice that the the namespace for the xsi prefix was automatically
187. ct Folder to Pr EOL aia i n 228 11315 Add External Folder to Bro ect a e a i 228 11 314 Add External Web Folder t Prot ha ea AN 231 MLS Project Propere eono ia A aid 233 ESG Most Recently Used Piro ects a atone 235 WA AME Menin a ai 236 LA Table oroin E N 236 Displaras Tabla ias 236 Ascendino SO O E E 237 Descendin Sorire e s r aaea 237 1142 Check WellTOrmedies S oana a aA 238 LAS Validate an dopo ds e 239 AL Update Enty lps deals 241 ES DED Schemi Men sd dida 243 LAT ASA DO ta 243 MA SASSI OTA SC CT Ne siege ina ese crete ok Be Sn ese Seta len intel alale inal hd et a iadenetscie me dtats 243 UL TED 243 Altova XMLSpy 2009 E A o AA A nt RI a RE 244 PSDs AGO LOM ONO Mie tiros carina oO CO Em O aati seabed iainadas 244 11 5 6 Generate XML from DB Excel EDI with MapFotce cccccccccccceeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeeees 244 11 57 Desin HIML PDF Output im Style VISION es n asat 244 RS Generate Sample MILI A a 244 ISS TASA MEM Cache orter np 246 16 Schema Des eN Meni sienien A AA A 247 TEOGA Sehema setos se 247 EG CNE N EW nenea e Pe a i 248 LEG ZOON aena a a EREE E uh stu vsecensgna mautnenetnncanGaosenn i 251 1104 Displar a oe A 232 IEOS Display Diastase E E 252 ET ASUA OU ME a TO 253 tE ASE Transtorno n E E E sareaian tate eee 253 EZ ASL POTTAN O MO A N dead 254 111 3 SL Parameters X Query Variables di daa 255 A a a a 258 AAA A a ee 259 LLO Assen AS O a E dasa caunasuausanatedealansas ada
188. ctory will be loaded by default classname is the name of the required method s class The class is identified in a namespace URI and the namespace is used to prefix a method call The example below calls the get vehicleType method of the car class of the com altova extfunc package lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions xmlns car java com altova extfunc Car gt lt xsl output exclude result prefixes fn car xsl fo xs gt lt xsl template match gt lt la gt lt xsl value of select car getVehicleType gt lt a gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt e The class file is not in the same folder as the XSLT or XQuery document In this case the location of the class file must be specified within the URI as a query string The syntax is java classname path uri of classfile where java Indicates that a user defined Java function is being called uri of classfile Is the URI of the the class file classname is the name of the required method s class The class is identified in a namespace URI and the namespace is used to prefix a method call The example below shows how to access a class file that is located in another directory than the current directory lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Tra
189. cument Attributes x exclude result pretimes atilde extens1on element prefixes Namespace select Separator type USe Wwher walidation wersion xpath default names pace Haine Te fu Tes fu ranalywze string apply 1mports apply templates attribute cattribute set al call template icharacter map choose comment Copy aie o T A Ent clubs The following points should be noted 1 Ifa new XSLT document is created via the Create a New Document dialog File New then the appropriate XSLT elements and attributes XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 depending upon which document type was created are loaded into the entry helpers Additionally HTML elements and attributes are loaded as well as the HTML 4 0 entity sets Latin 1 special characters and symbols 2 If an XML document is created via the Create a New Document dialog File New and given XSLT content no entry helper items are available except for XML character entities 3 Ifan XSLT document is opened that was created as an XSLT document via the Create a New Document dialog File New then the entity helpers will be as in Point 1 above 4 Ifan XSLT document is opened that was not created as an XSLT document via the Create a New Document dialog File New then the entity helpers will be as in Point 1 above Additionally XSL FO elements and attributes will be listed in the Text View entry helpers 5 The prefixes of elements in the
190. cuments through a set of nested containers that can be expanded and collapsed This provides a clear picture of the document s structure In Grid View both structure and contents can be easily manipulated In Standard Edition Grid View is read only in Enterprise and Professional Editions you can also edit your document in Grid View a XAML Company mins httg Ain company comnamespace xmins x f httg as 23 Ora 2007 MLSchema instance is chema http imy company com namespace AddressLast xsd Address itype Us Addres Hame US dependency Street Noble Ave Y City Dallas O Zip 04812 State Texas Person 5 Manager Degree Programmer 4 First 7 1 falze rue Alfred Ald 2 true false Colin Cola Smi In the screenshot above notice that the document is displayed as a hierarchy in a grid form When a node can contains content it is divided into two fields for name and for content Node names are displayed in bold face and node content in normal face More about Grid View For a more detailed description of Grid View see under Editing Views O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 100 XML Editing XML in Authentic View 4 5 Editing XML in Authentic View Authentic View enables a user to edit an XML document as if it were a text document screenshot below The XML markup and all other non content text can be hidden from the person editing the document This can be useful for people who are unfamiliar wit
191. d Similarly if for a node annotations exist in the schema then these annotations are displayed when the node name is being typed in the document screenshot below First given name of person is the schema annotation of the First element lt Pers Or lt lt First EMail gt lt EM ai 1 gt lt LeaveTotal gt lt LeaveTotal gt Leaves eds lt Leavells d gt l cLeaweLefto lt sLedweLeft gt Person Auto completion can be switched on and off in the Editing tab of the Options dialog Tools Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views TextView 47 Options Editing Moving sibling elements relative to each other When the cursor is within an element pressing Alt ArrowUp or Alt ArrowDown moves the selected element up or down relative to its siblings Drag and Drop and Context Menus You can also use drag and drop to move a text block to a new location as well as right click to directly access frequently used editing commands such as Cut Copy Paste Delete Send by Mail and Go to line char in a context menu Find and Replace You can use the Find and Replace commands to quickly locate and change text These commands also take regular expressions as input thereby giving you powerful search capabilities See Edit Find for details Unlimited Undo XMLSpy offers unlimited levels of Undo and Redo for all editing operations Entry Helpers in Text View What entry helpers are available i
192. d The criteria are also appropriately indented to provide a clear overview of the logical structure of the DB Query Edit Database Query q Y as first character in value signifies parameter State LA gt Los Angeles San Diego OF Append AND City CustomerNr Append DR Delete Parameters Cancel The DB Query shown in the screenshot above may be represented in text as State CA AND City Los Angeles OR City San Diego OR City San Francisco AND CustomerNr 25 You can re order the DB Query by moving a criterion or set of criteria up or down relative to the other criteria in the DB Query To move a criterion or set of criteria do the following 1 Select the criterion by clicking on it or select an entire level by clicking on the bracket that represents that level 2 Click the Up or Down arrow button in the dialog The following points should be noted Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 151 e lf the adjacent criterion in the direction of movement is at the same level the two criteria exchange places e A set of criteria i e criterion within a bracket changes position within the same level it does not change levels e An individual criterion changes position within the same level If the adjacent criterion is further outward inward i e not on the same level then the selected criterion will move outward inward one level at a time
193. d by the relocation of the software to another location or CPU 11 alterations modifications or attempts to change the Software without Altova s written approval 111 causes external to the Software such as natural disasters the failure or fluctuation of electrical power or computer equipment failure iv your failure to maintain the Software at Altova s specified release level or v use of the Software with other software without Altova s prior written approval It will be your sole responsibility to 1 comply with all Altova specified operating and troubleshooting procedures and then notify Altova immediately of Software malfunction and provide Altova with complete information thereof 11 provide for the security of your confidential information 111 establish and maintain backup systems and procedures necessary to reconstruct lost or altered files data or programs 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 350 License Information Altova End User License Agreement de SOFTWARE ACTIVATION UPDATES AND LICENSE METERING a License Metering Altova has a built in license metering module that helps you to avoid any unintentional violation of this Software License Agreement Altova may use your internal network for license metering between installed versions of the Software b Software Activation Altova s Software may use your internal network and Internet connection for the purpose of transmitting license related data at the time of
194. d to get you started and has intentionally been kept simple You will find additional reference material and feature descriptions in the Authentic View interface sections 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 128 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 7 1 1 Tutorial requirements All the files you need for the tutorial are in the c Documents and Settings lt username gt My DocumentslAltoval lt ProductName gt 1Examples folder of your Altova application folder These files are e NanonullOrg xml the XML document you will open e NanonullOrg sps the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to which the XML document is linked e NanonullOrg xsd the XML Schema on which the XML document and StyleVision Power Stylesheet are based and to which they are linked e nanonull gif and Altova right 300 gif two image files used in the tutorial Please note At some points in the tutorial we ask you to look at the XML text of the XML document as opposed to the Authentic View of the document If the Altova product edition you are using does not include a Text View as in the case of the free Authentic Desktop and Authentic Browser then use a plain text editor like Wordpad or Notepad to view the text of the XML document Caution We recommend that you use a copy Of NanonullOrg xml for the tutorial so that you can always retrieve the original should the need arise Opening an XML Document in Authentic View In Authentic View you can edit an e
195. d to xsd decimal When a NET object or a datatype other than string numeric or boolean is returned you can ensure conversion to the required XPath XQuery type by first using a NET method for example System DateTime ToString to convert the NET object to a string In XPath XQuery the string can be modified to fit the lexical representation of the required type and then converted to the required type for example by using the cast as expression MSXSL Scripts for XSLT The lt msxs1 script gt element contains user defined functions and variables that can be called from within XPath expressions in the XSLT stylesheet The lt msxs1 script gt is a top level element that is it must be a child element of lt xs1 stylesheet gt Of lt xsl transform The lt msxs1 script gt element must be in the namespace urn schemas microsoft com xslt see example below Scripting language and namespace The scripting language used within the block is specified in the lt msxsl script gt element s language attribute and the namespace to be used for function calls from XPath expressions is identified with the implements prefix attribute see below lt msxsl script language scripting language implements prefix user namespace prefix gt function 1 or variable 1 function n or variable n lt msxsl script gt The lt msxsl script gt element interacts with the Windows Scripting Runtime so only languages that are installed on
196. data is contained in an XML file a Template XML File that may optionally be associated with the SPS After the Authentic View of an XML file is displayed you can enter data in it and save the file 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 126 Authentic In this section This section contains an Authentic View tutorial which shows you how to use Authentic View lt is followed by the section Editing in Authentic View which explains individual editing features in detail More information about Authentic View For more information about Authentic View information see i the section Editing Views Authentic View in this documentation which describes the Authentic View editing window and ii the Authentic menu section of the User Reference part of this documentation Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 127 7 1 Authentic View Tutorial In Authentic View you can edit XML documents in a graphical WYSIWYG interface screenshot below just like in word processor applications such as Microsoft Word In fact all you need to do is enter data You do not have to concern yourself with the formatting of the document since the formatting is already defined in the stylesheet that controls the Authentic View of the XML document The stylesheet StyleVision Power Stylesheet shortened to SPS in this tutorial is created by a stylesheet designer in Altova StyleVision product Nanonull Inc Location U
197. debars Scrolling over a minimized sidebar rolls out that sidebar To auto hide and restore sidebars click the drawing pin icon in the title bar of the sidebar window or right click the title bar and select Auto Hide Main Window The Main Window screenshot below is where you view and edit documents Menu Bar Minimize Restore ane Close Active Document buttons Main Window Active document Scroll documen tabs Active vew of active documen Se Document View Inactive Document Views ii oea 4 Files in the Main Window e Any number of files can be opened and edited at once e Each open document has its own window and a tab with its name at the bottom of the Main Window To make an open document active click its tab e f several files are open some document tabs might not be visible for lack of space in the document tabs bar Document tabs can be brought into view by i using the scroll buttons at the right of the document tab bar or ii selecting the required document from the list at the bottom of the Window menu e When the active document is maximized its Minimize Restore and Close buttons are located at the right side of the Menu Bar When a document is cascaded tiled or 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 10 Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI minimized the Maximize Restore and Close buttons are located in the title bar of the document window e When you maximize one file all open file
198. der c Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents Altova This file is set as the default Global Resources XML File for all Altova applications As a result a global resource defined in any application will be available to all Altova applications assuming that all applications use this file You can also re name the file and save it to any location if you wish Consequently you may have multiple Global Resources XML files However only one of these Global Resources XML File can be active at any time and only the definitions contained in this file will be available to the application To select a Global Resources XML file to be the active file in the Manage Global Resources dialog screenshot below browse for it in the Definitions File entry and select it Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources 167 a Manage Global Resources g x Definitions fle C Program Files altovasStleVisiong Browse a fF Files Add E MyExpReport CarOrders E Manonull hL Delete View E Invoice E ta Databases o E CustomersEU O CustomersUS off Cancel E Managing global resources adding editing deleting In the Manage Global Resources dialog screenshot above you can add a global resource to the selected Global Resources XML File or edit or delete a selected global resource The Global Resources XML File organizes the aliases you add into a li
199. descriptions are i how functions in the respective libraries are called and ii what rules are followed for converting arguments in a function call to the required input format of the function and what rules are followed for the return conversion function result to XSLT XQuery data object Requirements For extension functions support a Java Runtime Environment for access to Java functions and NET Framework 2 0 minimum for access to NET functions must be installed on the machine running the XSLT transformation or XQuery execution or must be accessible for the transformations Java Extension Functions A Java extension function can be used within an XPath or XQuery expression to invoke a Java constructor or call a Java method static or instance A field in a Java class is considered to be a method without any argument A field can be static or instance How to access fields is described in the respective sub sections static and instance This section is organized into the following sub sections Java Constructors Java Static Methods and Static Fields Java Instance Methods and Instance Fields Datatypes XSLT XQuery to Java Datatypes Java to XSLT XQuery Form of the extension function The extension function in the XPath XQuery expression must have the form prefix fname e The prefix part identifies the extension function as a Java function lt does so by Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Info
200. ding 8 floating docking tabbing 8 managing display of 8 overview 18 support for Altova products 334 Word wrap enable disable 270 Word wrapping in Text View 40 Wrap word wrap enable disable 270 X XBRL fonts 289 Xinclude 196 inserting in Grid View 196 inserting in Text View 196 inserting in XML document 97 XML Oasis catalog 239 XML DB loading new data row into Authentic View 263 loading new XML data row 146 XML document assigning to XSLT stylesheet 259 creating new 21 editing in Text View 24 generating from DTD 108 2009 Altova GmbH 364 Index XML document generating from XML Schema Enterprise and Professional editions 109 opening in Authentic View 128 XML document creation tutorial 21 XML documents 92 and commenting in Text View 97 and empty lines in Text View 97 and XPath expression of a node 97 and XQuery 104 assigning schemas incl DTDs 95 automatic validation 93 automating XQuery executions of 104 automating XSLT transformations of 104 checking validity of 28 checking well formedness 95 default views of 93 editing in Authentic View 100 editing in Grid View Enterprise and Professional editions 99 encoding of 106 evaluating XPath expressions on 106 generating schemas from 106 importing and exporting text 106 inserting file paths in 97 inserting XInclude 97 opening 93 saving 93 searching and replacing in 106 Text View editing
201. diting Views Schema View 77 rines E Here you can see that the minimum occurrence for this element has been changed to 2 Notice that the model group now has a blue background which means that it is no longer the same as the model group in the base complex type Also the permitted occurrence range of the model group in the base particle is now displayed in parentheses It is possible to change the data types of attributes or elements if the new data type is a valid restriction of the base data type as defined in the XML schema specification For example you can change the data type of elem3 in the derived data type from decimal to integer After you do this the element has a blue background to show that is different from the element in the base type and the type that the element has in the base type is displayed in parentheses eres E ype x decimal This example shows attributes whose data types have been restricted in the derived complex type 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 78 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 6 eres E Smart Restrictions alert you to pointless occurrences in the content model A pointless occurrence happens for example when a sequence that is present in the content model is unnecessary This example shows a pointless occurrence eres E a E i m PONTE SS See SAS Please note Pointless occurrences are only shown if the content model contains an error It
202. ditional notes Note the following points e The Back button enables you to re view the previous 500 positions e The Back Forward feature is enabled across schemas If a schema has since been closed or is currently open in another view it will be opened in Schema View or switched to Schema View respectively e lfa component that was viewed in a previous position is deleted then that component will not be able to be viewed If such a component was part of a previous position this position will be displayed without the deleted component If the component comprised the entire position the entire position will be unavailable and clicking the Back button at this point in the Back series will take you to the position previous to the unavailable position O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 80 Editing Views Authentic View 3 4 Authentic View Authentic View is enabled by clicking the Authentic tab of the active document If no SPS has been assigned to the XML document you are prompted to assign one You can assign an SPS at any time via the Authentic Assign a Stylevision Stylesheet command This section provides e An overview of the interface e A description of the toolbar icons specific to Authentic View e A description of viewing modes available in the main Authentic View window e A description of the Entry Helpers and how they are to be used e A description of the context menus available at various points in the Authentic View of the XML
203. document e A detailed description of how to use various Authentic View features Additional sources of Authentic View information are e An Authentic View Tutorial which shows you how to use the Authentic View interface This tutorial is available in the documentation of the Altova XMLSpy and Altova Authentic Desktop products see the Tutorials section as well as online e Fora detailed description of Authentic View menu commands see the User Reference section of your product documentation 3 4 1 Overview of the GUI Authentic View has a menu bar and toolbar running across the top of the window and three areas that cover the rest of the interface the Project Window Main Window and Entry Helpers Window These areas are shown below Menu Bar Project Main Window Window Status Bar XPath to currently selected node Menu bar The menus available in the menu bar are described in detail in the User Reference section of your product documentation Toolbar Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Authentic View 81 3 4 2 The symbols and icons displayed in the toolbar are described in the section Authentic View toolbar icons Project window You can group XML XSL HTML schema and Entity files together in a project To create and modify the list of project files use the commands in the Project menu described in the User Reference section of your product documentation The list of project files is displayed i
204. does not identify an XML file with the catalog structure described above then the argument string in which wildcards such as and are allowed is used as a search string XML files with names that match the search expression are loaded and their document nodes are returned as a sequence See examples below XSLT example The expression collection c MyDocs xml Title returns a sequence of all DocTitle elements in the xml files in the MyDocs folder XQuery example The expression for Si in collection c MyDocs xml return element doc base uri 1 returns the base URIs of all the xmi files in the MyDocs folder each URI being within a doc element The default collection is empty e See note on whitespace in the General Information section eurrent Gate The current date and time is taken from the system clock current dateTi The timezone is taken from the implicit timezone provided by Mer the evaluation context the implicit timezone is taken from the current time system clock The timezone is always specified in the result deep equal e See note on whitespace in the General Information section Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions 315 e An error is raised only if no XML file is available at the specified location or if the file is not well formed The file is validated if a schema is available If the file is not valid the invalid file is
205. ds for you or such other address as the parties may designate by notice given in the manner set forth above This Software License Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and our respective heirs personal and legal representatives affiliates successors and permitted assigns The failure of either of us at any time to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party s right at a later time to enforce the same or any other term of this Software License Agreement This Software License Agreement may be amended only by a document in writing signed by both of us In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Software License Agreement by either party the other shall have all applicable equitable as well as legal remedies Each party is duly authorized and empowered to enter into and perform this Software License Agreement If for any reason any provision of this Software License Agreement is held invalid or otherwise unenforceable such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder of this Software License Agreement and this Software License Agreement shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent allowed by law The parties knowingly and expressly consent to the foregoing terms and conditions Last updated 2009 01 09 Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Index 353 Index NET extension functions constructors 325 datatype conversions N
206. ducts and general XML subjects e Online Support Forms that enable you to make support requests should you have a support package Your support request will be processed by our support team Altova products For a list of all Altova products see the Altova website Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial 17 2 XMLSpy Tutorial This tutorial provides an overview of XML and takes you through a number of key XML tasks In the process you will learn how to use some of XMLSpy s most powerful features The tutorial is divided into the following parts e Creating an XML Schema You will be introduced to XML Schemas and the various views available in XMLSpy for viewing and editing XML Schemas e Creating an XML document You will learn how to assign a schema for an XML document edit an XML document in Grid View and Text View and validate XML documents using XML Spy s built in validator e Transforming an XML file using an XSLT stylesheet This involves assigning an XSLT file and carrying out the transformation using XMLSpy s built in XSLT engines e Working with XMLSpy projects which enable you to easily organize your XML documents Installation and configuration This tutorial assumes that you have successfully installed XMLSpy on your computer and received a free evaluation key code or are a registered user The evaluation version of XMLSpy is fully functional but limited to a 30 day period You can request a regul
207. e 0 Desc E para 0 italic Attributes ax italic F xsitype Entities The Elements and Attributes Entry Helpers are context sensitive i e what appears in the entry helper depends on where the cursor is in the document The entities displayed in the Entities Entry Helper are not context sensitive all entities allowed for the document are displayed no matter where the cursor is Each of the entry helpers is described separately below Elements Entry Helper The Elements Entry Helper consists of two parts e The upper part containing an XML tree that can be toggled on and off using the Show XML tree check box The XML tree shows the ancestors up to the document s root element for the current element When you click on an element in the XML tree elements corresponding to that element as described in the next item in this list appear in the lower part of the Elements Entry Helper e The lower part containing a list of the nodes that can be inserted within before and after removed applied to or cleared from the selected element or text range in Authentic View What you can do with an element listed in the Entry Helper is indicated by the icon to the left of the element name in the Entry Helper The icons that occur in the Elements Entry Helper are listed below together with an explanation of what they Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Authentic View 87 mean To use node from the Entry He
208. e Any replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer This limited warranty does not apply to Evaluation and or Pre release Software b No Other Warranties and Disclaimer THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY AND REMEDIES STATE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ALTOVA OR ITS SUPPLIER S BREACH OF WARRANTY ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE SOFTWARE EXCEPT FOR THE FOREGOING LIMITED WARRANTY AND FOR ANY WARRANTY CONDITION REPRESENTATION OR TERM TO THE EXTENT WHICH THE SAME CANNOT OR MAY NOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED BY LAW APPLICABLE TO YOU IN YOUR JURISDICTION ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS OR TERMS EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WHETHER BY STATUTE COMMON LAW CUSTOM USAGE OR OTHERWISE AS TO ANY OTHER MATTERS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ALTOVA AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE SATISFACTORY QUALITY INFORMATIONAL CONTENT OR ACCURACY QUIET ENJOYMENT TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS YOU MAY HAVE OTHERS 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 348 Li
209. e If the Software or its use becomes the subject of a Claim or its use is enjoined or if in the opinion of Altova s legal counsel the Software is likely to become the subject of a Claim Altova shall attempt to resolve the Claim by using commercially reasonable efforts to modify the Software or obtain a license to continue using the Software If in the opinion of Altova s legal counsel the Claim the injunction or potential Claim cannot be resolved through reasonable modification or licensing Altova at its own election may terminate this Software License Agreement without penalty and will refund to you on a pro rata basis any fees paid in advance by you to Altova THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES ALTOVA S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY FOR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT This indemnity does not apply to infringements that would not be such except for customer supplied elements 6 SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE Altova offers multiple optional Support amp Maintenance Package s SMP for the version of Software product edition that you have licensed which you may elect to purchase in addition to your Software license The Support Period hereinafter defined covered by such SMP shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase a SMP Your rights with respect to support and maintenance as well as your upgrade eligibility depend on your decision to purchase SMP and the level of SMP that you have purchased a If you have not purchas
210. e This value is then passed as an argument to the instance method date toString in order to supply the value of enrollment date Datatypes XPath XQuery to Java When a Java function is called from within an XPath XQuery expression the datatype of the function s arguments is important in determining which of multiple Java classes having the same name is called In Java the following rules are followed e lf there is more than one Java method with the same name but each has a different number of arguments than the other s then the Java method that best matches the number of arguments in the function call is selected e The XPath XQuery string number and boolean datatypes see list below are implicitly converted to a corresponding Java datatype If the supplied XPath XQuery type can be converted to more than one Java type for example xs integer then that Java type O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 322 Engine Information Extensions is selected which is declared for the selected method For example if the Java method being called is x decimal and the supplied XPath XQuery datatype is xs integer then xs integer will be converted to Java s decimal datatype The table below lists the implicit conversions of XPath XQuery string number and boolean types to Java datatypes xs boolean boolean primitive java lang Boolean xs integer int long short byte float double and the wrapper classes of these such as
211. e in the document shown in the screenshot above the following Authentic formatting and editing features are used Paragraph and other block formatting Table structures Text formatting such as color and font face Combo boxes see the State and Zip fields enable the user to select from a group of valid choices which can be taken from schema enumerations as has been done in the case above e Additional information can be calculated from the data in the document and be presented in the example above the office summary details have not been entered by the user but calculated from other data in the document SPSs are created specifically for viewing and editing XML documents in Authentic View and for Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XML Editing XML in Authentic View 101 generating standard output such as HTML PDF RTF and Word 2007 documents from XML SPSs are created with Altova StyleVision Editing document structure Valid nodes can be added to the document at any time by selecting a location and then adding the required node via the entry helpers Elements and Attributes or context menu The nodes available at any given location are restricted to the nodes that can be validly added as siblings or children at the selected location For example when the cursor is located within a paragraph you can append another paragraph if this is allowed by the schema When editing the structure of an XML document in Authenti
212. e Altova Parser so that Altova products give you a State of the art development environment 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 336 Technical Data Altova XSLT and XQuery Engines 2 3 Altova XSLT and XQuery Engines Altova products use the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine and Altova XQuery 1 0 Engines Documentation about implementation specific behavior for each engine is in the section Engine Information in Appendix 1 of the product documentation should that engine be used in the product These three engines are also available in the AltovaXML package which can be downloaded from the Altova website free of charge Documentation for using the engines is available with the AltovaXML package Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Technical Data Unicode Support 337 2 4 2 4 1 Unicode Support Unicode is the new 16 bit character set standard defined by the Unicode Consortium that provides a unique number for every character e no matter what the platform e no matter what the program e no matter what the language Fundamentally computers just deal with numbers They store letters and other characters by assigning a number for each one Before Unicode was invented there were hundreds of different encoding systems for assigning these numbers No single encoding could contain enough characters for example the European Union alone requires several different encodings to cover all its languages Even for a
213. e Code Control The previous check in out status of the various files are retrieved and displayed in the Project window Disabling Source Control for a project To disable source control for a project select the menu option Project Source Control Enable Source Code Control You are now prompted if you want to remove the binding information from the project see screenshot below Source control has been disconnected Sr Do vou want to remove source control binding information From your project Don t show this dialog again To provisionally disable source control for the project select No To permanently disable source control for the project select Yes Get Latest Version The Get Latest Version command retrieves and places the latest source control version of the selected file s in the working directory The files are retrieved as read only and are not checked out No further options are available when using this command To get the latest version of a file do the following 1 Select the file s you want to get the latest version of in the Model Tree 2 Select Project Source Control Get Latest Version Get The Get command retrieves read only copies of the selected files and places them in the working folder By default the files are not checked out for editing To get a file select it in the Project window multiple files can be selected and then select the Get command This pops up the Get dialog screensho
214. e Graphical User Interface GUI consists of a Main Window and several sidebars see illustration below By default the sidebars are located around the Main Window and are organized into the following groups e Project Window e Info Window e Entry Helpers Elements Attributes Entities etc depending upon the type of document currently active e Output Windows Messages The main window and sidebars are described in the sub sections of this section Menu Bar 1 Toolbars A Minimiza Restore and a ad Close Activa Document buttons Main Window Active document Scroll documen fabs e Active view of active document Active Document View Inactive Document Views a Doct poea Output Windows Status Bar The GUI also contains a menu bar status bar and toolbars all of which are described in a subsection of this section Switching on and off the display of sidebars Sidebar groups Project Window Info Window Entry Helpers Output Windows can be displayed or hidden by toggling them on and off via the commands in the Window menu A displayed sidebar or a group of tabbed sidebars can also be hidden by right clicking the title bar of the displayed sidebar or tabbed sidebar group and selecting the command Hide Floating and docking the sidebars An individual sidebar window can either float free of the GUI or be docked within the GUI When a floating window is docked it docks into its last docked position A window can also b
215. e Provide a configuration description name by editing a name you like and insert the path to a Release area This path must specify a shared folder e You can create a new folder on your machine share it and use it a Release Area In Vista you must set the Network discovery to on in Network and Sharing Center to set this path The Release Area is now created some files are copied into it and a shortcut is created sitedefs Ink e When all files are copied continue by clicking the shortcut from Windows Explorer A new setup will start to install the client e When setup starts choose the option Install IBM Rational ClearCase LT e Keep clicking Next accept the Software License Agreement and start the installation In Vista the second setup could generate the internal error 2739 In this case start Windows Explorer and go to C Windows System32 e Right click and run cmd exe As Administrator A command window pops up e Type regsvr32 jscript dll e Launch the setup again To work with files stored in ClearCase you should create a view that points to your ClearCase project 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 210 User Reference Project Menu Jalindi Igloo http www jalindi com 1gloo Supported Versions 1 0 3 To use Jalindi Igloo with Altova products it is sufficient to run the setup to install Jalindi Igloo Please Note if you uninstall Jalindi Igloo all other installed SC
216. e XML document using information from potential CSS or XSL style sheets When switching to browser view the document is first checked for validity if you have selected Validate upon saving in the File tab of the Options dialog Use the menu command Tools Options to open this dialog For further information on this view please see the detailed description of the various views in the Main Window section Expand Hotkey on the numeric keypad This command expands the selected element by one level The command can be used in the Grid View In the Grid View the element and all its children remain selected after expansion This allows you to expand a large element by pressing the key repeatedly 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 270 User Reference View Menu 11 9 9 11 9 10 11 9 11 11 9 12 11 9 13 You can expand and collapse any element by clicking on the gray bar to the left of each element Collapse Hotkey on the numeric keypad This command collapses the selected element by one level The command can be used in the Grid View You can expand and collapse any element by clicking on the gray bar to the left of each element Expand Fully Ei Hotkey on the numeric keypad This command expands all child items of the selected element down to the last level of nesting The command can be used in the Grid View Collapse Unselected Hotkey CTRL key on the numeric keypad This command al
217. e can be dragged to another folder but cannot be moved within the same folder within which files are arranged alphabetically Additionally files and folders can be dragged from Windows File Explorer to the Project Window Each folder has a set of properties that are defined n the Properties dialog of that 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 12 Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI folder These properties include file extensions for the folder the schema by which to validate XML files the XSLT file with which to transform XML files etc e Batch processing of files in a folder is done by right clicking the folder and selecting the relevant command from the context menu For a more detailed description of projects see the section Projects Note The display of the Project Window can be turned on and off in the Window menu 1 1 3 Info Window The Info Window screenshot below shows information about the element or attribute in which the cursor is currently positioned partum Sku Preserve dis pt 8 21121 Note The display of the Info Window can be turned on and off in the Window menu 1 1 4 Entry Helpers Entry helpers are an intelligent editing feature that helps you to create valid XML documents quickly When you are editing a document the entry helpers display structural editing options according to the current location of the cursor The entry helpers get the required information from the underlying DTD XML Schema and or
218. e content of the entry helper can be changed in one other way when another node is selected in the XML tree of the Elements entry helper the elements relevant to that node are displayed in the entry helper The Elements entry helper can be expanded to show the XML tree by checking the Show XML Tree check box at the top of the entry helper see screenshot above The XML tree shows the hierarchy of nodes from the top level element node all the way down to the node selected in the Main Window Attributes entry helper The Attributes entry helper displays the attributes of the element selected in the Main Window and the values of these attributes Attribute values can be entered or edited in the Attributes entry helper Element nodes from the top level element down to the selected element are available for selection in the combo box of the Atributes entry helper Selecting an element from the dropdown list oft he combo box causes that element s attributes to be displayed in the entry helper where they can then be edited Entities entry helper The Entities entry helper is not context sensitive and displays all the entities declared for the document Double clicking an entity inserts it at the cursor location How to add entities for a document is described in the section Authentic View Interface Context menu Right clicking at a location in the Authentic View document pops up a context menu relevant to that node location The context menu provides
219. e docked as a tab within another window A window can be made to float or dock using one of the following methods e Right click the title bar of a window and choose the required command Floating or Docking Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI 9 1 1 1 e Double click the title bar of the window If docked the window will now float If floating the window will now dock in the last position in which it was docked e Drag the window using its title bar as a handle out of its docked position so that it floats Drag a floating window by its title bar to the location where it is to be docked Two sets of blue arrows appear The outer set of four arrows enables docking relative to the application window along the top right bottom or left edge of the GUI The inner set of arrows enables docking relative to the window over which the cursor is currently placed Dropping a dragged window on the button in the center of the inner set of arrows or on the title bar of a window docks the dragged window as a tabbed window within the window in which it is dropped To float a tabbed window double click its tab To drag a tabbed window out of a group of tabbed windows drag its tab Auto hiding sidebars The Auto hide feature enables you to minimize docked sidebars to buttons along the edges of the application window This gives you more screen space for the Main Window and other si
220. e if there is any update available for you d Use of Data The terms and conditions of the Privacy Policy are set out in full at http www altova com privacy and are incorporated by reference into this Software License Agreement By your acceptance of the terms of this Software License Agreement or use of the Software you authorize the collection use and disclosure of information collected by Altova for the purposes provided for in this Software License Agreement and or the Privacy Policy as revised from time to time European users understand and consent to the processing of personal information in the United States for the purposes described herein Altova has the right in its sole discretion to amend this provision of the Software License Agreement and or Privacy Policy at any time You are encouraged to review the terms of the Privacy Policy as posted on the Altova Web site from time to time 8 TERM AND TERMINATION This Software License Agreement may be terminated a by your giving Altova written notice of termination or b by Altova at its option giving you written notice of termination if you commit a breach of this Software License Agreement and fail to cure such breach within ten 10 days after notice from Altova or c at the request of an authorized Altova reseller in the event that you fail to make your license payment or other monies due and payable In addition the Software License Agreement governing your use of a previous version
221. e in the Encoding tab Automatic reload of changed files If you are working in a multi user environment or if you are working on files that are dynamically generated on a server you can watch for changes to files that are currently open in the interface Each time XMLSpy detects a change in an open document it will prompt you about whether you want to reload the changed file Validation If you are using DTDs or schemas to define the structure of your XML documents you can automatically check the document for validity whenever it is opened or saved During Open and Save operations you have the option of validating files only if the file size is less than a size you specify in MB If the document is not valid an error message will be displayed If it is valid no message will be displayed and the operation will proceed without any notification XMLSpy can also cache these files in memory to save any unnecessary reloading e g when the schema being referred to is accessed through a URL If your schema location declaration uses an URL disable the cache DTD Schema files in memory option to have changes made to the schema appear immediately and not use the cached version of the schema Project When you start XMLSpy you can open the last used project automatically Save File When saving an XML document XMLSpy includes a short comment lt Edited with XMLSpy http www altova com gt near the top of the file This option can onl
222. e markup symbols in the Authentic View The Show Mixed Markup command shows mixed markup symbols in Authentic View The person who designs the StyleVision Power Stylesheet can specify either large markup small markup or no markup for individual elements attributes in the document The Authentic View user sees this customized markup in mixed markup viewing mode Append Insert Duplicate Delete Row The Append Row command appends a row to the current table in Authentic View The Insert Row command inserts a row into the current table in Authentic View L E The Duplicate Row command duplicates the current table row in Authentic View Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic Menu 267 The Delete Row command deletes the current table row in Authentic View 11 8 8 Move Row Up Down The Move Row Up command moves the current table row up by one row in Authentic View The Move Row Down command moves the current table row down by one row in Authentic View 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 268 User Reference View Menu 11 9 View Menu The View menu controls the display of the active Main window and allows you to change the way XMLSpy displays your XML documents This section provides a complete description of commands in the View menu 11 9 1 Text View This command switches the current view of the document to Text View which enables you to edit the document in its text fo
223. e repository by specifying the server address the end point user and password to log on your project and working path Codice Software Plastic SCM http www codicesoftware com xpproducts aspx Supported Versions Codice Software Plastic SCM Professional 2 7 127 10 SCC Plugin A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products It is sufficient to install the client and the Visual Studio SCC plug in components ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO http www componentsoftware com Products RCS Supported Versions ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO 5 1 1 To install ComponentSoftware CS RCS PRO start the setup and choose the option Workstation Setup 2 Specify your repository tree root and when the installation is finished restart your machine as requested 3 Use the ComponentSoftware RCS Properties to choose or create a project and to specify a work folder Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere for VSS http www dynamsoft com Products SAW_Overview aspx Supported Versions SourceAnywhere for VSS 5 3 2 Standard Professional Client A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products To integrate with Altova products you do not need to install the plug in for Adobe DreamWeaver CS3 After the installation establish a server connection and set a working folder Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Hosted http www dynamsoft com Products SourceAnywhere Hosting Version Control Sourc e Control aspx Su
224. e sections in the Working With part that are of most interest to you The User Reference part can be used thereafter as a reference Introduction The introduction describes the GUI important settings in the Options dialog and the application environment Tutorial The XML Spy tutorial helps you get started and shows you how to use the most common XMLSpy features Working With The Working With part of the documentation describes the functionality that XMLSpy offers for working with various XML and XML related technologies It starts with a description of XMLSpy s multiple editing views The sections that immediately follow explain the functionality for each technology separately The Working With part concludes with a series of descriptions of application wide XMLSpy features such as Altova Global Resources and projects The sections in the Working With part are e Editing Views Describes the various editing views in XMLSpy e XML Explains the various features available for working with XML documents in XMLSpy e DTDs and XML Schemas Shows how schemas DTDs and XML Schemas can be edited and leveraged in XMLSpy e XSLT and XQuery Presents the range of features available for XSLT and XQuery development e Authentic Explains the utility of Altova s graphical XML editor and shows how it is used e HTML and CSS Explores XMLSpy s support for HTML and CSS e Global Resources Describes a unique Altova mechanism that can be used to boost de
225. e specific categories for example a selector may be a class pseudo class ID element or attribute Additionally a CSS document can contain other items than rules for example comments In Text View each such category of items can be displayed in a different color screenshot below according to settings you make in the Options dialog see below header font family arial sans serit font weight bold color red You can set the colors of the various CSS components in the Text Fonts tab of the Options dialog In the combo box at top left select CSS and then select the required color in the Styles pane for each CSS item Folding margins Each rule can be collapsed and expanded by clicking respectively the minus and plus icons to the left of the rule see screenshot above Note also that the pair of curly braces that delimit a rule screenshot above turns bold when the cursor is placed either before or after one of the curly braces This indicates clearly where the definition of a particular rule starts and ends CSS outline The CSS Outline entry helper screenshots below provides an outline of the document in terms of its selectors which are listed in groups Each group can be collapsed and expanded Clicking a selector in the CSS Outline highlights it in the document In the screenshot at left below the selectors are unsorted and are listed in the order in which they appear in the document In the screenshot at r
226. e the cursor at the required point in the DB table and edit the record as required If the number of displayed records is limited you may need to navigate to the required record using the navigation icons described above When you modify a record entries in all fields of the record are underlined and the AltovaRowStatus Of all primary instances of this record is set to U for Updated All secondary instances of this record have their AltovaRowStatus set to u lowercase Primary and secondary instances of a record are defined by the structure of the DB and correspondingly of the XML Schema generated from it For example if an Address table is included in a Customer table then the Address table can occur in the Design Document in two types of instantiations as the Address table itself and within instantiations of the Customer table Whichever of these two types is modified is the type that has been primarily modified Other types there may be more than one other type are secondary types Datatype errors are flagged by being displayed in red 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 152 Authentic Editing in Authentic View The modifications are saved to the DB by clicking File Save After a modified record is saved to the DB its AltovaRowStatus field is initialized indicated with and the record is displayed in Authentic View as a regular record Please note e f even a single field of a record is modified in Authentic View the en
227. e with the laws of the Republic of Austria excluding 1ts conflict of laws principles and the U N Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and you expressly agree that exclusive jurisdiction for any claim or dispute with Altova or relating in any way to your use of the Software resides in the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna and you further agree and expressly consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction 1n the Handelsgericht Wien Commercial Court Vienna in connection with any such dispute or claim This Software License Agreement will not be governed by the conflict of law rules of any jurisdiction or the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods the application of which is expressly excluded This Software License Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and oral understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof Any notice or other communication given under this Software License Agreement shall be in writing and shall have been properly given by either of us to the other if sent by certified or registered mail return receipt requested or by overnight courier to the address shown on Altova s Web site for Altova O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 352 License Information Altova End User License Agreement and the address shown in Altova s recor
228. ease enter path to lt 5L FO transformation engine if using FOF enter path to fop bat Ic FOP fop bat Browse f Use xSLT engine selected above to perform lt SLT part and then lt SL FO engine for FO part C Use SL FO engine for both XSLT and FO parts of transformation XSLT transformations XMLSpy contains the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine and Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine which you can use for XSLT transformations The appropriate XSLT engine 1 0 or 2 0 is used according to the value of the version attribute of the xsl stylesheet Or xsl transform element For transforming XML documents using XSLT you could use one of the following e The built in Altova XSLT Engine comprising the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine and the Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine e The MSXML 3 0 4 0 or 6 0 parser which is pre installed If you Know which version of the MSXML parser is running on your machine you could select it otherwise you should let the application select the version automatically The Choose version automatically option is active by default In this case the application tries to select the most recent available version e Anexternal XSLT processor of your choice You must specify the command line string for the external XSLT processor The following variables are available for building the command line string 21 XML document to process 22 Output file to generate 23 XSLT stylesheet to use if the XML document does not contain a reference
229. eate a new user and enable Ide integration by selecting the submenu Ide Integration in the Admin menu and adding QVCS as a Version Control Tool e Create a project and set a workspace Reliable Software Code Co Op http www relisoft com co_op index htm Supported Versions Code Co Op 5 1a A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products Seapine Surround SCM http www seapine com surroundscm html Supported Versions Surround SCM Client for Windows 2009 0 0 A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products e After installation a server connection must be established Serena Dimensions http www serena com Products dimensions Supported Versions Dimensions Express CM 10 1 3 for Win32 Client e Perform a Typical installation of the Serena Dimension client e Specify the WEB client hostname and port number as requested Softimage Alienbrain http www alienbrain com Supported Versions Alienbrain Essentials Advanced Client 8 1 0 7300 e Perform a typical installation of the Alienbrain Client Software then install the Alienbrain Microsoft Visual Studio Integration To work with Altova products you do not need to install Microsoft Visual Studio e The first time you try to open a project from VCS or to add a project to VCS you will be asked to enter some user settings e g to specify your server and choose the project database you want to connect to SourceGear Fortre
230. eating a new XML document based on an SPS You can also create a new XML document that is based on an SPS You can do this in two ways via the File New menu command and via the Authentic Create New Document menu command In both cases an SPS is selected Via File New 1 Select File New and in the Create a New Document dialog select XML as the new file type to create 2 Click Select a STYLEVISION Stylesheet and browse for the desired SPS Via Authentic Create New Document 1 Select Authentic New Document 2 Inthe Create a New Document dialog browse for the desired SPS lf a Template XML File has been assigned to the SPS then the data in the Template XML File is used as the starting data of the XML document template that is created in Authentic View The Authentic View Interface The Authentic View editing interface consists of a main window in which you enter and edit the document data and three entry helpers Editing a document is simple If you wish to see the markup of the document switch on the markup tags Then start typing in the content of your document To modify the document structure you can use either the context menu or the Elements entry helper Displaying XML node tags document markup An XML document is essentially a hierarchy of nodes For example lt DocumentRoot gt lt Person id ABC001 gt lt Name gt Alpha Beta lt Name gt lt Address gt Some Address lt Address gt lt Tel gt 1234567 l
231. ectory structure of the server In the folder tree browse for the file you want to load and click it 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 192 User Reference File Menu File URL Htp od tuwien ac at opsys freebsd Open as File load Auto fC ML f DTD f Use cache proxp Reload Identification l o l E Remember password User Password a between application starts Avallable files Server URL imate te Re ot ae TR Browse lw opsys 4 emulation E a linux Fah FreeBSD Hew Folder Delete Switch to File Dialog Switch to Global Resources Open Cancel The file URL appears in the File URL field screenshot above The OK button only becomes active at this point 6 Click the OK button to load the file The file you open appears in the main window A Note The Browse function is only available on servers which support the FTP HTTP and HTTPS if the server supports WebDAV protocols and on servers that support WebDAV Note To give you more control over the loading process you can choose to load the file through the local cache or a proxy server which considerably speeds up the process if the file has been loaded before Alternatively you may want to reload the file if you are working say with an electronic publishing or database system select the Reload option in this case Opening and saving files via Global Resources To open or save a file via a global resources click
232. ed SMP you will receive the Software AS IS and will not receive any maintenance releases or updates However Altova at its option and in its sole discretion on a case by case basis may decide to offer maintenance releases to you as a courtesy Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Altova End User License Agreement 349 but these maintenance releases will not include any new features in excess of the feature set at the time of your purchase of the Software In addition Altova will provide free technical support to you for thirty 30 days after the date of your purchase the Support Period for the purposes of this paragraph a and Altova in its sole discretion on a case by case basis may also provide free courtesy technical support during your thirty 30 day evaluation period Technical support is provided via a Web based support form only and there 1s no guaranteed response time b If you have purchased SMP then solely for the duration of its delineated Support Period you are eligible to receive the version of the Software edition that you have licensed and all maintenance releases and updates for that edition that are released during your Support Period For the duration of your SMP s Support Period you will also be eligible to receive upgrades to the comparable edition of the next version of the Software that succeeds the Software edition that you have licensed for applicable upgrades released during yo
233. ed in numerous countries oF the world wide Web Consortium marks of the W3C are registered and held by its host institutions WIT IMA 1A mo and Keio UNICODE and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc This software ALTOVA contains 3rd party copyrighted software or material that is protected by copyright and subject to other terms and conditions as detailed on the Albova website at bhp ifaw altora comi legal 3rdparty html This documentation is organized into the following sections e User Manual e Appendices It is available in the following formats e As the built in Help system of XMLSpy Help menu or F1 e In HTML and PDF formats and for purchase as a book these formats being available via the Altova website 2009 Altova GmbH Welcome to XMLSpy Altova XMLSpy 2009 User Manual User Manual The User Manual part of this documentation contains all the information you need to get started using XMLSpy and to learn the various XMLSpy features lt is organized into four broad parts i an Introduction ii a Tutorial iii a Working With part and iv a User Reference We suggest that you start by reading the Introduction in order to get a feel for the GUI and to understand key application settings If you are new to XML the XMLSpy tutorial will help you not only to get to know XMLSpy but also to easily create and use your first XML documents After that you should read the Editing Views section and then th
234. ed to the clipboard 3 Select the compositor you want to copy the elements to 4 Press Ctrl v The elements are pasted such that the element that was the uppermost element is now the lowermost element About XML Schema annotations XML Schema annotations are held in the annotation element There are two types of annotation both of which are elements of the annotation element e compositor or component documentation which contains information that could be useful for editors of the schema and is contained in the documentation Child element of annotation e application information which allows you to insert a script or information that a processing application may use this information is contained in the appinfo child element of annotation Given below is the text of an annotation element It is based on the example in the description of creating documentation and application information given above lt xsielem ent name session date type xs datetime mllable tru gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt Date and time when interview was held lt xs documentation gt lt xs appinfo source http www altova com datehandlers interviews gt separator AS appin o gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs element gt Comments and processing instructions In XML Schema documents comments and processing instructions within simple types and complex types are collected and moved to the end of the enclosing object In such
235. ed xdt have been moved to the XML Schema namespace e Some XPath 2 0 functions have the same name as XML Schema datatypes For example for the XPath functions fn string and fn boolean there exist XML schema datatypes with the same local names xs string and xs boolean So if you were to use the XPath expression string Hello the expression evaluates as fn string Hello not as xs string Hello Schema awareness The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine is schema aware Whitespace in XML document By default the Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine strips all boundary whitespace from boundary whitespace only nodes in the source XML document The removal of this whitespace affects the values that the fn position fn last fn count and fn deep equal functions return For more details see Whitespace only Nodes in XML Document in the XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions section Note If a boundary whitespace only text node is required in the output then insert the required whitespace within one of the two adjoining child elements For example the XML fragment lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt italic lt gt lt para gt when processed with the XSLT template lt xsl template match para gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl template gt will produce This is bolditalic To get a space between bold and italic in the output insert a space character within either the lt b gt or lt i gt elements in t
236. ee fields in the registration dialog box are transferred to our web server by means of a regular http port 80 connection and the free evaluation key code is sent back to the customer via regular SMTP e mail If you use the URL mode of the Open dialog box to open a document directly from a URL File Open Switch to URL that document is retrieved through a http port 80 connection This functionality is available in XMLSpy and Authentic Desktop If you open an XML document that refers to an XML Schema or DTD and the document is specified through a URL it is also retrieved through a http port 80 connection once you validate the XML document This may also happen automatically upon opening a document if you have instructed the application to automatically validate files upon opening in the File tab of the Options dialog Tools Options This functionality is available in XMLSpy and Authentic Desktop If you are using the Send by Mail command File Send by Mail in XMLSpy the current selection or file is sent by means of any MAP I compliant mail program installed on the user s PC As part of Software Activation and LiveUpdate as further described in this manual and the Altova Software License Agreement O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 340 License Information 3 License Information This section contains e Information about the distribution of this software product e Information about the intellectual property rights rel
237. eference File Menu Look ir 4 Examples My Recent Documents Desk to p r My Documents yr My Computer My Network Places O Example5ite y Import j Industry Standards jMaprPorce jOrfice2ooy Tutorial SBRL Examples _ eM LSpy Client 3ML5pyPlugin yeMLSpyPlugin4actives sQuery JASLTE O installer txt 2 1 html 1_p1 png 4 File name Files of type Selecting files via URLs and Global Resources In several File Open and File Save dialogs you can choose to select the required file or save a file via a URL or a global resource see screenshot below Select the Switch to URL or Switch to Global Resource to go to one of these selection processes 2 2 html 2_pl png ep address xsd altova gif Atore _right_300 gif h Bigs xml FEN BigS xsd z cond address xsd E Conditional sps fa Conditional xrl Em Conditional xsd E Conditional Final sps few OBSample sps DebuggerClient htm Eh Examples spp Esp eport sml all Files Oria E EMEA E a MAGO xslt exterior gif E html address xsd pm Orgchart sps Ema Html Orglhart xml EEYHTML OrgChart xsd EEYHTML Text5tate xsd interior gif a xml Emipo xsd The Open command pops up the familiar Windows Open dialog and allows you to open any XML related document or text document In the Open dialog you can select more than one file to open Use the Files of Type combo box to restrict
238. efore the entity appears in the Entities entry helper O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 104 XML Processing with XSLT and XQuery 4 7 Processing with XSLT and XQuery XML documents can be processed with XSLT or XQuery documents to produce output documents XMLSpy has built in XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 processors The following processing related features are available in the GUI Assigning XSLT stylesheets Go to XSLT XSLT parameters and XQuery variables XSLT transformations XQuery executions Automating XML tasks with AltovaXML Assigning XSLT stylesheets You can assign an XSLT stylesheet to an XML document via the XSL XQuery Assign XSL command browse for the file in the dialog screenshot below that pops up The assignment is entered in the XML document as a processing instruction Pl having the standard XSLT target defined by the W3C xm1 stylesheet This assignment is used when an XSLT transformation is invoked XSL XQuery XSL Transformation Additionally an XSLT for FO stylesheet can be assigned with the XSL XQuery Assign XSL FO command browse for the file in the dialog screenshot below that pops up The assignment is entered in the XML document as a processing instruction PI having the Altova defined target altova_xslfo This assignment is used when an XSLT for FO transformation is invoked XSL XQuery XS FO Transformation Choose a file NanonulOrg xs Browse a window
239. elpers are the same in both Schema Overview and Content Model View They are described below Note In Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Component Navigator The Component Navigator is an Entry Helper in Schema View lt serves two purposes e To organize global components in a tree view by component type and namespace see screenshots below This provides organized overviews of all global components e To enable you to navigate to and display the Content Model View of a global component if the component has a content model If a component does not have a content Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 67 model the component is highlighted in the Schema Overview Global components that are included or imported from other schemas are also displayed in the Component Navigator Components element group complex Type simple Type attribute attribute sroup fell by Type by Namespace In the Type tab above global components are grouped in a tree according to their component type In the Namespace tab below components are organized first according to namespace and then according to component type Note that a component type is listed in a tree only if at least one component of that type exists in the schema Components Ole http www altova comiPO fF comple Type ac simp
240. ement in two ways i by entering a name for the local element that is the same as that of the global element and ii by right clicking the local element and selecting the option Reference from the context menu You can view the definition of a global element by holding down Ctrl and double clicking the element Alternatively right click and select Go to Definition If you create a reference to an element that does not exist the element name appears in red as a warning that there is no definition to refer to e Complex type Details The irregular hexagon with a plus sign indicates a complex type The complex type shown here has the name keybase This symbol indicates a global complex type A global complex type is declared in the Schema Overview and its content model is typically defined in Content Model View A global complex type can be used either as i the data type of an element or ii the base type of another complex type by assigning it to the element or complex type respectively in the Details entry helper in either Content Model View or in Schema Overview 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 60 Editing Views Schema View reynas E The keybase complex type shown above was declared in Schema Overview with a base type Of xs annotated The base type is displayed as a rectangle with a dashed gray border and a yellow background color Then in Content Model View the child elements xs selector and xs field were created
241. ements some text content can be selected and an allowed child element be applied to it The selected text becomes the content of the applied element To apply elements in the context menu select Apply and then select from among the applicable elements If no elements can be applied to the selected text then the Apply command does not appear in the context menu In the Elements entry helper elements that can be applied for a selection are indicated with the icon In the NanonullOrg xml document select text inside the mixed content para element and experiment with applying the bold and italic elements The stylesheet designer might also have created a toolbar icon to apply an element In the NanonullOrg xml document the bold and italic elements can be applied by clicking the bold and italic icons in the application s Authentic toolbar Removing nodes A node can be removed if its removal does not render the document invalid Removing a node causes a node and all its contents to be deleted A node can be removed using the Remove command in the context menu When the Remove command is highlighted a submenu pops up which contains all nodes that may be removed starting from the selected node and going up to the document s top level node To select a node for removal the cursor can be placed within the node or the node or part of it can be highlighted In the Elements entry helper nodes that can be removed are indicated with the LA icon
242. emplate folder Assigning a DTD XML Schema to a new XML document When you create a new document of a certain type that is based on a standard schema DTD or XML Schema the document is automatically opened with the correct DTD or XML Schema association For example an XHTML file will be opened with the DTD http www w3 org TR xhtml1 DTD xhtmll strict dtd associated with it And an XML Schema xs a file is associated with the http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema schema document If you are creating a new file for which the schema is not known for example an XML file then you are prompted to associate a schema DTD or XML Schema with the document that is to be created xi If you intend to create a new 8ML document instance based on a certain schema or DTO ML Spy can automatically add the proper assignment for you in this case please select whether you Intend to base pour document on a DTO or Schema Lancel Othenvise please click the cancel button to begin with a new empty document If you choose to associate a DTD or XML Schema with your document clicking OK in the New File dialog enables you to browse for the schema Clicking Cancel in this dialog will create a new file that is not associated with any schema Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 185 11 1 2 Specifying the document element of a new XML document If you select an XML Schema there can be more than one g
243. en a function appears in blue it can be distinguished by the parentheses that follow the function name XQuery Syntax Coloring An XQuery document can consist of XQuery code as well as XML code The default syntax coloring for the XQuery code is described in this section The syntax coloring for XML code in an XQuery document is the same as that used for regular XML documents All syntax coloring for both XQuery code and XML code is set in the Text Fonts tab of the Options dialog Tools Options Note that XQuery code can be contained in XML elements by enclosing the XQuery code in curly braces see screenshot for example Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XSLT and XQuery XQuery 121 Declaration as itesting C testing testing itesting itesting testing L L L n 2 Predicates 1 ar it ae a gt x 2 Except 17 AND 1 Node Tests testing testing testing oder declare function local between seq as node 1 start as nodet fend as node 7 as iteml AASASAASAA let nodes i for n in 5eq except start nodet Where n gt start and r lt lt fend return r return nodes except nodes nodel lt critical_sequence gt let proc i doc reportl ml 3 section section title Procedure 1 4 Tirst C proc incisioni 1 5econd proc incisiani 2 return local between proc node CJ first second lt critical_ Sequence gt 40 Text
244. enshot To access the Properties dialog and check this check box 1 Copy an XML file in a project to a different folder 2 Right click the copied file in the Project window and select Properties from the context menu 21 xi File name C Program Files ltovaAhMLS py 20064 samples sipo xml Use settings in current folder as default Lancel Authentic View The Use config option allows you to select a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS file when editing XML files using Authentic View in the current folder After you have associated the schema SPS and XML files with each other and entered them in a project changing the location of any of the files could cause errors among the associations To avoid such errors it is best to finalize the locations of your schema SPS and XML files before associating them with each other and assigning them to a project Most Recently Used Projects This command displays the file name and path for the nine most recently used projects allowing quick access to these files Also note that XMLSpy can automatically open the that you used whenever you start XMLSpy Tools Options File tab Project Open last project on program start 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 236 User Reference XML Menu 11 4 11 4 1 XML Menu The XML menu contains commands commonly used when working with XML documents a Check well Formedness y Validate Among the most frequently used
245. entifier is a URI that gives the location of the resource A public identifier is a location independent identifier which enables some processors to identify the resource If you specify both a public and system identifier the public identifier resolves to the system identifier and the system identifier is used If you have selected PUBLIC as the Type enter the public identifier of your resource in the PUBLIC field If you have selected Internal or SYSTEM as your Type the PUBLIC field is disabled In the Value Path field you can enter any one of the following e f the entity type is Internal enter the text string you want as the value of your entity Do not enter quotes to delimit the entry Any quotes that you enter will be treated as part of the text string e lf the entity type is SYSTEM enter the URI of the resource or select a resource on your local network by using the Browse button If the resource contains parsed data it must be an XML file i e it must have a xml extension Alternatively the resource can be a binary file such as a GIF file e f the entity type is PUBLIC you must additionally enter a system identifier in this field The NDATA entry tells the processor that this entity is not to be parsed but to be sent to the appropriate processor The NDATA field should therefore be used with unparsed entities only Dialog features You can append insert and delete entities by clicking the appropriate buttons You can a
246. enu 249 Schema display configuration Element Attribute Cancel default fixed Predefined Load Save Single line settings Common line settings f Single content Always show line M Show line descriptions Double content Hide line if no value Distances Parent Child H Child Chil H Show im diagram Draw direction M Annotations limit width _ Horizontal W Substitution group chain Vertical Attributes Smart restriction Identity Constraints Enabled The Content Model View is updated showing the defined property descriptor lines for all elements for which they exist Please note e For attributes the configuration you define appears only when attributes are displayed in the diagram as opposed to them being displayed in a pane below the Content Model View e The configured view applies to all Content Model Views opened after the configuration is defined Deleting a property descriptor line from the Content Model View To delete individual property descriptor lines in the Schema Display x dialog select A the property descriptor line you want to delete and click the Delete icon x 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 250 User Reference Schema Design Menu Settings for configuring the Content Model View The Content Model View can be configured using settings in the Schema Display Configuration dialog How to define what property descriptor lines are displayed in C
247. ersion of its acclaimed Manosoft Development puite in February 199 Also mn 1999 Nanonull increased its capital base wath invesment from a consortium of private investment firms The company has been expanding rapidly ever since To be able to view and edit an XML document in Authentic View the XML document must be associated with a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS which is created in Altova s StyleVision product An SPS sps file is in essence an XSLT stylesheet It specifies an output presentation for an XML file that can include data entry mechanisms Authentic View users can therefore write data back to the XML file or DB An SPS is based on a schema and is specific to it If you wish to use an SPS to edit an XML file in Authentic View you must use one that is based on the same schema as that on which the XML file is based Using Authentic View e Ifan XML file is open you can switch to Authentic View by clicking the Authentic button at the bottom of the Main Window If an SPS is not already assigned to the XML file you will be prompted to assign one to it You must use an SPS that is based on the same schema as the XML file e Anew XML file is created and displayed in Authentic View by selecting the File New command and then clicking the Select a StyleVision Stylesheet button This new file is a template file associated with the SPS you open It can have a variable amount of starting data already present in it This starting
248. es this section describes how the Smart Restrictions feature is used 3 3 1 Schema Overview Schema Overview displays a list of all the global components of the schema global elements complex types etc ag element ann Root element eacomplexlype AddressType anr sa complexType US Address ann simpleType US State anr ss complexType UK Address anr sta element fann Attributes Identity constraints Default MN Manager required Frogrammer ss boolean oF optional Degree asc shring You can insert append or delete global components as well as modify their properties To Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 53 insert append or delete use the respective buttons at the top of Schema Overview To modify properties select the required component in the Schema Overview list and edit its properties in either the entry helpers at right of view or the Attributes Identity Constraints pane at bottom of view You can edit the content model of a global component in Content Model View which is accessed by clicking the Content Model View icon at the left of the global component Note the following editing features of Schema Overview e You can reposition components in the Schema Overview list using drag and drop e You can navigate using the arrow keys of your keyboard e You can copy or move global components attributes and identity constraints to a different position and
249. es in the base uri folder and ii absolute paths with or without the file protocol Additionally supported encodings are binarytobasel6 and binarytobase 4 Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XQuery 1 0 Engine Implementation Information 309 1 3 XQuery 1 0 Engine Implementation Information The Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine is built into Altova s XMLSpy and MapForce XML products It is also available in the free AltovaXML package This section provides information about implementation defined aspects of behavior Standards conformance The Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium s W3C s XQuery 1 0 Recommendation of 23 January 2007 The XQuery standard gives implementations discretion about how to implement many features Given below is a list explaining how the Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine implements these features Schema awareness The Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine is schema aware Encoding The UTF 8 and UTF 16 character encodings are supported Namespaces The following namespace URIs and their associated bindings are pre defined Namespace Name Prefix Namespace URI XML Schema types http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema Schema instance http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance Built in functions http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions Local functions http www w3 org 2005 xquery local functions The following points should be noted e The Altova XQuery 1 0 Eng
250. ete unwanted files and folders When you wish to work with another project close the project currently open in the Project Window and open the required project Batch processing The commands for batch processing of files in a folder whether the top level project folder or a folder at any other level are available in the context menu of that folder obtained by right clicking the folder The steps for batch processing are as follows 1 Define the files to be used for validation or transformation in the Properties dialog of that folder 2 Specify the folder in which the output of transformations should be saved If no output folder is specified for a folder the output folder of the next ancestor folder in the project tree is used 3 Use the commands in the context menu for batch execution lf you use the corresponding commands in the XML DTD Schema or XSL XQuery menus the command will be executed only on the document active in the Main Window not on any project folder in the Project Window The following commands in the context menu of a project folder top level or other are available for batch processing e Well formed check If any error is detected during the batch execution it is reported in the Messages Window e Validation f any error is detected during the batch execution it is reported in the Messages Window e Transformations Transformation outputs are saved to the folder specified as the output folder in the Pro
251. etermines whether tabs or spaces will be used for indentation when the document is pretty printed If spaces are specified each deeper level of the hierarchy is indented with an additional number of spaces as specified in the Tab Size setting of the Text View Settings dialog O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 42 Editing Views Text View x Margins Tabs Visual aid i Line number margin Tab ize Bo W Indentation guides a 0 ance Bookmark margin Insert tabs End of line markers e Folding margin Insert spaces Whitespace markers Up One line up D owr One line down Left One column left Right One column right Ctrl Up Scroll one line up Chl Down Scroll one line down Ctrl Left One word left Ctrl Right One word right Alt Up ML element move up Alt Down ML element move down Shift Up Select line up 3 Click the Edit Pretty Print XML Text command or the Pretty Print icon in the Text toolbar This will cause the document text to be displayed with indentation so that the hierarchy structure is more easily seen The indentation is determined by the settings in the Tabs pane of the Text View Settings dialog Unnecessary leading or trailing whitespace is removed Note Pretty printing is also used in the background when you save the document or switch views If the document is not well formed you will get an error message to that effect Correct the error and then pretty print The extent of indentation of a line is indicated b
252. ext string or a fragment of an XML document or an unparsed entity which is non XML data such as a binary file Usually a graphic sound or multimedia object Each entity has a name and a value In the case of parsed entities the entity is a placeholder for the XML data The value of the entity is either the XML data itself or a URI that points to a xml file that contains the XML data In the case of unparsed entities the value of the entity is a URI that points to the non XML data file To define an entity Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic Menu 265 1 Click Authentic Define XML Entities This opens the Define Entities dialog OK nano dc wiintermal Nanonul Inc E 2 nano eu Internal Manonull Europe 4G nano oma Internal Manonull Partners Inc Cancel db website Internal Http kay nanonullcarm Append branches SYSTEM branches xml g logo SYSTEM nanonull cif Insert Delete Enter the name of your entity in the Name field This is the name that will appear in the Entities Entry Helper Enter the type of entity from the drop down list in the Type field Three types are possible An Internal entity is one for which the text to be used is stored in the XML document itself Selecting PUBLIC or SYSTEM specifies that the resource is located outside the XML file and will be located with the use of a public identifier or a system identifier respectively A system id
253. f the second Company element is selected the XPath expressions would be as follows e Grid View Companies Company Person LastName e Text View Companies Company 2 Person 3 LastName Note In Grid View the Copy XPath command can also be accessed via the context menu Copy XPointer The Copy XPointer command is available in Text View and Grid View It creates an element scheme XPointer for the currently selected node s and copies it to the clipboard This enables you to paste the XPointer into a document for example in the xpointer attribute of an XInclude element in an XML document The element scheme of XPointer returns results in the form element 1 3 which selects the third child of the document element or root element You should note the following points e Attributes cannot be represented using the element scheme If an attribute is selected the following happens In Grid View the Copy XPointer command is disabled in Text View the XPointer of the element parent of that attribute is generated e Multiple elements cannot be selected If selected in Grid View the Copy XPointer command is disabled In Text View the XPointer of the parent element of the selection is generated Note In Grid View the Copy XPointer command can also be accessed via the context menu Pretty Print XML Text The Pretty Print XML Text command reformats your XML document in Text View to give a structured display of the document Ea
254. f the Favorites folder for the current user Full path to the Personal folder for the current user Full path to the SendTo folder for the current user Full path to the System Fonts folder Full path to the Program Files folder for the current user Full path to the Common Files folder for the current user Full path to the Windows folder for the current user Full path to the System folder for the current user Full path to the file directory containing application data for all users 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 112 DTDs and XML Schemas Catalogs in XMLSpy Local AppDatar Full path to the file system directory that serves as the data repository for older local nonroaming applications MyPicturesFol l der Full path to the MyPictures folder How catalogs work Catalogs are commonly used to redirect a call to a DTD to a local URI This is achieved by mapping in the catalog file public or system identifiers to the required local URI So when the DOCTYPE declaration in an XML file is read the public or system identifier locates the required local resource via the catalog file mapping For popular schemas the PUBLIC identifier is usually pre defined thus requiring only that the URI in the catalog file point to the correct local copy When the XML document is parsed the PUBLIC identifier in it is read If this identifier is found in a catalog file the corresponding URL in the catalog file will be looked up and
255. f the xsl stylesheet Or xsl transform element XMLSpy contains the built in Altova XSLT 1 0 and Altova XSLT Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XSLT and XQuery XSLT 117 2 0 engines and the appropriate engine is selected according to the value of the version attribute 1 0 or2 0 XSLT Transformation The XSLT Transformation F8 command can be used in the following scenarios e To transform an XML document that is active in the GUI and has an XSLT document assigned to it If no XSLT document is assigned you are prompted to make an assignment when you click the XSLT Transformation F8 command e To transform an XSLT document that is active in the GUI On clicking the XSLT Transformation F8 command you are prompted for the XML file you wish to process with the active XSLT stylesheet e To transform project folders and files Right click the project folder or file and select the command XSL FO Transformation The XSL FO Transformation command can be used in the following scenarios e To transform an XML document that is active in the GUI and has an XSLT document assigned to it The XML document will first be transformed to FO using the specified XSLT engine The FO document will then be processed with the specified FO processor to produce the PDF output If no XSLT document is assigned you are prompted to make an assignment when you click the XSL FO Transformation command e To transform an FO document to PDF using the
256. fn deep equal altova distinct nodes Sarg as node as node altova encode for rtf The altova encode for rtf function converts the input string into code for RTF altova encode for rtf Sinputstr as xs string Spreserveallwhitespace as xs boolean Spreservenewlines as as xs boolean as xs string Whitespace and new lines will be preserved according to the boolean value specified for their 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 332 Engine Information Extensions respective parameters altova xbrl1 labels The altova xbr1 labels function takes two input arguments a node name and the taxonomy file location containing the node The function returns the XBRL labels associated with the input node altova xbrl labels name as xs QName file as xs string as node altova xbrl1 footnotes The altova footnotes function takes a node as its input argument and returns the set of XBRL footnote nodes referenced by the input node altova footnotes Sarg as node as node Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Technical Data 333 2 Technical Data This section contains useful background information on the technical aspects of your software It is organized into the following sections OS and Memory Requirements Altova XML Parser Altova XSLT and XQuery Engines Unicode Support Internet Usage O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 334 Technical Data OS and Memory Requirements
257. from one schema to another using cut copy and paste e Right clicking a component opens a context menu that allows you to cut copy paste delete or edit the annotation data of that component Note In Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Global components in Schema Overview At the top level of an XML Schema document i e at the level of children of the schema element the following five basic components can be defined Annotation Type definition simple or complex Declaration element or attribute Attribute group Model group These components are called global components The Schema Overview displays a list of all global components in your schema in a tabular form Some global components Such as complex types element declarations and model groups can have a content model which describes the component s structure and contents Other global components such as annotations simple types and attribute groups do not have a content model Those components for which content models are possible have a icon to the left of the component name Clicking on this icon opens the Content Model View for that global component Key terms e Simple type and complex type A simple type is used to define all attributes and elements that contain only text and that have no associated attribute A simple type therefore has no content model onl
258. g DB data in 262 editing XML in 100 entering attribute values 136 entering data in 134 entities in 134 entry helpers 129 entry helpers in 85 formating text in 81 inserting entities in 136 inserting nodes 131 interface 80 main window in 83 markup display in 81 83 opening an XML document in 128 opening new XML file in 261 overview of GUI 80 printing an XML document from 137 removing nodes 131 special characters in 134 SPS Tables 142 switching to 269 tables SPS and XML 141 tables in 131 toolbar icons 81 tutorial 127 2009 Altova GmbH 354 Index Authentic View usage of important features 139 usage of XML tables 143 XML table icons 152 XML tables 143 Authentic View template 128 Authentic XML 125 Auto complete text view enable disable 287 Auto hiding windows 8 Automatic validation 286 B Back in Schema View 78 Background Information 333 backwards compatibility of XSLT 2 0 Engine 306 Big endian 292 Bookmark 297 Bookmark margin 271 Bookmarks inserting and removing 199 navigating 199 Bookmarks in Text View 42 Browser 287 View 269 Browser menu 273 Browser View 91 273 back 273 font size 273 forward 273 refresh content 273 separate window 273 stop loading page 273 C Carriage return key see Enter key 158 Cascade Window 295 Catalog Oasis XML 239 Catalogs 110 CDATA sections inserting in Authe
259. ghts to the project you are sharing from To share a file from source control do the following 1 In the Project window select the file you want to share and select Project Source Control Share from Source Control 2 Inthe Projects list select the project folder that contains the file you want to share Share to y xj File to share Projects Close Bank cs 1 codegen TEE VIE o F Checking4ccount cs CreditCard ccount cs F SavIngs4ccount cs Help di List Files of type Relevant Masks Branch after share 3 Inthe Files to share list box select the file you want to share and click the Share button The file will be removed from the Files to share list 4 Click the Close button to continue Branch after share The Branch After Share option shares the file and creates a new branch to create a separate version Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 223 Show History The Show History command displays the history of a file under source control and allows you to view detailed history info of previous versions of a file view differences and retrieve previous versions of the file To show the history of a file do the following 1 2 Click on the file in the Project window Select the menu option Project Source control Show History A dialog box prompting for more information may appear this example uses MS Source Safe
260. gn DTD command is enabled when an XML file is active It assigns a DTD to an XML document thus allowing the document to be validated and enabling intelligent editing for the document The command opens the Assign File dialog to let you specify the DTD file you wish to assign You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button Note that you can make the path of the assigned DTD file relative by clicking the Make Path Relative To check box When you are done your XML document will contain a DOCTYPE declaration that references the assigned DTD The DOCTYPE declaration will look something like this lt DOCTYPE main SYSTEM http link xmlspy com spyweb dtd gt Please note A DTD can be assigned to a new XML file at the time the file is created Assign Schema The DTD Schema Assign Schema command is enabled when an XML document is active It assigns an XML Schema to an XML document thus allowing the document to be validated and enabling intelligent editing for the document The command opens the Assign File dialog to let you specify the XML Schema file you wish to assign You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button Note that you can make the path of the assigned file relative by clicking the Make Path Relative To c
261. granted herein Altova grants you a non exclusive non transferable limited license to compile into executable form the complete generated code comprised of the combination of the Restricted Source Code and the Unrestricted Source Code and to use copy distribute or license that executable You may not distribute or redistribute sublicense sell or transfer to a third party the Restricted Source Code unless said third party already has a license to the Restricted 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 344 License Information Altova End User License Agreement Source Code through their separate license agreement with Altova or other agreement with Altova Altova reserves all other rights in and to the Software With respect to the feature s of UModel that permit reverse engineering of your own source code or other source code that you have lawfully obtained such use by you does not constitute a violation of this Agreement Except as otherwise permitted in Section 1 h reverse engineering of the Software 1s strictly prohibited as further detailed therein b Server Use You may install one copy of the Software on your computer file server for the purpose of downloading and installing the Software onto other computers within your internal network up to the Permitted Number of computers in a commercial environment only If you have licensed SchemaAgent then you may install SchemaAgent Server on any server computer or workstation and use it in connec
262. h XML enabling them to a valid XML document even while concentrating entirely on the content of the document Location US Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 Phone 1 32411555 5155 0 City Wereno Fax 1 321155551554 State amp Zip OC 29213 E office nanonull com mail Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees The company was established m Vereno m 1995 as a privately held software company Since 1996 Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectronmio software technologies lt released the first version of tts acclaimed Manooott Development Suite in February 1999 Also m 1999 Nanonull increased its capital base with investment from a consortium of private investment frms The company has been expanding rapidly ever since Due to the tact that nanoelectrome sothware components are new and that sales are restricted to corporate customers Manonull and its product line have not received much media publicity in the company s early years This has however changed in recent months as trade journals have realized the importance of this revolutionary technology The Authentic View of a document is enabled when a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS is assigned to an XML document An SPS is based on the same schema source as that on which the XML document is based and it defines the structure of the XML document The SPS also defines the layout and formatting of the document in Authentic View For exampl
263. h no equivalent exists in the original element s content model then this child element is not created directly but Authentic View offers you the option of inserting it If a text range is selected rather than an element applying an element to the selection will create the applied element at that location with the selected text range as its content Applying an element when the cursor is an insertion point is not allowed Clear Element when range selected This icon appears when text within an element of mixed content is selected Clicking the icon clears the element from around the selected text range F es Clear Element when insertion point selected This icon appears when the cursor is placed within an element that is a child of a mixed content element Clicking the icon clears the inline element Attributes Entry Helper The Attributes Entry Helper consists of a drop down combo box and a list of attributes The element that you have selected you can click the start or end tag or place the cursor anywhere in the element content to select it appears in the combo box The Attributes Entry Helper shown in the figures below has a para element in the combo box Clicking the arrow in the combo box drops down a list of all the para element s ancestors up to the document s root element which in this case is OrgChart Attributes Below the combo box a list of valid attributes for that element is displayed in this case for para
264. h on the markup display Alternatively you could highlight the text that is to be enclosed in a CDATA section and then select the Insert CDATA section command Editing and following links A hyperlink consists of two parts the link text and the target of the link You can edit the link text by clicking in the text and editing But you cannot edit the target of the link The target of the link is set by the designer of the stylesheet either by typing in a static target address or by deriving the target address from data contained in the XML document From Authentic View you can go to the target of the link by pressing Ctrl and clicking the link text Remember merely clicking the link will set you up for editing the link text Tables in Authentic View The three table types fall into two categories SPS tables static and dynamic and XML tables SPS tables are of two types static and dynamic SPS tables are designed by the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to which your XML document is linked You yourself cannot insert an SPS table into the XML document but you can enter data into SPS table fields and 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 142 Authentic Editing in Authentic View add and delete the rows of dynamic SPS tables The section on SPS tables below explains the features of these tables XML tables are inserted by you the user of Authentic View Their purpose is to enable you to insert tables at any allowed locat
265. has a Template XML File assigned to it The data in this XML file provides the starting data of the new document template that is opened in Authentic View 11 8 2 Edit Database Data The Authentic Edit Database Data command enables you to open an editable view of a database DB in Authentic View All the information about connecting to the DB and how to display the DB and accept changes to it in Authentic View is contained in a StyleVision Power Stylesheet It is such a DB based StyleVision Power Stylesheet that you open with the Edit Database Data command This sets up a connection to the DB and displays the DB data through an XML lens in Authentic View Clicking the Edit Database Data command opens the Edit Database Data dialog Edit database data l x NASM L Hews PaP Patents Publizhina rim he heilite e miezsume z Lancel daisy dita Examples gcapaper hr rnl Crg chart sps Browse Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Authentic Menu 263 11 8 3 11 8 4 Browse for the required SPS file and select it This connects to the DB and opens an editable view of the DB in Authentic View The design of the DB view displayed in Authentic View is contained in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Please note If with the Edit Database Data command you attempt to open a StyleVision Power Stylesheet that is not based on a DB or to open a DB based StyleVision Power Stylesheet
266. he File types tab Click Add new file extension to add the new file extension to the list of file types Under Conformance select XQuery conformant File File types Editing Wey Grid fonts Schema fonts Text fonts Colors Encoding SL Scripting SIS File types Windows Explorer settings Description ML Query Language Content type test sm M Use MLS py as default editor Conformance Default view Grid view C XML conformant Grid view M Build tables automatically C Schema w SDL mL DTD Text view Text view dl SM Entity Browser view MW Use syntax coloring Hgy query Query conformant eed C Other format El ll Disable automatic validation i Save empty elements in short lt E gt format Add new file extension Delete selected file extension caca too You should also make the following Windows Explorer settings in this dialog e Description XML Query Language e Content type text xml e f you wish to use XMLSpy as the default editor for XQuery files activate the Use XMLSpy as default editor check box XQuery Entry Helpers There are three Entry Helpers in the XQuery Mode of Text View XQuery Keywords blue XQuery Variables purple and XQuery Functions olive O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 120 XSLT and XQuery XQuery 6 2 3 Query Keywords XQuery Variables XQuery Functions x ancestor abs ances tor or sel Ff add dayT1meDburation to date and as ascend
267. he Person entry The Person element as well as its attribute Manager are inserted with the cursor inside the value field of the Manager attribute Address Person Manager lt Lompany gt 5 From the dropdown list for the Manager attribute select true lt Addres gt lt Person Manager t Company true Press Enter to insert the value true at the cursor position 6 Move the cursor to the end of the line using the End key if you like and press the space bar This opens a dropdown list this time containing a list of attributes allowed at that point Also in the Attributes Entry Helper the available attributes are listed in red The Manager attribute is grayed out because it has already been used lt Addres gt lt Person Manager true lompany Degre 7 Programmer xsitype xsitype Manager 7 Select Degree with the Down arrow key and press Enter _This opens another list box from which you can select one of the predefined enumerations BA MA Or PhD lt Address gt Person Manager true Degr ee lt lompany gt 8 Select BA with the Down arrow key and confirm with Enter Then move the cursor to the end of the line with the End key and press the space bar Manager and Degree are now grayed out in the Attributes Entry Helper Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 27 lt ddres gt lt Person Manager true Deqree
268. he Server URL field to enter the server URL and enter the login ID in the User and Password fields 3 Click Browse to connect to the server and view the files available there O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 232 User Reference Project Menu Add Web Folder to Project File URL El Uk Identification User Jalp Password pee save Cancel Available files Server URL https 2 medirector comehML Test Files F a Folder 1 Hw Folder 4 Click the folder you want to add to the project view The OK button only becomes active once you do this The Folder name and http server address now appear in the File URL field 5 Click OK to add the folder to the project Project Examples 2 Org Chart Datasheet International Purchase Order C Program Files Altova XM fay Examples Org Chart Datasheet Internatiorial Purchase Order C Program Files Altova F W http 24 mydirectory com XH To filter the folder contents 1 Right click the web folder and select the popup menu option Properties This opens the Properties dialog box 2 Click in the File extensions field and enter the file extensions of the file types you want to see You can separate each file type with a semicolon to define multiple types XML Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 233 and Schema XSDs for example 3 Click OK to confirm The Project window now only shows the XML and XSD f
269. he XML source For example lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt italic lt gt lt para gt or lt para gt This is lt b gt bold amp x20 lt b gt lt i gt italic lt gt lt para gt or lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt amp x20 italic lt gt lt para gt When such an XML fragment is processed with the same XSLT template given above it will produce This is bold italic XSLT 2 0 elements and functions 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 308 Engine Information XSLT 2 0 Engine Implementation Information 1 2 2 Limitations and implementation specific behavior of XSLT 2 0 elements and functions are listed in the section XSLT 2 0 Elements and Functions XPath 2 0 functions Implementation specific behavior of XPath 2 0 functions is listed in the section XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions XSLT 2 0 Elements and Functions Limitations The xsl preserve space and xsl strip space elements are not supported Implementation specific behavior Given below is a description of how the Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine handles implementation specific aspects of the behavior of certain XSLT 2 0 functions xsl result document Additionally supported encodings are basel6tobinary and base64tobinary function available The function tests for the availability of in scope functions XSLT 2 0 XPath 2 0 and extension functions unparsed text The href attribute accepts i relative paths for fil
270. he upgrade or update copy in addition to the copy of the Software that it is replacing and whose license has terminated g Title Title to the Software is not transferred to you Ownership of all copies of the Software and of copies made by you is vested in Altova subject to the rights of use granted to you in this Software License Agreement As between you and Altova documents files stylesheets generated program code including the Unrestricted Source Code and schemas that are authored or created by you via your utilization of the Software in accordance with its Documentation and the terms of this Software License Agreement are your property h Reverse Engineering Except and to the limited extent as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law in the European Union you may not reverse engineer decompile disassemble or otherwise attempt to discover the source code underlying ideas underlying user interface techniques or algorithms of the Software by any means whatsoever directly or indirectly or disclose any of the foregoing except to the extent you may be expressly permitted to decompile under applicable law in the European Union if it is essential to do so in order to achieve operability of the Software with another software program and you have first requested Altova to provide the information necessary to achieve such operability and Altova has not made such information available Altova has the right to impose reasonab
271. heck box When you are done your XML document will contain an XML Schema assignment with the required namespaces The schema assignment will look something like this xmlns http www xmlspy com schemas icon orgchart xmlns xsi http www w3 org 1999 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http www xmlspy com schemas icon orgchart http schema xmlspy com schemas icon orgchart xsd Go to DTD The DTD Schema Go to DTD command opens the DTD on which the active XML document is based If no DTD Is assigned then an error message is displayed 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 244 User Reference DTD Schema Menu 11 5 4 Goto Schema The DTD Schema Go to Schema command opens the XML Schema on which the active XML document is based If no XML Schema is assigned then an error message is displayed 11 5 5 Go to Definition The DTD Schema Go to Definition command displays the exact definition of an element or attribute in the corresponding Document Type Definition or Schema document To see the item definition in Schema WSDL Design View 1 Use CTRL Double click on the item you want to see the definition of or 2 Click the item and select menu option DTD Schema Go to Definition or click on the icon In both cases the corresponding DTD or Schema file is opened and the item definition is highlighted 11 5 6 Generate XML from DB Excel EDI with MapForce The DTD Schema Generate from DB Excel EDI with MapForce co
272. hich is the entry helper located by default at top right Note that only one content model in the schema can be open at a time When a content model is open you can jump to the content model of a component within the current content model by holding down Ctrl and double clicking the required component The content model is displayed in the Content Model View as a tree see screenshot below You can configure the appearance of the tree in the Schema Display Configuration dialog menu item Schema design Configure view Person Default s boolean Programmer boolean oF optional Degree Ha string E Note the following editing features of Content Model View e Each level of elements or element groups in the tree is joined to adjacent levels with a compositor e Drag and drop functionality enables you to move tree objects compositors elements element groups around e You can use keyboard shortcuts to copy Ctrl c and paste Ctrl v tree objects e You can add objects compositors elements and element groups via the context menu right click an object e You can edit the properties of an object in the Details entry helper compositors elements element groups and the Attributes Identity Constraints pane e The Attributes and Identity Constraints of a component are displayed in a pane at the bottom of the Main Window Attributes and Identity Constraints can also be displayed in the Content Model diagram
273. ick on the required files in the Project window Ctrl Click ii folders click on the required folders in the Project window Ctrl Click 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 220 User Reference Project Menu e The lock symbol denotes that the file folder is under source control but is currently not checked out e The Differences button is enabled when a line in the Files pane is selected Clicking it enables you to see differences between two file versions Undo Check Out The Undo Check Out command rejects changes made to previously checked out files that is your locally updated files and retains the old files from the source control database To undo a check out do the following 1 Select the files in the Project window 2 Select Project Source Control Undo Check Out 3 In the Undo Check Out dialog that pops up select the files for which check out should be undone then click OK Source Control Undo Check Out Files CATEMPissc Bank_ CSharp icodegen Bank cs W CATE MP eaciBank CSharp icodegeniChecking4ccount cs Cancel COTEMP sc Bank CSharpicodegenisavings4ccount cs Select All Advanced Check out of the following items can be undone i single files click on the required files in the Project window Ctrl Click ii folders click on the required folders in the Project window Ctri Click Advanced Allows you to define the Replace writable and Set timestamp options in the res
274. icrosoft Visual Studio Team System 2008 Team 2008 Foundation Server http msdn microsoft com de de vsts2008 products bb93 3758 aSpx Perforce 2008 P4S 2008 1 http www perforce com PureCM PureCM Server 2008 3a http www purecm com QSC Team Coherence Version Manager QSC Team Coherence http www teamcoherence com Server 7 2 0 30 Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise QVCS Enterprise 2 1 18 http www qumasoft com Qumasoft QVCS Pro http www qumasoft com http www sourcegear com vault VisualSVN Server 1 6 http www visualsvn com 3 10 18 Reliable Software Code Co Op Code Co Op 5 1a http www relisoft com co_op index htm Seapine Surround SCM Surround SCM Client Server http www seapine com surroundscm html for Windows 2009 0 0 Serena Dimensions Dimensions Express CM http www serena com Products dimensions 10 1 3 for Win32 Server Softimage Alienbrain Alienbrain Server 8 1 0 7300 http www alienbrain com SourceGear Fortress 1 1 4 Server http www sourcegear com fortress SourceGear SourceOffsite SourceOffsite Server 4 2 0 http www sourcegear com sos SourceGear Vault 4 1 4 Server gt N 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 206 User Reference Project Menu Clients supported by specific servers Server AccuRev 4 7 0 Windows Bazaar 1 9 Borland StarTeam 2008 R2 Codice Software Plastic SCM Professional 2 7 127 10 Client SCC Plugin AccuBridge for MS SCC 2008 2 Aigenta Unified SCC 1 0 6 Borland Star
275. iew 2 Select the menu option XSL XQuery Go to XSL lt xml version 1 0 encoading LITF a gt xsl stylesheet version 1 0 smin xal http Sawa ses org ISO AASL T ranstorm smiling lt 1 http Say eS org 2000 71 0 lt MLSschema instance x lt min mwy http Any Company comnamespace lt xeltemplate match gt html gt head title Your company tithe head lt body gt hl lt cernter our Company center f1 lt xshapply templates select iny Address lt table border 1 bgcolor lime lt thead align center gt std lt strang First strang Ad ctd lt strong Last strong td std lt strong Ext lt strang Ad Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XSLT Transformations 35 The command opens the Company xs1 file referenced in the XML document 3 Find the line lt table border 1 bgcolor lime gt and change the entry bgcolor lime to bgcolor yellow lt h1 center our Companysicenter sh x8l nece laS au a een align ener std strong First stroang d std lt strong Last strong td 4 Select the menu option File Save to save the changes made to the XSL file 5 Click the CompanyLast xml tab to make the XML file active and select XSL XQuery XSL Transformation or press F10 Anew xSL Output html file appears in the XMLSpy GUI in Browser View The background color of the table is yellow Your Company Name US dependency street N
276. iewing area for the document you are working on 11 12 10Currently Open Window List This list shows all currently open windows and lets you quickly switch between them ATA all on off 1 ipo xsd 2 ipo xrl 3 compFirsk xml You can also use the Ctrl TAB or CTRL F6 keyboard shortcuts to cycle through the open windows Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Help Menu 297 11 13 11 13 1 11 13 2 11 133 Help Menu The Help menu contains all commands required to get help or more information on XMLSpy as well as links to information and support pages on our web server Table of Contents Index Search Keyboard Map Software Activation Order Form Registration Check For Updates Support Center FAQ on the Web Download Components and Free Tools sMLSpY on the Internet AMLSpy Training About MLSpry The Help menu also contains the Registration dialog which lets you enter your license key code once you have purchased the product Table of Contents The Help Table of contents command displays a hierarchical representation of all chapters and topics contained in the online help system Use this command to jump to the table of contents directly from within XMLSpy Once the help window is open use the three tabs to toggle between the table of contents index and search panes The Favorites tab lets you bookmark certain p
277. ight the Alphabetical Sorting feature has been toggled on using the toolbar icon and the selectors are sorted alphabetically You should note the following points i For evaluating the alphabetical order of selectors all parts of the selector are considered including the period hash and colon characters ii When several selectors are grouped together to define a single rule e g h4 h5 h6 then each selector in the group is listed separately Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH HTML and CSS CSS 163 2 55 Outline BMR body hd release reldate bold tabl td tr th E notrames te noframez tr notrames Italic E CS5 Outline x ls ey intro ie main bold Green Italic hoframes Fed r o reldate release table a active a focus a hover p The icons in the toolbar of the CSS Outline entry helper from left to right do the following Toggles automatic synchronization with the document on and off When auto synchronization is switched on selectors are entered in the entry helper even as you type them into the document Synchronizes the entry helper with the current state of the document Toggles alphabetical sorting on and off When off the selectors are listed in the order in which they appear in the document When sorted alphabetically ID selectors appear first because they are prefaced by a hash e g tintro Properties entry helper The Properties e
278. ignored loc The locale for example en us The default is neutral If the assembly is to be loaded from a DLL use the from parameter and omit the sn parameter If the assembly is to be loaded from the Global Assembly Cache GAC use the sn parameter and omit the from parameter 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 324 Engine Information Extensions A question mark must be inserted before the first parameter and parameters must be separated by a semi colon The parameter name gives its value with an equals sign see example below Examples of namespace declarations An example of a namespace declaration in XSLT that identifies the system class System Environment xmlns myns clitype System Environment An example of a namespace declaration in XSLT that identifies the class to be loaded as Trade Forward Scrip xmlns myns clitype Trade Forward Scrip rasm forward version 10 6 2 1 An example of a namespace declaration in XQuery that identifies the system class MyManagedDLL testClass Two cases are distinguished 1 When the assembly is loaded from the GAC declare namespace cs clitype MyManagedDLL testClass asm MyManagedDLL ver 1 2 3 4 Lloc neutral sn b9f091b 2dccfba8 2 When the assembly is loaded from the DLL complete and partial references below declare namespace cs clitype MyManagedDLL testClass from file C Altova Projects extFunctions MyManagedDLL dll declare namespace cs clit
279. iguration for global resources in XMLSpy Customize your version of XMLSpy define your own toolbars keyboard shortcuts menus and macros e Define global XMLSpy settings 11 11 1 Global Resources The Global Resources command pops up the Global Resources dialog screenshot below in which you can e Specify the Global Resources XML File to use for global resources e Add file folder and database global resources or aliases e Specify various configurations for each global resource alias Each configuration maps to a specific resource a Manage Global Resources Definitions fle tings ala My Documentst ltovalGlo c Browse a Files Add Manonull ExpenseReport A 2 Folders X Delete g Edit E uvork brea E Stova i View E Le Databases O Customers O AlttovaDatabase How to define global resources is described in detail in the section Defining Global Resources Note The Altova Global Resources dialog can also be accessed via the Global Resources toolbar Tools Customize Toolbars Global Resources O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 276 User Reference Tools Menu 11 11 2 Active Configuration Mousing over the Active Configuration menu item rolls out a submenu containing all the configurations defined in the currently active Global Resources XML File screenshot below El Global Resources Active Configuration N Customize Options The currently active configurati
280. ild tab displays those elements you can insert as a child of the current element PhoneExt ID Y LastName 0 FirstName EMail Insert Add child To insert an element select the appropriate tab and double click the required element Note that mandatory elements are indicated with an exclamation mark Siblings of allowed elements that cannot themselves be inserted at the cursor point are unavailable If you create a structure that does not match the content model specified in your schema the built in validating parser displays an error message in the Elements Entry Helper window in Grid View Error Mandatory element ID expected in place of Title Insert Add child Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Grid View 51 Please note In the Options dialog Tools Options Editing you can specify that mandatory child elements are inserted when an element is inserted Attributes Entry Helper The Attributes Entry Helper displays a list of available attributes for the element you are currently editing Mandatory attributes are indicated with an exclamation mark before the name of the attribute If an attribute has already been entered for that element that attribute is shown in gray Attributes ReportsTo DateEntered Designer Bonus Manager Programmer Insert Add child e Touse the attributes in the Append and Insert tabs select in Grid View an existing attribute o
281. ile c projects docs docx jar nsl main xmlns ns2 java path jar file c projects docs docx jar ns2 docx layout pages main Here is a complete XSLT example that uses a JAR file to call a Java extension function lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions xmlns car java path jar file C test Carl jar gt lt xsl output exclude result prefixes fn car xsl xs gt lt xsl template match gt lt xsl variable name myCar select car Carl new red gt lt a gt lt xsl value of select car Carl getCarColor myCar gt lt a gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl template match car gt lt xsl stylesheet gt Note When a path is supplied via the extension function the path is added to the ClassLoader 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 320 Engine Information Extensions Java Constructors An extension function can be used to call a Java constructor All constructors are called with the pseudo function new If the result of a Java constructor call can be implicitly converted to XPath XQuery datatypes then the Java extension function will return a sequence that is an XPath XQuery datatype If the result of a Java constructor call cannot be converted to a suitable XPath XQuery datatype then the constructor creates
282. iles OK CATEMPissc CATEMP ssc Bank CSharpicodegen Cancel Select All Advanced Recursive get tree Bas Sy oo Overwrite changed files check box Overwrites those files that have been changed locally with those from the source control database Recursive get tree check box Retrieves all files of the folder tree below the selected folder Select All Selects all the files in the list box Advanced Allows you to define the Replace writable and Set timestamp options in the respective combo boxes Replace writable ASK Cancel Set timestamp Current gt Miemb tee The Make writable check box removes the read only attribute of the retrieved files Check Out The Check Out command checks out the latest version of the selected files and places writable copies in the working directory The files are flagged as checked out for all other users To check out files do the following 1 Select the file or folder you want to check out in the Model Tree 2 Select Project Source Control Check Out 3 In the Check Out dialog that pops up select the files to check out then click OK Note the following points e You can change the number of files to check out by activating the individual check Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 219 boxes in the Files list box e The Checkout local version option checks out only the local versions of files not
283. iles of the web folder Validating and checking a folder for well formedness 1 Click the folder and click the Check well formedness or Validate icon hotkeys F7 or F8 All the files visible under the folder are checked Company irst xml TUT Ty If a file is malformed or invalid then this file is opened in the main window allowing you to edit it 2 Correct the error and restart the process to recheck the rest of the folder Please note You can select discontinuous files in the folder by holding down CTRL and clicking the files singly Only these files are then checked when you click F7 or F8 To update the project folder contents Files may be added or deleted from the web folder at any time To update the folder view e Right click the external folder and select the popup menu option Refresh external folder Deleting files or folders e Right click a folder and hit the Delete key to delete the folder from the Project window This only deletes the folder from the Project view and does not delete anything on the web server e Right clicking a single file and hitting Delete does not delete a file from the Project window You have to delete it physically and then Refresh the external folder contents 11 3 15 Project Properties ra The Project Project Properties command lets you define important settings for any of the specific folders in your project To define the Project Properties for a folder 1 Right cli
284. ime gt lt doc gt lt date gt lt xsl value of select date ToString date new 2008 4 29 xmlns date clitype System DateTime gt lt date gt lt date gt lt xsl value of select date ToString releasedate xmlns date clitype System DateTime gt lt date gt lt doc gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt In the example above a System DateTime constructor new 2008 4 29 is used to create a NET object of type System DateTime This object is created twice once as the value of the variable releasedate a second time as the first and only argument of the System DateTime ToString method The instance method System DateTime ToString is called twice both times with the System DateTime constructor new 2008 4 29 as its first and only argument In one of these instances the variable releasedate is used to get the Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 327 NET object Instance methods and instance fields The difference between an instance method and an instance field is theoretical In an instance method a NET object is directly passed as an argument in an instance field a parameter or variable is passed instead though the parameter or variable may itself contain a NET object For example in the example above the variable releasedate contains a NET object and it is this variable that is passed as the argument of ToString i
285. in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog is erased once XMLSpy has been closed Using XSLT parameters In the following example we select the required document footer from among three possibilities in the XML document footerl1 footer2 footer3 lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt document xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation C workarea footers footers xsd gt lt footerl gt Footer 1 lt footerl gt lt footer2 gt Footer 2 lt footer2 gt lt footer3 gt Footer 3 lt footer3 gt lt title gt Document Title lt title gt lt para gt Paragraph text lt para gt lt para gt Paragraph text lt para gt lt document gt The XSLT file contains a local parameter called footer in the template for the root element This parameter has a default value of footer1 The parameter value is instantiated subsequently in the template with aS footer value in the definition of the footer block lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xsl stylesheet version 1 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns fo http www w3 org 1999 XSL Format gt lt xsl param name footer select document footerl gt lt xsl template match gt LOS FOOLS lt xsl copy of select fo layout master set gt lt fo page sequence master reference default page initial page number 1 format 1 gt lt fo static content flow name xsl
286. in this section either because they are commonly used or require an explanation of the mechanisms or concepts involved The section explains the following e There are three distinct types of tables used in Authentic View The section Using tables in Authentic View explains the three types of tables static SPS dynamic SPS and XML and when and how to use them It starts with the broad conceptual picture and moves to the details of usage e The Date Picker is a graphical calendar that enters dates in the correct XML format when you click a date See Using the Date Picker e An entity is shorthand for a special character or text string You can define your own entities which allows you to insert these special characters or text strings by inserting the corresponding entities See Defining Entities for details e What image formats can be displayed in Authentic View Basic Editing When you edit in Authentic View you are editing an XML document Authentic View however can hide the structural XML markup of the document thus displaying only the content of the document first screenshot below You are therefore not exposed to the technicalities of XML and can edit the document as you would a normal text document If you wish you could switch on the markup at any time while editing second screenshot below Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 16 employees The company was established m Vereno m 1995 as a privately held software comp
287. indows that provide context sensitive data entry options For example the elements or attributes that can be validly added at a given document location are displayed in an entry helper and any one of these options can be inserted by double clicking it Switching to Text View To open the Text View of a document click the Text button at the bottom of the Document Window or select View Text View 3 1 1 Formatting in Text View Text View offers a number of text formatting options These are listed below Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Text View 41 Fonts The font family font size font style and text background color can be customized separately for the following groups of documents i generic XML documents including HTML ii XQuery documents and ili CSS documents Text items in a document that have different semantics can be colored differently For example you can color element names attribute names and element content differently When you set different colors for different text items the syntax coloring feature is enabled Text fonts are customized in the Text Fonts tab of the Options dialog and how to do this is described in the section User Reference Options Text Fonts section of this documentation Indentation Well formed XML documents can be pretty printed This means that the document can be formatted so that the hierarchical structure of the document is displayed using new lines a
288. ine recognizes the prefixes listed above as being bound to the corresponding namespaces e Since the built in functions namespace listed above is the default functions namespace in XQuery the n prefix does not need to be used when built in functions are invoked for example string Hello will call the fn string function However the prefix n can be used to call a built in function without having to declare the namespace in the query prolog for example fn string Hello e You can change the default functions namespace by declaring the default function namespace expression in the query prolog e When using types from the XML Schema namespace the prefix xs may be used without having to explicitly declare the namespaces and bind these prefixes to them in the query prolog Example xs date and xs yearMonthDuration If you wish to use some other prefix for the XML Schema namespace this must be explicitly declared in the query prolog Example declare namespace alt http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema alt date 2004 10 04 e Note that the untypedAtomic dayTimeDuration and yearMonthDuration datatypes have been moved with the CRs of 23 January 2007 from the XPath Datatypes namespace to the XML Schema namespace so xs yearMonthDuration If namespaces for functions type constructors node tests etc are wrongly assigned an error is 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 310 Engine Information XQuery 1 0 Engine Imple
289. ing at attribute base ur71 add dayTimeDuration to dateTime add dayTimeDuration to t1me add dayTimeDburations add yearMonthOuration to date add yearMonthOurati on to dateTime add yearMonthDurations T T T T T T T T in a a a a a a Note the following points e The color of items in the three Entry Helpers are different and correspond to the syntax coloring used in the text These colors cannot be changed e The listed keywords and functions are those supported by the Altova XQuery Engine e The variables are defined in the XQuery document itself When as and a character are entered in Text View the character is entered in the Variables Entry Helper unless a variable consisting of exactly that character exists As soon as a variable name that is being entered matches a variable name that already exists the newly entered variable name disappears from the Entry Helper e To navigate in any Entry Helper click an item in the Entry Helper and then use either the scrollbar mouse wheel or page down and page up to move up and down the list To insert any of the items listed in the Entry Helpers into the document place the cursor at the required insertion point and double click the item In XQuery some character strings represent both a keyword and a function empty unordered and except These strings are always entered as keywords in blue even if you select the function of that name in the Functions Entry Helper Wh
290. ing for the curre Quit the application prompts to save documents Create a new document Open an existing document Open an existing document directly from a UAL Print the active document Print Preview Change the printer and printing options Reload open file Save the active document Save all open documents Save the active document with a new name Send document by e mail To view commands in a particular menu select the menu name in the Category combo box You can print the command by clicking the printer icon You should note the following points about shortcuts e Certain commands and their shortcuts are applicable only within a certain view For example most of the commands in the XML menu are applicable only in Grid View Other commands such as File Save or XML Check Well Formedness are available in multiple views e Other cool shortcuts For example Shift F10 brings up the context menu in Text View and Schema WSDL View Ctrl E when the cursor is inside an element start or end tag in Text View moves the cursor to the end or start tag respectively e Inthe Keyboard tab of the Customize dialog you can also set your own shortcuts for various menu commands 11 13 5 Activation Order Form Registration Updates Software Activation After you download your Altova product software you can activate it using either a free evaluation key or a purchased permanent license key Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Alto
291. ing project is opened with the menu command Project Open Project The newly opened project whether new or existing replaces the previously opened project in the Project Window If the previously opened project contains unsaved changes indicated by an asterisk next to the folder name see screenshot below you are asked whether you wish to save these changes Naming and saving projects A new project is named when you save it A project is saved with the Project Save Project command and has the spp file extension After a project has been modified the project must be saved for the modifications to be stored Note that a project indicated by the top level folder in the Project Window can only be re named by changing its name in Windows File Explorer the name cannot be changed in the GUI The names of sub folders however can be changed in the GUI Project structure A project has a tree structure of folders and files Folders and files can be created at any level and to an unlimited depth Do this by selecting a folder in the Project Window and then using the commands in the Project menu or context menu to add folders files or resources Folders files and resources that have been added to a project can be deleted or dragged to other locations in the project tree When a new project is created the default project structure organizes the project by file type 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 178 Projects Creating and Editing Pr
292. ing the Reset button the Don t show this again prompt is re enabled After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Window Menu 295 11 12 11 12 1 11 12 2 11 12 3 11 12 4 11 12 5 11 12 6 11 12 7 Window Menu To organize the individual document windows in an XMLSpy session the Window menu contains standard commands common to most Windows applications You can cascade the open document windows tile them or arrange document icons once you have minimized them You can also switch the various Entry Helper windows on or off or switch to an open document window directly from the menu Cascade This command rearranges all open document windows so that they are all cascaded i e staggered on top of each other Tile Horizontally This command rearranges all open document windows as horizontal tiles making them all visible at the same time Tile Vertically This command rearranges all open document windows as vertical tiles making them all visible at the same time Project Window This command lets you switch the on or off This is a dockable window Dragging on its title bar detaches it from its current position and makes it a floating window Click right on the title bar to allow docking or hide the window Info Window This command lets you switch the Info Window on or off This is a dockable window Dragging on
293. ing the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Colors The Colors tab enables you to customize the background colors used in the Table View of Grid View In the screenshot below the colors have been changed from the default colors by clicking the palette icon next to each item and then selecting the preferred color Header unselected Fa Header selected PL amp Nor existing elements unselected PAN Ha Mon extsting elements selected Fa Table View The Header unselected and Header selected options refer to the column and row headers The screenshot below shows headers unselected its color is as set in the dialog above Hame Person 3 O First Last Title Y PhoneExt 4 vernon Calaby i 2 Frank Further Accounts Recelwable 471 The Header Selected color is activated when all headers are selected screenshot below not when individual headers are selected The screenshot below shows this using the colors defined in the dialog shown above All headers can be selected by clicking the cell that intersects both headers or by selecting the element created as the table or any of its ancestors Person 3 eee Phonebd Vernon Calaby Non existent Elements When an element or attribute does not exist in the XML document then it can be given different background colors when selected and unselected This is shown in the screenshot below in 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 292 User Refere
294. ings and customization which you should read for a general idea of the range of settings and customization options available to you and how these can be changed This section is organized as follows e Settings and Customization Describes how and where important settings and customization options can be defined e Tutorials Projects Examples notes the location of the various non program files included in the application package e Product features and documentation and Altova products provides links to the Altova website where you can find information about product features additional Help formats and other Altova products Settings and Customization In XMLSpy there are several settings and customization options that you can select In this section we point you to these options This section is organized into the following parts e Settings e Customization Settings Several important XMLSpy settings are defined in different tabs in the Options dialog You should look through the various options to familiarize yourself with what s available Customization You can also customize various aspects of XMLSpy including the appearance of the GUI These customization options are available in the Customize dialog accessed via the menu command Tools Customize The various customization options are described in the User Reference section Tutorials Projects Examples The XMLSpy installation package contains tutorials projec
295. ion in the document hierarchy should you wish to do so The editing features of XML tables and the XML table editing icons are described below SPS Tables Two types of SPS tables are used in Authentic View static tables and dynamic tables Static tables are fixed in their structure and in the content type of cells You as the user of Authentic View can enter data into the table cells but you cannot change the structure of these tables i e add rows or columns etc or change the content type of a cell You enter data either by typing in text or by selecting from options presented in the form of check box or radio button alternatives or as a list in a combo box After you enter data you can edit it Nanonull Inc Street 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 Phone 1 321 555 5155 City Wereno Fax 1 321 5545451455 9 State amp Zip Do 29215 E mail etice nanonull com Please note The icons or commands for editing dynamic tables must not be used to edit static tables Dynamic tables have rows that represent a repeating data structure i e each row has an identical data structure not the case with static tables Therefore you can perform row operations append row insert row move row up move row down and delete row These commands are available under the Authentic menu and as icons in the toolbar shown below To use these commands place the cursor anywhere in the appropriate row and then select the required command Al
296. ion on catalogs see the XML Catalogs specification Automating validation with Altova XML 2009 Altova XML is a free application which contains Altova s XML Validator XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 engines It can be used from the command line via a COM interface in Java programs and in NET applications to validate XML documents transform XML documents using XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 stylesheets and execute XQuery documents Validation tasks can therefore be automated with the use of Altova XML For example you can create a batch file that calls AltovaXML to perform validation on a set of documents and sends the output to a text file See the AltovaXML documentation for details 11 4 4 Update Entry Helpers 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 242 User Reference XML Menu The XML Update Entry Helpers command updates the Entry Helper windows by reloading the underlying DTD or Schema If you have modified the XML Schema or DTD that an open XML document is based upon it is advisable to update the Entry Helpers so that the intelligent editing information reflects the changes in the schema Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference DTD Schema Menu 243 11 5 11 5 1 11 5 2 11 5 3 DTD Schema Menu The DTD Schema menu contains commands that let you work efficiently with DTDs and XML Schemas This section contains a complete description of all the commands in this menu Assign DTD The DTD Schema Assi
297. is added and will look as below e Sequence e Choice 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 58 Editing Views Schema View aoe E 1 0 To change the compositor right click the compositor and select Change Model Sequence or Choice or All After you have added the compositor you will need to add child element s or a model group Components in the Content Model Given below is a list of components that are used in content models The graphical representation of each provides detailed information about the component s type and structural properties e Mandatory single element Details The rectangle indicates an element and the solid border indicates that the element is required The absence of a number range indicates a single element i e minOcc 1 and maxOcc 1 The name of the element is Country The blue color indicates that the element is currently selected a component is selected by clicking it When a component is not selected it is white e Single optional element Location Details The rectangle indicates an element and the dashed border means the element is optional The absence of a number range indicates a single element i e mi nOcc 0 and maxOcc 1 Element name is Location Note The context menu option Optional converts a mandatory element into an optional one e Mandatory multiple element Maat Leo Details The rectangle indicates an element and the solid border indi
298. is based on the AddressLast xsd schema you created earlier in the tutorial To create the new XML file 1 Select the menu option File New The Create new document dialog opens 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 22 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents Create new document f x Select the type of document you wish to create Web Services Description Language dr ML Data Reduced Schema whtrnl Extensible Hypertest Markup Language wml DocBook 4 2 Article rn DocBook 4 2 Book sml EJB 2 0 Deployment Descriptor sml Extensible Markup Language 145 BRL Document sml J2EE 1 3 Application sml J2EE 1 3 Applicaton Client sml J2EE Connector 1 0 Resource Adapter sml Servlet 2 3 Deployment Descriptor j A ee Select a StyleVision Stylesheet Cancel 2 Selectthe Extensible Markup Language entry or generic XML document entry from the dialog and confirm with OK A prompt appears asking if you want to base the XML document on a DID or Schema 2 x If you intend to create a new 8ML document instance based on a certain schema or DTO ML Spy can automatically add the proper assignment for you in this case please select whether you intend to base pour document on a DTO or Schema Lancel Uthenvise please click the cancel button to begin with a new empty document 3 Click the Schema radio button and confirm with OK A further dialog appears asking you to select the schema file your XML document
299. is considered to be selected for this purpose by placing the cursor within the the node or by clicking either the start or end tag of the node Clear The Clear command clears the element markup from around the selection If the entire node is selected then the element markup is cleared for the entire node If a text segment is selected then the element markup is cleared from around that text segment only Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Browser View 91 3 5 Browser View Browser View is typically used to view e XML files that have an associated XSLT file When you switch to Browser View the XML file is transformed on the fly using the associated XSLT stylesheet and the result is displayed directly in the browser e HTML files which are either created directly as HTML or created via an XSLT transformation of an XML file To view XML and HTML files in Browser View click the Browser tab Note about Microsoft Internet Explorer and XSLT Browser View requires Microsoft s Internet Explorer 5 0 or later If you wish to use Browser View for viewing XML files transformed by an XSLT stylesheet we strongly recommend Internet Explorer 6 0 or later which uses MSXML 3 0 an XML parser that fully supports the XSLT 1 0 standard You might also wish to install MSXML 4 0 Please see our Download Center for more details Note that support for XSLT in IE 5 is not 100 compatible with the official XSLT Recommendation So
300. is generated The word transformation is a convention Method The method used to carry out the transformation is as follows e Assign a predefined XSL file Company xs1 to the XML document e Execute the transformation within the XMLSpy interface using one of the two built in Altova XSLT engines See note below Commands used in this section The following XMLSpy commands are used in this section XSL XQuery Assign XSL which assigns an XSL file to the active XML document XSL XQuery Go to XSL opens the XSL file referenced by the active XML document XSL XQuery XSL Transformation F10 or the toolbar icon transforms the active XML document using the XSL stylesheet assigned to the XML file If an XSL file has not been assigned then you will be prompted for one when you select this command Please note XMLSpy has two built in XSLT engines the Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine and Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine The Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine is used to process XSLT 1 0 stylesheets The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine is used to process XSLT 2 0 stylesheets The correct engine is automatically selected by XMLSpy on the basis of the version attribute in the xs1 stylesheet or xsl transform element In this tutorial transformation we use XSLT 1 0 stylesheets The Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine will automatically be selected for transformations with these stylesheets when the XSL Transformation command is invoked Assigning an XSLT File To assign an XSLT file to the
301. is to be based on 4 Use the Browse or Window buttons to find the schema file The Window button lists all files open in XMLSpy and projects Select AddressLast xsd see Tutorial introduction for location and confirm with OK An XML document containing the main elements defined by the schema opens in the main window Notice the structure of the document in Text View 5 Click the Grid tab to select Grid View 6 In Grid View notice the structure of the document Click on any element to reduce selection to that element Your document should look something like this Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 23 AL version encoding Company xmins httg Jimny company comnamespace xmins xs http hay 93 org 2007 ML Schema ischemaLoca http iny company comnamespace AddressLast xsd Address Person Manadger 7 Click on the icon next to Address to view the child elements of Address Your document should look like this Company xmins httg Sin company com namespace xmins xsf http thaw 923 org 2001 ML Schema insts xsischema http finy company comnamespace AddressLast xsd Address Hame Street City Person hianadger 2 3 2 Specifying the Type of an Element The child elements of Address are those defined for the global complex type AddressType the content model of which is defined in the XML Schema AddressLast xsd shown in the Grid View s
302. italic lt gt lt para gt when processed with the XSLT template lt xsl template match para gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl template gt will produce This is boldital1G Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XSLT 1 0 Engine Implementation Information 305 To get a space between bold and italic in the output insert a space character within either the lt b gt or lt i gt elements in the XML source For example lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt italic lt gt lt para gt or lt para gt This is lt b gt bold amp x20 lt b gt lt i gt italic lt gt lt para gt or lt para gt This is lt b gt bold lt b gt lt i gt amp x20 italic lt gt lt para gt When such an XML fragment is processed with the same XSLT template given above it will produce This 15 bola italte O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 306 Engine Information XSLT 2 0 Engine Implementation Information 1 2 1 2 1 XSLT 2 0 Engine Implementation Information The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine is built into Altova s XMLSpy StyleVision Authentic and MapForce XML products It is also available in the free AltovaXML package This section describes the engine s implementation specific aspects of behavior It starts with a section giving general information about the engine and then goes on to list the implementation specific behavior of XSLT 2 0 functions For information about im
303. itch on messages from the FO processor to show i the processor s standard output message in the Messages window and ii the processor s error messages in the Messages window To switch on either these two options check the appropriate check box at the bottom of the dialog Please note e The Apache FOP processor can be downloaded free of charge using the link at the Altova Download Center After downloading and installing FOP you must set the path to the FOP batch file in the of the Options dialog Tools Options XSL Parameters XQuery Variables The XSL XQuery XSL Parameters XQuery Variables command opens the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog see screenshot You can enter the name of one or more parameters you wish to pass to the XSLT stylesheet or one or more external XQuery variables you wish to pass to the XQuery document and their respective values These parameters are used as foolws in XMLSpy e When the XSL Transformation command in the XSL XQuery menu is used to transform an XML document the parameter values currently saved in the dialog are passed to the selected XSLT document and used for the transformation e When the XQuery Execution command in the XSL XQuery menu is used to process an XQuery document the XQuery external variable values currently saved in the dialog are passed to the XQuery document for the execution Please note Parameters or variables that you enter in the XSLT Input Parameters
304. ite Internal http kay nanon com Append branches SYSTEM branches xml amp logo SYSTEM nanonull cif Insert Delete 2 Enter the name of your entity in the Name field This is the name that will appear in the Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 157 7 2 7 Entities Entry Helper Enter the type of entity from the drop down list in the Type field The following types are possible An Internal entity is one for which the text to be used is stored in the XML document itself Selecting PUBLIC or SYSTEM specifies that the resource is located outside the XML file and will be located with the use of a public identifier or a system identifier respectively A system identifier is a URI that gives the location of the resource public identifier is a location independent identifier which enables some processors to identify the resource If you specify both a public and system identifier the public identifier resolves to the system identifier and the system identifier is used If you have selected PUBLIC as the Type enter the public identifier of your resource in the PUBLIC field If you have selected Internal or SYSTEM as your Type the PUBLIC field is disabled In the Value Path field you can enter any one of the following e f the entity type is Internal enter the text string you want as the value of your entity Do not enter quotes to delimit the entry Any quotes that you ente
305. iters Inserting file paths Th Edit Insert File Path command enables you to browse for the file in question and insert its file path at the selected location in the XML document being edited This command enables you to quickly and accurately enter a file path See the command description for more details Inserting XML fragments via XInclude The Edit Insert XInclude enables you via XInclude to insert the contents of an entire XML document or a fragment of one in the XML document being edited This command enables you to quickly and accurately enter a file path See the command description for more details 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 98 XML Editing XML in Text View Copying XPath and XPointer expressions to the clipboard The XPath and XPointer expressions of the selected node can be copied to the clipboard using the Edit Copy XPath and Edit Copy XPointer commands respectively This enables you to obtain the correct XPath and XPointer expressions for a given node The copied expressions can then be inserted at the required location for example an XPath expression in an XSLT stylesheet and an XPointer expression in the href attribute of an xinclude element For more detailed descriptions of the commands see their descriptions in the User Reference section Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XML Editing XML in Grid View 99 4 4 Editing XML in Grid View Grid View shows the hierarchical structure of XML do
306. its title bar detaches it from its current position and makes it a floating window Click right on the title bar to allow docking or hide the window Entry Helpers This command lets you switch all three Entry Helper Windows on or off All three Entry helpers are dockable windows Dragging on a title bar detaches it from its current position and makes it a floating window Click right on the title bar to allow docking or hide the window Output Windows The Output Windows are a set of three tabbed outputs i Validation Results ii Find in Files and iii XPath Evaluation results The initial setting is for them to open at below the Main Window The Output Windows command lets you switch the Output Windows on or off The Output Windows window is dockable Dragging on its title bar detaches it from its current position and makes it a floating window Click right on the title bar to allow docking or to hide the window O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 296 User Reference Window Menu For a complete description of Output Windows see Output Windows in the section Text View 11 12 8 Project and Entry Helpers This command toggles on and off the display of the Project Window and the Entry Helpers together 11 12 9 All On Off This command lets you switch all dockable windows on or off the Info Window e the three Entry Helper Windows This is useful if you want to hide all non document windows quickly to get the maximum v
307. ix the validation error 1 2 Place the cursor after the city element and in the Elements Entry Helper double click the Zip element Ensure the cursor is between the start and end tags of the zip element and enter the Zip Code of the State 04812 then confirm with Enter The Elements Entry Helper now shows that the State element is mandatory it is prefixed with an exclamation mark Place the cursor after the Zip element and in the Elements Entry Helper double click the State element Then enter the name of the state Texas Confirm with Enter The Elements Entry Helper now contains only grayed out elements This shows that there are no more required child elements of Address Switch to Grid View to view your changes screenshot below A XML di Co edited with XML Spy v4 0 U http thew miz py corn alex pilz taktova Company xmins http Siny company comnamespace xmins htp See 23 org 2001 AML Schema inst AS htp my company cominamespace AddressLast xsd Address itype LS Address Hame US dependency i Street Noble Ave City Dallas Zip Person Manager true Degree BA Programmer tal 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 30 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents Completing the document and revalidating Let us now complete the document enter data for the Person element before revalidating Do the following 1 Inthe element First enter a first name say Fred Then press Enter 2 Inthe same w
308. java lang Integer Rect loat float primitive java lang Float double primitive xs double double primitive java Lang Double xs decimal float primitive java lang Float double primitive java Lang Double Subtypes of the XML Schema datatypes listed above and which are used in XPath and XQuery will also be converted to the Java type s corresponding to that subtype s ancestor type In some cases it might not be possible to select the correct Java method based on the supplied information For example consider the following case e The supplied argument is an xs untypedAtomic value of 10 and it is intended for the method mymethod float e However there is another method in the class which takes an argument of another datatype mymethod double e Since the method names are the same and the supplied type xs untypedAtomic could be converted correctly to either float Or double It is possible that xs untypedAtomic IS converted to double instead of float e Consequently the method selected will not be the required method and might not produce the expected result To work around this you can create a user defined method with a different name and use this method Types that are not covered in the list above for example xs date will not be converted and will generate an error However note that in some cases it might be possible to create the required Java type by using a Java constructor Datatypes J
309. l be based on the AddressLast xsd schema so make sure that you do not modify the AddressLast xsd schema that is supplied withy our installation Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents 21 2 3 2 3 1 XML Documents In this section you will learn how to create and work with XML documents in XMLSpy You will also learn how to use the various intelligent editing features of XMLSpy Objective The objectives of this section are to learn how to do the following e Create a new XML document based on the AddressLast xsd schema e Specify the type of an element so as to make an extended content model for that element available to the element during validation e Insert elements and attributes and enter content for them in Text View using intelligent entry helpers e Validate the XML document Commands used in this section In this section of the tutorial you will mostly use the Grid View and Text View and in one section the Schema WSDL View The following commands are used File New Creates a new type of XML file View Text View Switches to Text View F7 Checks for well formedness F8 Validates the XML document against the associated DTD or Schema Opens the associated DTD or XML Schema file Creating a New XML File When you create a new XML file in XMLSpy you are given the option of basing it on a schema DTD or XML Schema or not In this section you will create a new file that
310. l editing views in the Enterprise and Professional Editions These views are described in detail in the individual sections about them in the User Manual e The right hand area contains the three Entry Helper windows which enable you to insert or append elements attributes and entities What entries are displayed in the Entry Helper wndows depends on the current selection or cursor location in the XML file a O x Em File Edit Project ML DTDfSchema Schema design SSLQuery Authentic View Browser Tools Window Help _ Ax III A a Eo 2 Project lt ml version 1 0 Elements nx encoding UTFES F gt Examples lt edited with ML Spy v4 0 NT e o _ beta 2 build Jul 26 2001 P imi ene https aaa XAT spy Com by pi El AML Files Wladislay Gavrielow Altova gt orgchart EM OrgChart xml lt altova_sps Orgchart sps7 gt para T eE YSL Fi e lt Orgchart xml ns Person H Ies Http Aaaa mls py coms Chemas forge tstbold Eg DTD Schemas hart mins ipo tsiitalic http a al Cova Com TIPO ts iunderline xmln5 1x5 Http Afi Ww 0rg 2001 MLSchema 1 Attributes hx Text Grid read only Schema SCEA F x sMLSp 2009 Registered to Ohas Altowa GmbH 61998 2008 Altova GmbH Ln 1 Col 34 CAP NUM SCEL g The details of the interface are explained as we go along Note that the interface changes dynamically according to the document that is active in the Main Window and a
311. lar node say one for person specific details as a table If the stylesheet designer has enabled the creation of this node as an XML table then you can determine the structure of the table and edit its contents XML tables are discussed in detail in the Using tables in Authentic View section 7 1 4 Entering Data in Authentic View Data is entered into the XML document directly in the main window of Authentic View Additionally for attributes data the value of the attribute can be entered in the Attributes entry helper Data is entered i directly as text or ii by selecting an option in a data entry device which is then mapped to a predefined text entry Adding text content You can enter element content and attribute values directly as text in the main window of Authentic View To insert content place the cursor at the location where you want to insert the text and type You can also copy text from the clipboard into the document Content can also be edited using standard editing mechanisms such as the Delete and Caps keys key by highlighting the text and typing in the replacement text or deleting the highlighted text For example to change the name of the company in the Name field of of fice place the cursor after Nanonull and type in USA to change the name from Nanonull Inc to Nanonull USA Inc Nanonull TEA Inc Location lus If text is editable you will be able to place your cursor in it and highlight it otherwi
312. layed in red used attributes in gray Mandatory attributes are indicated with an exclamation mark before the name of the attribute Attributes x51 type href To insert an attribute double click the required attribute The attribute is inserted at the cursor point together with an equals to sign and quotes to delimit the attribute value The cursor is placed between the quotes so you can start typing in the attribute value directly e Grid View When an element is selected the attributes that can be added as a child are listed in the Add Child tab of then entry helper When an attribute is selected the available attributes are listed in the Append after and Insert before tabs Unused attributes are displayed in black used attributes in gray e Authentic View When an element is selected the attributes declared for that element become visible Enter he value of the attribute in the entry helper Entities entry helper Any parsed or unparsed entity that is declared inline within the XML document or in an external DTD is displayed in the Entities entry helper In all three views Text Grid and Authentic an entity is inserted at the cursor insertion point by double clicking it In Grid View entities are displayed in the Append and Insert tabs Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH XML Entry Helpers for XML Documents 103 Note that if you add an internal entity you will need to save and reopen your document b
313. ld like to continue using the program after the 30 day evaluation period you have to purchase an Altova Software License Agreement which is delivered in the form of a key code that you enter into the Software Activation dialog to unlock the product You can purchase your license at the online shop at the Altova website Helping Others within Your Organization to Evaluate the Software If you wish to distribute the evaluation version within your company network or if you plan to use it on a PC that is not connected to the Internet you may only distribute the Setup programs provided that they are not modified in any way Any person that accesses the software installer that you have provided must request their own 30 day evaluation license key code and after expiration of their evaluation period must also purchase a license in order to be able to continue using the product For further details please refer to the Altova Software License Agreement at the end of this section O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 342 License Information Intellectual Property Rights 3 2 Intellectual Property Rights The Altova Software and any copies that you are authorized by Altova to make are the intellectual property of and are owned by Altova and its suppliers The structure organization and code of the Software are the valuable trade secrets and confidential information of Altova and its suppliers The Software is protected by copyright including without
314. le conditions and to request a reasonable fee before providing such information Any information supplied by Altova or obtained by you as permitted hereunder may only be used by you for the purpose described herein and may not be disclosed to any third party or used to create any software which is substantially similar to the expression of the Software Requests for information from users in the European Union with respect to the above should be directed to the Altova Customer Support Department 1 Other Restrictions You may not loan rent lease sublicense distribute or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Software to third parties except to the limited extent set forth in Section 3 or otherwise expressly provided You may not copy the Software except as expressly set forth above and any copies that you are permitted to make pursuant to this Software License Agreement must contain the same copyright patent and other intellectual property markings that appear on or in the Software You may not modify adapt or translate the Software You may not directly or indirectly encumber or suffer to exist any lien or security interest on the Software knowingly take any action that would cause the Software to be placed in the public domain or use the Software in any computer environment not specified in this Software License Agreement You will comply with applicable law and Altova s instructions regarding the use of the Software You agree to no
315. leType Ele http www xmilspy com schemas orgchart ec element flgroup complex Type AF simple Type P a by Type by Namespace In the tree display global components are organized into the following six groups Element Declarations Elements Model Groups Groups Complex Types Simple Types Attribute Declarations Attributes Attribute Groups Expanding a component type group in the tree displays all the components in that group see screenshot This enables you to easily navigate to a required component 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 68 Editing Views Schema View Components Alt http aww altova comiPO EJcomplexType AE ipo Address AE ipo EU Address E ipo US Address EjsimpleType Ele http www xemilspy com schemas orgchart HJelement Elgroup 2 Departments EcomplexType AE DivisionType AE OfficeType AE PersonType E TextType AlsimpleType 3 emailType If a component has a content model i e if it is an Element Group or Complex Type double clicking it will cause the content model of that component to be displayed in Content Model View in the Main Window If the component does not have a content model i e if it is a Simple Type Attribute or Attribute Group then the component is highlighted in the Schema Overview in the Main Window Please note If the component is in an included or imported schema then the included imported schema is opened if it is n
316. lement Insert Text content Move selection bar Open last file Paste Redo Refresh Replace Select All Start Debugger Go Esc CTRL ALT CTRL ALT D CTRL ALT M CTRL ALT E CTRL ALT T CTRL CTRL D CTRL M CTRL E Grid View CTRL T F7 CTRL F4 Alt F4 Num CTRL Num Return Space bar CTRL C SHIFT Del or CTRL X CTRL TAB and CTRL F6 Del Num Num CTRL N CTRL O CTRL P CTRL S CTRL F CTRL E Text View CTRL SHIFT CTRL SHIFT D CTRL SHIFT M CTRL SHIFT E CTRL SHIFT T Arrow keys up down Alt F 1 CTRL V CTRL Y F5 CTRL H CTRL A Alt F11 Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 283 Step Into F11 Step Out Shift F11 Step Over CTRL F11 To view an element definition CTRL Double click on an element Undo CTRL Z Validate F8 XSL Transformation F10 XSL FO Transformation CTRL F10 In the application you can see a list of commands together with their shortcuts and descriptions in the Keyboard Map dialog Help Keyboard Map Menu The Menu tab allows you to customize the main menu bars as well as the popup right click context menus x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Macros Plug Ins Options Application Frame Menus Contest Menus Show Menus har Select context menu MLS py Reset Heset MLSpy Document Hint select
317. limitation by United States Copyright Law international treaty provisions and applicable laws in the country in which it is being used Altova retains the ownership of all patents copyrights trade secrets trademarks and other intellectual property rights pertaining to the Software and that Altova s ownership rights extend to any images photographs animations videos audio music text and applets incorporated into the Software and all accompanying printed materials Notifications of claimed copyright infringement should be sent to Altova s copyright agent as further provided on the Altova Web Site Altova software contains certain Third Party Software that is also protected by intellectual property laws including without limitation applicable copyright laws as described in detail at http Awww altova com legal_3rdparty html All other names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Altova End User License Agreement 343 3 3 Altova End User License Agreement THIS IS A LEGAL DOCUMENT RETAIN FOR YOUR RECORDS ALTOVA END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT Licensor Altova GmbH Rudolfsplatz 13a 9 A 1010 Wien Austria Important Read Carefully Notice to User This End User License Agreement Software License Agreement is a legal document between you and Altova GmbH Altova It is important that you read this document before using the Alto
318. ll processing speed enables users to work offline that is not connected to a network and improves the portability of documents because URIs need to be changed in the catalog files only The catalog mechanism in XMLSpy works as follows e XMLSpy loads a file called RootCatalog xml which contains a list of catalog files that will be looked up You can enter as many catalog files to look up each ina nextCatalog element in RootCatalog xml e The catalog files included in RootCatalog xml are looked up and the URIs are resolved according to the mappings specified in the catalog files You should take care Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XML Menu 241 not to duplicate mappings as this could lead to errors e Two catalog files are supplied with XMLSpy How these work is described in the section Catalogs in XML Spy e he PUBLIC Or SYSTEM identifier in the pDocTYPE statement of your XML file will be used for the catalog lookup For popular schemas the PUBLIC identifier is usually pre defined thus requiring only the URI in the catalog file to be changed when XML documents are used on multiple machines When writing your CustomCatalog xml file or other custom catalog file use only the following subset of the OASIS catalog in order for XMLSpy to process the catalog correctly Each of the elements in the supported subset can take the xml base attribute which is used to specify the base URI of that element
319. llows 1 Click on any open XML file with the xm1 file extension other than CompanyLast xml to make that XML file the active file If no other XML file is open open one or create a new XML file Select the menu option Project Add active file to project The XML file is added to the XML Files folder on the basis of its xml file type In the same way add an HTML file and XSD file say the Company html and AddressFirst xsd files to the project These files will be added to the HTML Files folder and DTD Schemas folder respectively Save the project either by selecting the menu option Project Save Project or by selecting any file or folder in the Project Window and clicking the Save icon in the toolbar or File Save Please note Alternatively you can right click a project folder and select Add Active File to add the active file to that specific folder Other useful commands Here are some other commonly used project commands To add a new folder to a project select Project Add Project folder to Project and insert the name of the project folder To delete a folder from a project right click the folder and select Delete from the context menu To delete a file from a project select the file and press the Delete key O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 38 XMLSpy Tutorial That s lt 2 6 That s It If you have come this far congratulations and thank you We hope that this tutorial has been helpful in intr
320. lls back to the selected version of the file Report Generates a history report which you can send to the printer file or clipboard Help opens the online help of the source control provider plugin Show Differences The Show Differences command displays the differences between the file currently in the source control repository and the checked in out file of the same name in the working directory If you have pinned one of the files in the history dialog box then the pinned file will be used in the Compare text box Any two files can be selected using the Browse buttons To show the differences between two files do the following 1 2 Difference Options Check out a file from your project Click on the file in the project window Select the menu option Project Source control Show Differences A dialog box prompting for more information may appear at this time ds Lompare ve soy detault sm Browse w OK To e projects spywebdefault Browse w Cancel Format Report i Visual SourceSafe C Unis Help Project Ignore white space T Ignore case Advanced gt gt El IS ee EEN ee coe A Select the appropriate entries and confirm with OK Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 225 Differences for Altoval est altova eye_ spy default xml alela all ale 2 Altoval estaltoyaeye spydetault xml cApropecte sprmebi detal xml
321. loaded without schema information e Ina well formed but invalid document that contains two or more elements having the same ID value the first element in document order is returned Lin SCOpe preta e Only default namespaces may be undeclared in the XML xes document However even when a default namespace is undeclared on an element node the prefix for the default namespace which is the zero length string is returned for that node e See note on whitespace in the General Information section e The Unicode character set is supported normalize unic e The normalization forms NFC NFD NFKC and NFKD are ode supported e See note on whitespace in the General Information section resolve UEL e If the second optional argument is omitted the URI to be resolved the first argument is resolved against the base URI from the static context which is the URI of the XSLT stylesheet or the base URI given in the prolog of the XQuery document e The relative URI the first argument is appended after the last in the path notation of the base URI notation e If the value of the first argument is the zero length string the base URI from the static context is returned and this URI includes the file name of the document from which the base URI of the static context is derived e g the XSLT or XML file static base ur e The base URI from the static context is the base URI of the 1 XSLT stylesheet or the base URI specified in the prolog of
322. lobal element in it all of which are potential document or root elements You can select which of these is to be the root element of the XML document in the Select a Root Element dialog which pops up if you select Schema in the New File dialog and if the XML Schema has more than one global element Select a root element E Ioj x atorn Cancel atorm rray bord bond rray coordinate coordinated The new XML document is created with this element as its document element Assigning a StyleVision Power Stylesheet when creating a new document When a new XML document is created you can associate a StyleVision Power Stylesheet sps file to view the document in Authentic View In the Create New Document dialog see screenshot above when you click the Select StyleVision Stylesheet the Create New Document dialog shown below appears Create new document NEAL Hews PsP Patents l Publizhina rim tel heilite e miezsume z i l Cancel daisy dita Examples gcapaper hr rl dtbook sps Browse You can browse for the required StyleVision Power Stylesheet in the folder tabs displayed in the New dialog Alternatively you can click the Browse button to navigate for and select the StyleVision Power Stylesheet The tabs that appear in the New dialog correspond to folders in the sps Template folder of your application folder Open Ctri O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 186 User R
323. log This opens the Edit Parameters dialog see screenshot Edit Parameters In thig dialog enter parameter names without leading Ff Farameter Name Default Value 10 00 LA 2004 06 24 Cancel O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 150 Authentic Editing in Authentic View 2 Click Append or Insert Bl 3 Type in the name and value of the parameter in the appropriate fields Please note The Edit Parameters dialog contains all the parameters that have been defined for the stylesheet While it is an error to use an undeclared parameter in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet it is not an error to declare a parameter and not use it Using parameters in queries To enter the name of a parameter as the value of an expression e Type s into the value input field followed without any intervening space by the name of the parameter in the Edit Database Query dialog Please note If the parameter has already been declared then the entry will be colored green If the parameter has not been declared the entry will be red and you must declare it Re ordering criteria in DB Queries The logical structure of the DB Query and the relationship between any two criteria or sets of criteria is indicated graphically Each level of the logical structure is indicated by a square bracket Two adjacent criteria or sets of criteria indicate the AND operator whereas if two criteria are separated by the word Or then the OR operator is indicate
324. log now pops up screenshot below Look iri Altowal est E AltovaTest sp p File name altovaT est spp Files of type MLS py Project pp a Lancel i 4 Click the project file you want to create and click Open The file opens in XMLSpy and the file is placed under source control That it is under source control is indicated by the lock symbol on the file icon in the Projects folder Source control symbols Folders and files display certain symbols the meanings of which are given below The Lock symbol denotes that a folder or file is under source or 3 control but is currently not checked out A Red Check denotes checked out The XMLSpy project file has ry or I been checked out for editing An asterisk indicates that changes have been made to the file you will be prompted to save the file when you exit A Person symbol shows that a file has been checked out by someone else in the network 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 216 User Reference Project Menu Enable Source Control The Enable Source Control command allows you to enable or disable source control for a XMLSpy project Selecting this option on any file or folder enables disables source control for the whole project Enabling Source Control for a project To enable source control for a project do the following 1 Click on any file or folder in the Project window 2 Select the menu option Project Source Control Enable Sourc
325. lows you to focus on one element and its children and ignore all the other surrounding elements The command can be used in the Grid View Select the item that you want to work with and choose this command to collapse all other unselected elements Optimal Widths A This command adjusts the widths of all columns so that the text of the entire document fits into the designated columns If you expand and collapse several elements select the Optimal widths command as only visible items are taken into account when calculating the optimum column widths Word Wrap Cat This command enables or disables word wrapping in the Text view Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference View Menu 271 11 9 14 11 9 15 11 9 16 Go to Line Char mu Hotkey CTRL g This command goes to a specific line number and or character position in an XML document in the Text view If you are working with an external XSLT processor see the for details you may often get error messages by line number and character position XMLSpy lets you quickly navigate to that spot using this command Go to text line character E ax Line number il Character number i Cancel i IF you are viewing your document in the Enhanced Grid View this will show pou the element closest to the lne or character number you enter For an exact position check please use the Test View Go to File This command opens a document tha
326. lper click its icon Insert After Element The element in the Entry Helper is inserted after the selected element Note that it is appended at the correct hierarchical level For example if your cursor is inside a sect1 para element and you append asect1 element then the newsect1 element will be appended not as a following sibling of sect1 para but as a following sibling of the sect1 element that is the parent of that para element Insert Before Element The element in the Entry Helper is inserted before the selected element Note that just as with the Append After Element command the element is inserted at the correct hierarchical level Remove Element Removes the element and its content Insert Element An element from the Entry Helper can also be inserted within an element When the cursor is placed within an element then the allowed child elements of that element can be inserted Note that allowed child elements can be part of an elements only content model as well as a mixed content model text plus child elements An allowed child element can be inserted either when a text range is selected or when the cursor is placed as an insertion point within the text e When a text range is selected and an element inserted the text range becomes the content of the inserted element e When an element is inserted at an insertion point the element is inserted at that point After an element has been inserted it can be cleared by
327. lso sort entities on the alphabetical value of any column by clicking the column header clicking once sorts in ascending order twice in descending order You can also resize the dialog box and the width of columns Once an entity is used in the XML document it is locked and cannot be edited in the Define Entities dialog Locked entities are indicated by a lock symbol in the first column Locking an entity ensures that the XML document valid with respect to entities The document would be invalid if an entity is referenced but not defined Duplicate entities are flagged 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 266 User Reference Authentic Menu 11 8 6 11 8 7 Limitations e An entity contained within another entity is not resolved either in the dialog Authentic View or XSLT output and the ampersand character of such an entity is displayed in its escaped form i e samp e External entities are not resolved in Authentic View except in the case where an entity is an image file and it is entered as the value of an attribute which has been defined in the schema as being of type ENTITY Of ENTITIES Such entities are resolved when the document is processed with an XSLT generated from the SPS Hide Markup Show Small Large Mixed Markup The Hide Markup command hides markup symbols in the Authentic View K The Show Small Markup command shows small markup symbols in the Authentic View The Show Large Markup command shows larg
328. lt pioc ki gt E mail gt office nanomull com State amp Zip SS P Pants 1 q gt gt Vereno lt lt Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees gt gt The company was established gt in Vereno in 1995 lt as a privately held software company since 1996 Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectrorc sofware technologies It released the first version of its acclaimed gt ManaSoft Development Suite lt lin February 1999 Also in 199 Manonall increased its capital base with investment trom a consortium of private investment firms The company has been expanding rapidly ever since db To contract and expand an element attribute double click the appropriate tag Mixed markup Mixed markup shows a customized level of markup The person who has designed the StyleVision Power Stylesheet can specify either large markup small markup or no markup for individual elements attributes in the document The Authentic View user sees this customized markup in mixed markup viewing mode Hide all markup All XML markup is hidden Since the formatting seen in Authentic View is the formatting of the printed document this viewing mode is a WYSIWYG view of the document Content display In Authentic View content is displayed in two ways e Plain text You type in the text and this text becomes the content of the element or the value of the attribute Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views
329. lue of xmlns jMath 3Java Java lang Math select jMath E jMath cos 3 14 gt Notice that the extension functions above have the form prefix fname The prefix in all three cases iS j Math which is associated with the namespace URI java java lang Math The namespace URI must begin with java In the examples above it is extended to contain the class name java lang Math The fname part of the extension functions must match the name of a public class e g java lang Math followed by the name of a public static method with its argument s such as cos 3 14 or a public static field such as P1 In the examples above the class name has been included in the namespace URI If it were not contained in the namespace URI then it would have to be included in the fname part of the extension function For example lt xsl value of xmlns java Java select Java Java lang Math cos 3 14 gt XQuery example Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 321 A similar example in XQuery would be lt cosine xmlns jMath 3Java java lang Math gt J Math cos 3 14 lt cosine gt Java Instance Methods and Instance Fields An instance method has a Java object passed to it as the first argument of the method call Such a Java object typically would be created by using an extension function for example a constructor call or a stylesheet parameter variable An
330. mation for connecting to the database displaying the data from the database in Authentic View and writing back to the database The Authentic menu contains commands relevant to editing XML documents in Authentic View For a tutorial on Authentic View see the Tutorials section Mew Document Edit Database Data Assign a Stvlevision Stylesheet Edit StvleVision Stylesheet Select new row with 8ML data For editing Define ML Entities Hide markup Show Small markup Show Large markup Show Mixed markup Append row Insert row Fert 1 A E l Tr Duplicate row Move row Up lex Move row Down Delete row New Document The Authentic New Document command enables you to open a new XML document template in Authentic View The XML document template is based on a StyleVision Power stylesheet sps file and is opened by selecting the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Clicking the New Document command opens the Create New Document dialog 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 262 User Reference Authentic Menu x NCAXML News P3P Patents Publishing riel tel teilte miezsume Bris eC 7 l Cancel daisy dita Examples gcapaper hr rnl dtbook sps Browse Browse for the required SPS file and select it This opens an XML document template in Authentic View Please note StyleVision Power Stylesheets are created using Altova StyleVision The StyleVision Power Stylesheet
331. me xxx Note The directory structure might need to be created before running the transformation If O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 254 User Reference XSL XQuery Menu you are generating files for an Open Office XML archive you would need to zip the archive files in order to create the top level OOXML file for example docx 11 7 2 XSL FO Transformation Ctri F10 FO is an XML format that describes paged documents An FO processor such as the Apache XML Project s FOP takes an FO file as input and generates PDF as output So the production of a PDF document from an XML document is a two step process 1 The XML document is transformed to an FO document using an XSLT aka XSL FO stylesheet 2 The FO document is processed by an FO processor to generate PDF or some alternative output The XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation command transforms an XML document or an FO document to PDF e If the XSL FO Transformation command is executed on a source XML document then both of the steps listed above are executed in sequence one after the other If the XSLT or XSL FO stylesheet required to transform to FO is not referenced in the XML document you are prompted to assign one for the transformation screenshot below Note that you can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button The transformation from XML to XSL FO is
332. ment In Out either from the Edit menu or the context menu that you get on right clicking the selected text The commented text will be grayed out see screenshot below Department lt Name gt Adminis tration lt Name gt Pers ons Pers ons Pers Ons a lt Person lt FIrSt lt Last gt sLast gt lt PhoneEx xt gt lt sPhoneExt gt lt EMadl l gt lt EM p i lt LeaveTot ve CLeaveus a eee lt Pers on Department To uncomment a commented block of text select the commented block excluding the comment delimiters and select the command Comment In Out either from the Edit menu or the context menu that you get on right clicking the selected text The comment delimiters will be removed and the text will no longer be grayed out Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 201 11 3 Project Menu uses the familiar tree view to manage multiple files or URLs in XML projects Files and URLs can be grouped into folders by common extension or any arbitrary criteria allowing for easy structuring and batch manipulation Mew Project Open Project Reload Project Close Project Save Project Source Control Add Files to Project Add Global Resource to Project Add URL Eo Project Add Active File to Project Add Active and Related Files to Project Add Project Folder to Project Add External Folder to Project Add External Web Folder to Project Properties
333. mentation Information reported Note however that some functions have the same name as schema datatypes e g fn string and fn boolean Both xs string and xs boolean are defined The namespace prefix determines whether the function or type constructor is used XML source document and validation XML documents used in executing an XQuery document with the Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine must be well formed However they do not need to be valid according to an XML Schema If the file is not valid the invalid file is loaded without schema information If the XML file is associated with an external schema and is valid according to it then post schema validation information is generated for the XML data and will be used for query evaluation Static and dynamic type checking The static analysis phase checks aspects of the query such as syntax whether external references e g for modules exist whether invoked functions and variables are defined and so on No type checking is done in the static analysis phase If an error is detected in the static analysis phase it is reported and the execution is stopped Dynamic type checking is carried out at run time when the query is actually executed If a type is Incompatible with the requirement of an operation an error is reported For example the expression xs string 1 1 returns an error because the addition operation cannot be carried out on an operand of type xs string Library Modules
334. menu option XSL XQuery XSL Transformation F10 or click the E icon This starts the transformation using the XSL stylesheet referenced in the XML document Since the Company xs1 file is an XSLT 1 0 document the built in Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine is automatically selected for the transformation The output document is displayed in Browser View it has the name XSL Output html If the HTML output file is not generated ensure that in the XSL tab of the Options dialog Tools Options the default file extension of the output file has been set to html The HTML document shows the Company data in one block down the left and the Person data in tabular form below O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 34 XMLSpy Tutorial XSLT Transformations Your Company Name Lo dependency street Noble Ave City Dallas State Texas Ap 04612 Please note Should you only see a table header and no table data in the output file make sure that you have defined the target namespace for your schema as detailed in Defining your own namespace at the beginning of the tutorial The namespace must be identical in all three files Schema XML and XSL 2 4 3 Modifying the XSL File You can change the output by modifying the XSL document For example let s change the background color of the table in the HTML output from lime to yellow Do the following 1 Click the CompanyLast xml tab to make it the active document and make sure you are in Grid V
335. mmand is only available once you have used the Back command It moves you forward through i previously viewed pages in Browser View and ii previous views of schema components in Schema View Stop The Stop command instructs the browser to stop loading your document This is useful if large external files or graphics are being downloaded over a slow Internet connection and you wish to stop the process Refresh F5 The Refresh F5 command updates the Browser View by reloading the document and related documents such as CSS and XSL stylesheets and DTDs Fonts The Fonts command allows you to select the default font size for rendering the text of your XML document It is similar to the Font Size command in most browsers Separate Window 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 274 User Reference Browser Menu The Separate Window command opens the Browser View in a separate window so that side by side viewing is possible If you have separated the Browser View press F5 in editing view to automatically refresh the corresponding Browser View To dock separate windows back into the interface click the maximize button at top right of the active window Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 275 11 11 Tools Menu The tools menu allows you to O Compare any two files to check for differences Compare any two folders to check for differences Define global resources Change the active conf
336. mmand launches Altova s MapForce if the application is installed MapForce enables you to map a schema to another DTD XML Schema or database and to generate XML 11 5 7 Design HTML PDF Output in StyleVision The DTD Schema Design HTML PDF Output in StyleVision command launches Altova s StyleVision if the application is installed StyleVision enables you to design stylesheets for HTML PDF and RTF output 11 5 8 Generate Sample XML File The DTD Schema Generate Sample XML File command generates an XML file based on the currently active schema DTD or XML Schema in the main window Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference DTD Schema Menu 245 Generate sample XML file j Minimize number of elements Generate mandatory elements only C Generate all elements Cancel Generate li elements if marked repeatable in Schema D TO Generate non mandatory attributes Fill elements with data Fill attributes with data Treat contents of nillable elements as non mandatory iW For elements with an abstract type try to use a non abstract type for ze hype Assign schema DTD to the generated document f With a relative path With an absolute path Not at all Please select root A Elements in namespace n producta projects repository Elements to be generated One of the following choices can be selected i mandatory elements only ii all elements mandatory and non mandatory iii mandatory
337. must belong to the target namespace defined in the schema 1ocal elements cannot belong to any namespace anyURI elements belong to the namespace you specify Attributes Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 61 H attributes Details Indicated with the word attributes in italics in a rectangle that can be expanded Each attribute is shown in a rectangle with a dashed border Note Attributes can be edited in the Details Entry Helper Attributes can be displayed in the Content Model View diagram or in a pane below the Content Model View You can toggle between these two views by clicking the Display Attributes E 4 icon When attributes are displayed in the Content Model View diagram all attributes of a single element are displayed in a rectangle with a dashed border To change the order of attributes of an element drag the attribute outside the containing box and drop when the arrow appears at the required location Identity constraints H constraints H key Articles_PrimaryKey selector field Number Details Indicated with the word constraints in italics in a rectangle that can be expanded Note The identity constraints listed in the content model of a component show constraints as defined with the key and keyref elements and with the unique element Identity constraints defined using the ID datatype are not shown in the content model diagram but in the De
338. n Enter the URL you want to access in the Server URL field screenshot above Enter your User ID in the User and Password fields if the server is password protected Click Browse to view and navigate the directory structure of the server In the folder tree browse for the file you want to load and click it 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 188 User Reference File Menu File URL Htp od tuwien ac at opsys freebsd Open as File load Auto fC ML f DTD f Use cache proxp Reload Identification l o l E Remember password User Password a between application starts Avallable files Server URL imate te Re ot ae TR Browse lw opsys 4 emulation E a linux Fah FreeBSD Hew Folder Delete Switch to File Dialog Switch to Global Resources Open Cancel The file URL appears in the File URL field screenshot above The OK button only becomes active at this point 6 Click the OK button to load the file The file you open appears in the main window A Note The Browse function is only available on servers which support the FTP HTTP and HTTPS if the server supports WebDAV protocols and on servers that support WebDAV Note To give you more control over the loading process you can choose to load the file through the local cache or a proxy server which considerably speeds up the process if the file has been loaded before Alternatively you may want to reload the file if
339. n emailType Gay the string officenanonull co EN cvc imple type 1 For type definition emailT ype WA the string officenanonull com is EN cvcAype o da The normalized value officenanontulLcom is not valid with respect to 1 E cvc e115 21 The element EMail Gay is not valid with respect to the actual type defi The Messages Window is enabled in all views but clicking a link to content in an XML document highlights that node in the XML document in Text View Note The Validate command in the XML menu is normally applied to the active document But you can also apply the command to a file folder or group of files in the active project Select the required file or folder in the Project Window by clicking on it and click XML Validate or F8 Invalid files in a project will be opened and made active in the Main Window and the File Is Invalid error message will be displayed O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 14 Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI Menu Bar Toolbars Status Bar Menu Bar The menu bar see illustration contains the various application menus The following conventions apply e If commands in a menu are not applicable in a view or at a particular location in the document they are unavailable e Some menu commands pop up a submenu with a list of additional options Menu commands with submenus are indicated with a right pointing arrowhead to the right of the command name e Some menu commands pop
340. n Text View and the active HTML document can be previewed in Browser View The intelligent editing features of each type is described separately in sub sections of this section HTML and CSS O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 160 HTML and CSS HTML 8 1 HTML HTML documents can be edited in Text View and the edited page can then be viewed immediately in Browser View Text View provides a number of useful HTML editing features These are described in detail in Text View but the main features as well as HTML specific options are listed below Entry helpers Elements Attributes and Entities entry helpers are available when an HTML document is active The entry helpers are context sensitive the items displayed in the entry helpers are those available at the current cursor location Use the HTML entry helpers as described in Text View Auto completion As you type markup text into your HTML document XMLSpy provides Auto completion help A pop up containing a list of all nodes available at the cursor insertion point is displayed As you type the selection jumps to the first closest match in the list see screenshot below Click the selected item to insert it at the cursor insertion point lt html gt lt head gt lt titlesenter the title of your HTML document here lt t7tle gt lt head gt lt body gt lt poeEnter the body text of your HTML document heres p gt ondblclick h onkeyd ow onkeypress5 onkewy
341. n Text View depends upon the type of document being edited A list of entry helpers is given below for the most common document types The general use of entry helpers is described below Additional features for specific document types if any are described in the sections describing the respective document types e XML Elements screenshot below Attributes Entities O Title OF PhoneExt HTML Elements Attributes Entities CSS CSS Outline CSS Properties HTML Elements DTD None XQuery XQuery Keywords XQuery Variables XQuery Functions WSDL Overview Details Text Entities Note that several document types such as XSD XSLT XHTML and RDF are essentially XML documents and will therefore have the Elements Attributes and Entities entry helpers Display and use of entry helper items Different items in the various entry helpers are variously color coded These color codes are 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 48 Editing Views Text View explained in the Entry Helpers documentation of the respective document types In general the following points should be noted about entry helpers e The entry helpers are context sensitive and display items that may be inserted at that point e If the item has already been inserted at the selected or at another equivalent and valid location and may not be inserted again at that location for example an XML attribute it is displayed in gray e lf the item is mandatory an ex
342. n preview the way your document will look After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Text Fonts The Text fonts tab enables you to customize the appearance of text in Text View You can customize the appearance of of text items according to the type of text item For example you can color element names and attribute names differently The text item types are categorized into three groups e XML generic e XQuery CSS To customize text fonts do the following 1 In the combo box at top left select the type of document for which you wish to customize text fonts On doing this the text item types for that document type appear in the box below the combo box In the screenshot above xML generic has been selected as the document type 2 Select the text item type you wish to customize by clicking it In the screenshot above Attribute names has been selected 3 Set the font properties using the options in the panes on the right hand side You can Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 291 select the font family font size font style font color and background color for the text Additionally you can also select a background color for the entire Text View Note The same font style and size is used for all text item types Only the text color and background color can be changed for individual text types This enables the syntax coloring feature After mak
343. n the Project window A file in the Project window can be accessed by double clicking it Main window This is the window in which the XML document is displayed and edited It is described in the section Authentic View main window Entry helpers There are three entry helper windows in this area Elements Attributes and Entities What entries appear in these windows Elements and Attributes Entry Helpers are context sensitive i e it depends on where in the document the cursor is You can enter an element or entity into the document by double clicking its entry helper The value of an attribute is entered into the value field of that attribute in the Attributes Entry Helper See the section Authentic View Entry Helpers for details Status Bar The Status Bar displays the XPath to the currently selected node Context menus These are the menus that appear when you right click in the Main Window The available commands are context sensitive editing commands i e they allow you to manipulate structure and content relevant to the selected node Such manipulations include inserting appending or deleting a node adding entities or cutting and pasting content Authentic View Toolbar Icons Icons in the Authentic View toolbar are command shortcuts Some icons will already be familiar to you from other Windows applications or Altova products others might be new to you This section describes icons unique to Authentic View In the description
344. n the second date element constructor Therefore the ToString instance in the first date element is an instance method while the second is considered to be an instance field The result produced in both instances however is the same Datatypes XPath XQuery to NET When a NET extension function is used within an XPath XQuery expression the datatypes of the function s arguments are important for determining which one of multiple NET methods having the same name is called In NET the following rules are followed e lf there is more than one method with the same name in a class then the methods available for selection are reduced to those that have the same number of arguments as the function call e The XPath XQuery string number and boolean datatypes see list below are implicitly converted to a corresponding NET datatype If the supplied XPath XQuery type can be converted to more than one NET type for example xs integer then that NET type is selected which is declared for the selected method For example if the NET method being called is x double and the supplied XPath XQuery datatype is xs integer then xs integer will be converted to NET S double datatype The table below lists the implicit conversions of XPath XQuery string number and boolean types to NET datatypes xs integer IntegerValue decimal long integer short byte double float xs float FloatValue float double xs decimal Decimalvalue
345. name that differ only in their contents and attributes for example database like applications e The arrow keys move the selection bar in the grid view e The and keys on the numeric keypad allow you to expand and collapse items 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 50 Editing Views Grid View Customizing Grid View e To resize columns place the cursor over the appropriate border and drag so as to achieve the desired width e To resize a column to the width of its largest entry double click on the grid line to the right of that column e To adjust column widths to display all content select the menu item View Optimal widths command or click on the Optimal widths icon ij e The heights of cells are determined by their contents They can be adjusted with the menu option Tools Options View Grid View Limit cell height to xx lines Please note If you mark data in Grid View and switch to Text View that data will be marked also in Text View 3 2 1 Entry Helpers in Grid View Note In Standard Edition Grid View is available as a read only view Editing in Grid View is available in the Enterprise and Professional editions Elements Entry Helper In Grid View the Elements Entry Helper has three tabs Append Insert and Add Child The Append tab displays elements that can be appended after all the siblings of the current element the Insert tab displays all elements that can be inserted before the current element and the Add Ch
346. nce Tools Menu which the first row is selected Person 3 First Last Title 0 PhoneExt i l l l i l i i E A Further Accounts Recelwable 471 3 Lok Matize Please note In addition to the colors you define here XMLSpy uses the regular selection and menu color preferences set in the Display Settings in the Control Panel of your Windows installation After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog Encoding The Encoding tab specifies options for file encodings Default encoding for new XML files The default encoding for new XML files can be set by selecting an option from the dropdown list A new document is created with an XML declaration containing the encoding value you specify here If a two or four byte encoding is selected as the default encoding i e UTF 16 UCS 2 or UCS 4 you can also choose between little endian and big endian byte ordering The encoding of existing XML files will be retained and can only be changed with the File Encoding command Open XML files with unknown encoding as If the encoding of an XML file cannot be determined or if the XML document has no encoding specification the file will be opened with the encoding you select in this combo box Open non XML files in Existing and new non XML files are opened with the encoding you select in this combo box You can change the encoding of the document by using the File Encoding command BOM Byte Order
347. nd indentations see screenshot below lt OTTI ces lt Name gt Nanonull Inc lt Name gt lt Des C Location User Location lt Address gt lt 1po street gt 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 lt 7po 5treet gt lt 1porcity gt WVereno 7po0 107Ty gt Tpo states0c lt 1po0 state gt Tpo 2ipe29213 lt 1p0 27 p gt lt Address gt lt PHone t 1 321 555 5155 oO Phone gt lt Fax 1 3217 555 5155 4 lt Fax gt lt EMal l gt officeananonul 1 come EMai l gt lt Department gt lt Name gt Administrations Nane lt Person gt lt First gt Vernon lt Firs t lt Last Cal abye Las th lt TitlesofTice Managers Titles lt PhoneExt gt 5382 lt PhoneExt gt lt EMad l gt w call abyananonull com lt EMal l gt lt Shares gt 1500 lt Shares gt lt LeaveTotal 25 lt LeaveTotal gt lt Leavellsed gt o do Leawelsed gt E cLeaveLett gt 21 lt LleaveLletrt gt lt Person gt To display the document in this way you need to do the following 1 Inthe View Tab of the Options dialog check the Use Indentation option for pretty printing This will cause the document to be pretty printed with indents to indicate the hierarchical structure Each deeper level will be displayed with a deeper indent than its parent element If the Use Indentation option is not checked every line in the document will start with a zero indent 2 Inthe Text View Settings dialog screenshot below select either Insert Tabs or Insert Spaces This d
348. nd type in the change Creating and editing documentation for a compositor or component You can add documentation to individual compositors and components as a guide for schema editors Do this as follows 1 Right click the compositor or component session date Date and time when interview was held 2 Select the context menu option Edit Annotation This highlights the documentation space below the compositor component in which you can enter descriptive text about the compositor or component In Text View the annotation and annotation documentation elements will have been created and the documentation element will contain the descriptive text you enter 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 64 Editing Views Schema View Alternatively you can right click the compositor or component and select Whole Annotation Data In the Annotation dialog that opens you can append or insert a documentation item and enter content for it In order to edit pre existing documentation text you can use either of the two methods described above but a quicker method is to double click the annotation in the diagram and edit directly Creating and editing application info for a compositor or component 1 Right click the compositor or component Date and time when interview was held 2 Select the context menu option Whole Annotation Data The Annotation dialog box opens see screenshot below If annotation either documentation or a
349. ng and intelligent editing are different than for XML documents see screenshot line numbering and folding margins in Enterprise and Professional Editions only We call this mode of Text View its XQuery Mode In addition you can validate your XQuery document in Text View and execute the code in an XQuery document with an optional XML file if required using the built in Altova XQuery Engine 36 3g 38 39 Declaration as itemi i itesting OQ 3 8 LET 1 testing FOR 127 testing lt 2 Predicates testing testing Maz 1 testing di testing 2 Except 17 testing AND 27 testing 1 Node Tests oder declare function local between seq as node 1 start as nodet fend as node 7 as iteml DJ La DJ DJ Ed Ll DJ ad umu E E mu 8 E n i L L L L L L C H let nodes i for n in 4seq except start nodet where n gt start and r lt lt fend return r return nodes except nodes nodel A lt critical_sequence gt let proc i doc reportl x lt ml 3 section section title Procedure 1 3 first procr incisionm 1 secondi Cfproc incisiani 2 return local between proc node CJ first 5econd m gf critical_segquence gt 40 Text lech seqQ5b xg Query Keywords ancestor ancestor or 5elT ascending AE attribute ba ase uri by Case cast castable child collation comment construction A re A re A re AD re
350. ng and editing XML tables Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Authentic View 83 3 4 3 You can insert your own tables should you want to present your data as a table Such tables are inserted as XML tables You can modify the structure of an XML table and format the table The icons for creating and editing XML tables are available in the toolbar and are shown below They are described in the section XML table editing icons The commands corresponding to these icons are not available as menu items Note also that for you to be able to use XML tables this function must be enabled and suitably configured in the StyleVision Power Stylesheet A detailed description of the types of tables used in Authentic View and of how XML tables are to be created and edited is given in Using tables in Authentic View Text formatting icons Text in Authentic View is formatted by applying to it an XML element or attribute that has the required formatting If such formatting has been defined the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet can provide icons in the Authentic View toolbar to apply the formatting To apply text formatting using a text formatting icon highlight the text you want to format and click the appropriate icon DB Row Navigation icons ta a olor The arrow icons are from left to right Go to First Record in the DB Go to Previous Record Open Go to Record dialog Go to Next Record and Go to Last
351. ng you to mark a line in the document for reference A bookmark can be removed by selecting the bookmarked line and then selecting the Edit Insert Remove Bookmark command To navigate through the bookmarks in a document use the Edit Next Bookmark and Edit Previous Bookmark commands These bookmark commands are also available as icons in the Text toolbar screenshot above Source folding O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 44 Editing Views Text View Source folding refers to the ability to expand and collapse nodes screenshot below and is displayed in the source folding margin The margin can be toggled on and off in the Text View Settings dialog see screenshot above In the screenshot below notice how the line numbering at Lines 14 and 24 has been collapsed together with the collapsed nodes lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 5 gt lt L edited with AML Spy 4 0 NT beta 1 build Jun 13 2001 httg awe miley com by schema targetHamespace http Masa altova comilPO elementFormDetaut Unquali lt annotation documentation International Purchase order schema for Example com Copyright 2000 Example com All rights reserved documentation lt lannotation lt l include address constructs gt sincluHe schemaLocation addres x2d gt lt element name purchase0Order type ipo PurchaseOrderType gt lt element name comment type string gt lt complexType name PurchaseOrderlype gt lt complexType name ltems
352. ns 2 Ifa combo box is present select a value from the drop down menu Alternatively double click a row and edit or enter text directly Please note You can use the cut copy and paste shortcuts CTRL X CTRL C CTRL V respectively to copy the patterns and enumerations of one component to another component In the Facets Entry Helper select the pattern s or enumeration s to copy cut or copy the selection then click in the Facets Entry Helper window of the target component and paste 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 70 Editing Views Schema View 3 3 4 Identity Constraints Identity constraints can be defined for a global component via two entry points e In Schema Overview select a global component and define identity constraints in the Identity Constraints tab at the bottom of the view and below the main pane e Inthe Content Model View of a global component Content Model View provides a graphical representation of the identity constraints and drag and drop editing functionality neither of which is available when editing identity constraints in Schema Overview In this section we describe these two mechanisms for creating and editing identity constraints An overview of all identity constraints in the schema is available in the Identity Constraints tab of the Components entry helper this is described further below Note In Standard Edition Schema View is available as a read only view Editing in Schema View is a
353. ns user http mycompany com mynames pace gt lt msxsl script language VBScript implements prefix user gt lt CDATA Input A currency value the wholesale price Returns The retail price the input value plus 20 margin rounded to the nearest cent dim a as integer 13 Function AddMargin WholesalePrice as integer AddMargin WholesalePrice 1 2 a End Function 11 lt msxsl script gt lt xsl template match gt lt html gt lt body gt lt p gt lt b gt Total Retail Price S lt xsl value of select user AddMargin 50 gt lt b gt lt br gt lt b gt Total Wholesale Price lt xsl value of select 50 gt D gt lt p gt lt body gt lt nica lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt Datatypes The values of parameters passed into and out of the script block are limited to XPath datatypes This restriction does not apply to data passed among functions and variables within the script block Assemblies An assembly can be imported into the script by using the msxs1 assembly element The assembly is identified via a name or a URI The assembly is imported when the stylesheet is compiled Here is a simple representation of how the msxs1 assembly element is to be used lt MS SL script gt lt msxsl assembly name myAssembly assemblyName gt lt msxsl assembly href pathToAssembly gt 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 330 Engine Information Extension
354. nsform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions xmlns car java Car path file C test classExample com altova extfunc gt lt xsl output exclude result prefixes fn car xsl xs gt lt xsl template match gt lt xsl variable name myCar select car new red gt lt a gt lt xsl value of select car getCarColor myCar gt lt a gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 319 Note When a path is supplied via the extension function the path is added to the ClasssLoader JAR files If access is via a JAR file the URI of the JAR file must be specified using the following syntax xmlns classNS Java classname path jar uri of jarfile The method is then called by using the prefix of the namespace URI that identifies the Class classNS method In the above java indicates that a Java function is being called classname Is the name of the user defined class Is the separator between the classname and the path path jar indicates that a path to a JAR file is being given uri of jarfile Is the URI of the jar file is the end delimiter of the path classNS method Is the call to the method Alternatively the classname can be given with the method call Here are two examples of the syntax xmlns ns1 3Java docx layout pages path jar f
355. nt enables a specific part of the XML document to be included instead of the entire XML document XPointers are used within an XInclude element as follows lt xi include href PersonalAddressBook xml xpointer element usa gt lt xi include href BusinessAddressBook xml xpointer element 1 1 gt lt xi include href BobsAddressBook xml xpointer element usa 3 1 gt lt xi include href PatsAddressBook xml xpointer element usa element 1 1 gt In the element scheme of XPointer an NCName or a child sequence directed by integers may be used e Inthe first xi include element listed above the xpointer attribute uses the element scheme with an NCName of usa According to the XPointer Framework this NCName identifies the element that has an ID of usa e Inthe second xi include listed above the xpointer attribute with a value Of element 1 1 Identifies in the first step the first child element of the document root which if the document is well formed will be its document or root element In the second step the first child element of the element located in the previous step is located in our example this would be the first child element of the document element e The xpointer attribute of the third xi include listed above uses a combination of NCName and child sequence This XPointer locates the first child element of the third child element of the element having an ID of usa e If you are not su
356. ntic View 139 Changing view to Authentic View 81 Chapters 297 Character position 271 character entities in HTML output of XSLT transformation 304 character normalization in XQuery document 309 Character Set encoding 292 Code page 288 Collapse unselected 270 collations in XPath 2 0 312 in XQuery document 309 Color 288 290 tab 291 table 291 Command add to toolbar menu 276 context menu 283 delete from menu 283 reset menu 283 Commands listing in key map 298 Commenting in and out in XML documents in Text View 97 Commenting XML text in and out 200 Component Navigator 66 Compositor in Schema View 56 Configurations of a global resource 166 Configurations in global resources 175 Configure view dialog for Content Model View 248 Constraints 70 Content Model View 56 configuring 248 Content models of schema components 56 Context menu 2009 Altova GmbH Index 355 Context menu commands 283 Context menus in Authentic View 89 Copy command 195 Copy XPath 197 Copy XPointer 198 Copyright information 300 340 count function in XPath 1 0 304 count function in XPath 2 0 see fn count 312 CR amp LF 286 CSS 159 auto completion 162 document outline 162 properties 162 syntax coloring 162 CustomCatalog 239 Customization 15 Customize context menu 283 menu 283 toolbar menu commands 276 Cut command 195 D Databases
357. ntity references via the Entities Entry Helper screenshot below Entities XML also offers the opportunity to create custom entities These could be i special characters that are not available on your keyboard ii text strings that you wish to re use in your document content iii XML data fragments or iv other resources such as images You can define your own entities within the Authentic View application Once defined these entities appear in the Entities Entry Helper and can then be inserted as in the document Inserting CDATA sections CDATA sections are sections of text in an XML document that the XML parser does not process as XML data They can be used to escape large sections of text if replacing special characters by entity references is undesirable this could be the case for example with program code or an XML fragment that is to be reproduced with its markup tags CDATA sections can occur within element content and are delimited by lt coarar and gt at the start and end respectively Consequently the text string gt should not occur within a CDATA section as it would prematurely signify the end of the section In this case the greater than character should be escaped by its entity reference gt To insert a CDATA section within an element place the cursor at the desired location right click and select Insert CDATA Section from the context menu To see the CDATA section tags in Authentic View switc
358. ntry helper screenshot below provides a list of all CSS properties arranged alphabetically A property can be inserted at the cursor insertion point by double clicking the property c55 Properties azimuth background background attachment background color background 1mage background pos1it1on background repeat border border bottom border bottom color border bottom style border bottom wi dth border collapse border color Auto completion of properties and tooltips for properties As you start to type the name of a property XMLSpy prompts you with a list of properties that begin with the letters you have typed screenshot below Alternatively you can place the cursor anywhere inside a property name and then press Ctrl Space to pop up the list of CSS properties 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 164 HTML and CSS CSS header font family arial sans serif font weight bold color red azimuth fe background background attachment eee defines the background color of the element background image i background position values background repeat lt color gt transparent inherit border bottom Initial value si border bottom color transparent You can view a tooltip containing the definition of a property and its possible values by scrolling down the list or navigating the list with the Up and Down keys of your keyboard The tooltip for the highlighted property is displ
359. o be used for displaying the various items in the Schema Design view The same fonts are used when printing and creating schema documentation so only TrueType fonts should be selected Components prefixed with Doc are used in the schema documentation Size Select the required size If you want to use the same font size for all items click on the Use The Same For All check box Styles The style and color can be set using the options in this pane The current settings are immediately reflected in the list in the left pane so you can preview the way your document will look After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog XBRL Fonts The XBRL fonts tab you to customize the appearance of text in XBRL View 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 290 User Reference Tools Menu z Font face Element Title Aria Label Value Use the same for all Entryhelper Size e Use the same for all Font face You can select the font face and size to be used for displaying the various items in XBRL View The same fonts are used when printing and creating documentation so only TrueType fonts should be selected Size Select the required size If you want to use the same font size for all items click on the Use The Same For All check box Styles The style and color can be set using the options in this pane The current settings are immediately reflected in the list in the left pane so you ca
360. o the FAQ support form and e mail addresses for contacting our support staff directly FAQ O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 300 User Reference Help Menu To help you in getting the best support possible we are providing a list of Frequently Asked Questions FAQ on the Internet that is constantly updated as our support staff encounters new issues that are raised by our customers Please make sure to check the FAQ before contacting our technical support team This will allow you to get help more quickly We regret that we are not able to offer technical support by phone at this time but our support Staff will typically answer your e mail requests within one business day If you would like to make a feature suggestion for a future version of XMLSpy or if you wish to send us any other general feedback please use the questionnaire form Download components and free tools This command is a link to the Components Download page at the Altova website from where you can download components free tools and third party add ins that you can use in your XML development environment Included among these are the Altova Validator and XSLT and XQuery engines 11 13 7 On the Internet On the Internet This command takes you directly to the Altova web server http www altova com where you can find out about news product updates and additional offers from the Altova team Training The Training command takes you to the Online Training page on the
361. oble Ave City Dallas State Texas fap Uds la 6 Select the menu option File Save and save the document as Company html O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 36 XMLSpy Tutorial Project Management 2 5 Project Management This section introduces you to the project management features of XMLSpy After learning about the benefits of organizing your XML files into projects you will organize the files you have just created into a simple project 2 5 1 Benefits of Projects The benefits of organizing your XML files into projects are listed below e Files and URLs can be grouped into folders by common extension or any other criteria e Batch processing can be applied to specific folders or the project as a whole e ADTDor XML Schema can be assigned to specific folders allowing validation of the files in that folder e XSLT files can be assigned to specific folders allowing transformations of the XML files in that folder using the assigned XSLT e The destination folders of XSL transformation files can be specified for the folder as a whole All the above project settings can be defined using the menu option Project Project Properties In the next section you will create a project using the Project menu Additionally the following advanced project features are available e XML files can be placed under source control using the menu option Project Source control Add to source control Please see the Source Control secti
362. ociations e External folders yellow are folders in a file system When an external folder is added to a folder the external folder and all its files sub folders and sub folder files are included in the project Defining file extensions on an external folder serves to filter the files available in the project e External web folders are like external folders except that they are located on a web server and require user authentication to access Defining file extensions on an external web folder serves to filter the files available in the project e Files can be added to a folder by selecting the folder and then using one of the three Add File commands i Add Files to select the file s via an Open dialog ii Add Active File to add the file that is active in the Main Window iii Add Active and Related Files additionally adds files related to an active XML file for example an XML Schema or DTD Note that files associated by means of a processing instruction for example XSLT files are not considered to be related files e Global Resources are aliases for file folder and database resources How they are defined and used is described in the section on Global Resources e URLs identify a resource object via a URL Project properties The properties of a folder are stored in the Properties dialog of that folder It is accessed by first selecting the folder and then the Properties command in the Project menu or context menu obtained b
363. odel XMLSpy you must register the SCC provider On a Vista machine the SCC registration could fail e lf this is the case use Windows explorer and browse to the directory that contains the Altova application executable e Right click and run the Altova executable As Administrator The SCC registration will now be successful Open from Source Control The Open from Source Control command creates an existing source control project locally This command can take effect only if an XMLSpy project has previously been added to source control using the menu option 1 Select Project Source Control Open from Source Control Enter your login details in the Login dialog that appears 2 The Create Local Project from SourceSafe dialog box appears screenshot below Select the folder to contain the local project This folder becomes the Working Folder or Checkout Folder Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 215 Create local project from SourceSafe E E x Create a new project in the folder je SEIT Sacontrolaltoyval est Browse Cancel Sources ate project to download dltoaval est Help EHER HEE 3rdLabelCD HHEH ACG g Also 3 AltovalM HHE TestCases 3 Select the source control project you want to download If the folder you define does not exist at the location a dialog box opens prompting you to create it there Click Yes to confirm the new directory The Open dia
364. oducing you to the basics of XML Spy If you need more information please use the context sensitive online help system or print out the PDF version of the tutorial which is available as tutorial pdf in your XMLSpy application folder Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views 39 3 Editing Views XMLSpy contains powerful editing views In addition to a Text View with intelligent editing features there are graphical views that greatly simplify the editing of documents Depending on what type of document is currently active in XMLSpy the Main Window will have one or more of XMLSpy s Editing Views For example when an HTML document is active the Main Window will contain two editing views Text View and Browser View When an XML document is active there will be five editing views Text View Grid View Schema View Authentic View and Browser View Of these views Schema View will be enabled only for XML Schema documents In this section we describe the various editing views available in XMLSpy Text View Grid View Schema View Authentic View Browser View 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 40 Editing Views Text View 3 1 Text View In Text View screenshot below you can type in the text of your document both markup and content directly Any text file including non XML documents such as XQuery and HTML documents can be edited in Text View A number of features help you to quickly and accurately type in y
365. odules in XQuery document 309 License 343 information about 340 Licenses for your Altova software 298 Line go to 271 Line length word wrap in text view 270 Line margin 271 2009 Altova GmbH Index 359 Line numbering in Text View 42 Line breaks 286 Links following in Authentic View 139 Little endian 292 Main window 9 18 MainCatalog 239 MapForce 244 Markup in Authentic View 81 83 Markup in Authentic View hide 266 show small large mixed 266 Maximum cell width 287 Memory storage of schema information 246 Memory requirements 334 Menu add delete command 276 Authentic 261 customize 283 Default XMLSPY 283 delete commands from 283 DTD Schema 243 Edit 195 Help 297 Project 201 Schema Design 247 Tools 275 View 268 Window 295 XML 236 XSL X Query 253 Menu Bar 14 Menu Browser 273 Messages Window 13 MIME 286 Mixed markup in Authentic View 266 Mostly recently used files list of 194 Move up down row Authentic View 267 MSXML 292 msxsl script 328 Multi user 286 N namespaces in XQuery document 309 in XSLT 2 0 stylesheet 306 settings in Schema Design View 247 New file creating 183 New XML document creating 21 Non XML files 286 O OASIS XML catalog 239 Open file 185 Opening options file 286 Optimal Widths 270 287 Ordering Altova software 298 OS for Altova products 334 Output fo
366. ogether with mandatory child elements mandatory attributes all child elements or no child element or attribute according to the respective settings in the Editing tab of the Options dialog When empty attributes are added they are added with quotes Note that in the different views the entry helpers are designed differently in accordance with the functionality of the respective view Elements entry helper The following points should be noted e Text View Elements are inserted at the cursor insertion point Unused elements are displayed in red used elements in gray Mandatory elements are indicated with an exclamation mark before the name of the element e Grid View Elements can be appended after inserted before or added as a child of the selected element There are therefore three tabs each displaying the elements that may be added Unused elements are displayed in black used elements in gray e Authentic View Elements can be inserted before after or within the selected element Additionally there is a document tree that shows the location of the currently selected element in the document s tree structure For more details of how to edit in Authentic View see the Authentic View section Attributes entry helper The following points should be noted e Text View When the cursor is placed inside the start tag of an element and after a space the attributes declared for that element become visible Unused attributes are disp
367. oject If you have just opened a file from your hard disk or through an URL you can add the file to the current project using this command Add Active And Related Files to Project th The Project Add Active and Related Files to Project command adds the currently active XML document and all related files to the project When working on an XML document that is based on a DTD or Schema this command adds not only the XML document but also all related files for example the DTD and all external parsed entities to which the DTD refers to the current project Please note Files referenced by processing instructions such as XSLT files are not considered to be related files Add Project Folder to Project LJ The Project Add Project Folder to Project command adds a new folder to the current project Use this command to add a new folder to the current project or a sub folder to a project folder You can also access this command from the context menu when you right click on a folder in the project window Note A project folder can be dragged and dropped into another project folder or to any other location in the project Also a folder can be dragged from Windows File Explorer and dropped into any project folder Add External Folder to Project The Project Add External Folder to Project command adds a new external folder to the current project Use this command to add a local or network folder to the current project You can also a
368. ojects XML XSL etc see screenshot below Hew Project 3 XML Files E XSL Files 3 Query Files ea HTML Files 3 DTDSchemas File type extensions are associated with a folder via the property definitions for that folder When a file is added to a folder it is automatically added to the appropriate child folder according to the file type extension For each folder you can define what file type extensions are to be associated with it What can be added to a project Folder files and other resources can be added either to the top level project folder or to a folder at any level in the project There are three types of folders i project folders ii external folders iii external web folders To add an object select the relevant folder and then the required command from the Project menu or context menu of the selected folder The following objects are available for addition to a project folder e Project folders green are folders that you add to the project in order to structure the project s contents You can define what file extensions are to be associated with a project folder in the properties of that folder When files are added to a folder they are automatically added to the first child folder that has that file s extension associated with it Consequently when multiple files are added to a folder they will be distributed by file extension among the child folders that have the corresponding file extension ass
369. on in the online help for more information e Personal network and web folders can be added to projects allowing batch validation 2 5 2 Building a Project Having come to this point in the tutorial you will have a number of tutorial related files open in the Main Window You can group these files into a tutorial project First you create a new project and then you add the tutorial files into the appropriate sub folders of the project Creating a basic project To create a new project 1 Select the menu option Project New Project A new project folder called New Project Is created in the Project Window The new project contains empty folders for typical categories of XML files in a project screenshot below Hew Project A KML Files By XSL Files XQuery Files 3 HTML Files EA DTD Schemas 2 Click the CompanyLast xml tab to make the CompanyLast xml file the active file in the Main Window 3 Select the menu option Project Add active and related files to project Two files are added to the project CompanyLast xml and AddressLast xsd Note that files Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XMLSpy Tutorial Project Management 37 referenced with Processing instructions such as XSLT files do not qualify as related files Select the menu option Project Save Project and save the project under the name Tutorial Adding files to the project You can add other files to the project as well Do this as fo
370. on in the Schema Design toolbar Identity constraints overview The Identity Constraints tab of the Components entry helper screenshot below provides an overview of a document s identity constraints In this tab identity constraints are listed by the kind of identity constraint unique key keyref and displayed as an expandable collapsible tree Components key El E ik TeamKey groupteam Ename al selected nodes Eq resutts 0 oroup ELE jteam E name El referenced by Ali Fr TeamKeyRef matchteam inane Olkeyret EER TeamKeyRef matchteam name selected nodes AE resulte EE match AE team name i F E refers to a HEE TeamKey oroupieam name lo F Globals Namespaces Identity constraints Entries in bold are present in the current schema while those in normal face are present in sub schemas Double clicking an entry in the Identity Constraints tab selects that schema component in Content Model View The following context menu commands are available when an item in the Identity Constraints tab is selected Show in Diagram selects the schema component in Content Model View Show Selector Field Target in Diagram selects in Content Model View the schema component targeted by the selector or field of the identity constraint In the case of multiple fields a dialog prompts the user for the required field Go to Identity Constraint selects the identity constraint in
371. on is indicated with a bullet In the screenshot above the currently active configuration is Default To change the active configuration select the configuration you wish to make active Note The active configuration can also be selected via the Global Resources toolbar Tools Customize Toolbars Global Resources 11 11 3 Customize The Customize command lets you customize XMLSpy to suit your personal needs Commands The Commands tab allows you customize your menus or toolbars x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Macros Plug Ins Options Categories Commands 1 Hew Ge Open DTD Schema 2 Open UAL Schema design SL Query Open Global Resource Authentic Reload Encoding Description To add a command to a toolbar or menu 1 Select the menu item Tools Customize The Customize dialog appears 2 Select the All Commands category in the Categories list box The available commands Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 277 appear in the Commands list box Click on a command in the Commands list box and drag it to an to an existing menu or toolbar An I beam appears when you place the cursor over a valid position to drop the command Release the mouse button at the position you want to insert the command A small button appears at the tip of mouse pointer when you drag a command The x below the pointer means that the command cannot be dropped at
372. ontent Model View has been described above The other settings are described below content complex m a NOAA Ss Chapter element default fixed Load Save Single line settings Common line settings f Single content C Always show line M Show line descriptions Double conten Hide line if no value Distances Parent Child H ChildChild H Show in diagram Draw direction M Annotations limit width H Horizontal le Substitution group chain Vertical Attributes Smart restriction Identity Constraints l Enabled Single line settings You can define whether a property descriptor line is to contain single or double content and whether individual lines must appear for every element or only for elements that contain that property Use the appropriate radio buttons to define your settings Note that these two settings can be set for individual lines separately select the required line and make the setting Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Schema Design Menu 251 11 6 3 Common line settings This option toggles the line descriptions i e the name of the property on and off Widths These sliders enable you to set the minimum and maximum size of the element rectangles in Content Model View Change the sizes if line descriptor text is not fully visible or if you want to standardize your display Distances These sliders let you define the horizontal and vertical dist
373. ontrol keys CTRL ALT or SHIFT w N To de assign or delete a shortcut 1 Click the shortcut you want to delete in the Current Keys list box 2 Click the Remove button 3 Click the Close button to confirm Set accelerator for Currently no function 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 280 User Reference Tools Menu Currently assigned keyboard shortcuts Hotkeys by key F10 CTRL F10 F11 CTRL F11 Shift F11 Num Num Num CTRL Num CTRL G CTRL TAB CTRL F6 Arrow keys up down Esc Return Space bar Alt F4 CTRL F4 Alt F 1 CTRL Double click an element Schema view CTRL N CTRL O CTRL S CTRL P CTRL A Shift Del CTRL C CTRL V CTRL Z CTRL Y Del CTRL F F3 CTRL H Help Menu Find Next Refresh Check well formedness Validate XSL Transformation XSL FO Transformation Step into Step Over Step Out Expand Collapse Expand fully Collapse unselected Goto line char Switches between open documents Cycle through open windows Move selection bar Abandon edits close dialog box confirms a selection Closes XMLSpy Closes active window Open last file Display element definition File New File Open File Save File Print Select All Cut or CTRL X Copy Paste Undo Redo Delete Delete item in Schema Find Find Next Replace Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 281 CTRL
374. oom out so that the entire content model fits in the Main Window You can zoom between 10 and 200 of actual size fi 00 ES Cancel To zoom in and out either drag the slider or click in the entry box and enter a percentage value O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 252 User Reference Schema Design Menu 11 6 4 Display All Globals The Schema Design Display All Globals command switches from Content Model View to Schema Overview to display all global components in the schema It is a toggle with the Display Diagram command The currently selected toggle is indicated with a check mark to its left see screenshot Display All Globals Display Diagram Alternatively you could use the Display All Globals icon at the top of the Content Model View to switch to the Schema Overview 11 6 5 Display Diagram The Schema Design Display Diagram command switches to the Content Model View of the selected global component f the selected component has a content model Global components that have a content model complex types elements and element groups are indicated with the L l icon to its left The Display Diagram command is a toggle with the Display All Globals command The currently selected toggle is indicated with a check mark to its left screenshot below Display All Globals Display Diagram Alternatively you could use the following methods to switch to Content Model View e Click the icon next to the componen
375. or specific functions 308 XSLT 2 0 stylesheet namespace declarations in 306 XSLT parameters passing to stylesheet via interface 255 XSLT processors in Altova products 336 XSLT stylesheet assigning to XML document 259 assigning XML document to 259 opening 259 XSLT stylesheet for FO assigning to XML document 259 XSLT transformation 253 assigning XSLT file 32 in XMLSpy 33 to FO 254 to PDF 254 tutorial 32 Z Zoom feature in Schema Design View 251 Zooming in Text View 42 2009 Altova GmbH
376. ork PushOK SVN SCC http www pushok com soft_svn php Supported Versions 1 5 1 1 A standard installation of PushOK SVN SCC is sufficient for use with Altova products e When installing under Vista it is possible that the COM library svncom dll cannot be registered In this case finish the installation and then register the library manually by following these steps Start a command window using the option Run as administrator Enter cd C Program Files PushOK Software SVNSCC svn Type the command gt regsvr32 svncom dll IS O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 212 User Reference Project Menu QSC Team Coherence Version Manager http www teamcoherence com Supported Versions Team Coherence Client 7 1 4 30 A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products e lf the server is installed on the client machine a default connection is created after the client installation e If the server resides on a different machine you need to change the HOSTNAME property in the Connection Properties dialog of Team Coherence client to point to the relevant machine Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise http www qumasoft com Supported Versions QVCS Enterprise 2 1 18 Requirements J2SE 1 5 or later http java sun com j2se downloads html To install Qumasoft QVCS Enterprise client run the installer e f your operating system is Vista you must modify the installation directory from the default value
377. os 298 1113 67 Support Center FAO Downloads aida 299 LASA O e Ora as 300 LEISS ADOU a a TN 300 Appendices 302 1 Engine Information 303 LE ASET1 0 Engm e Implementation Informationen ie ahs 304 1 2 XSLT 2 0 Engine Implementation Information irinenn a 306 1 2 1 General IMFORMAMON aaron e 306 1 2 2 XSLT 2 0 Elements and Functions iii ideas a E 308 1 3 XQuery 1 0 Engine Implementation Information cocconconioninnicnnononnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnrnnonarncnncnncnnoso 309 t4 XPath 0 and x Ouery O Finch Sist N 312 1 4 1 General OOO AMON ids A A Ad road 312 1 4 2 DUNCAN PO ads 313 LS TEXAS a a talado 316 1 5 1 Jaa Extension E UNCUIONS a tao 316 AAC OSO cia 320 Java Static Methods and Static Fields oooooooooocccnnnnnnononononononononononononnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnos 320 Java Instance Methods and Instance FieldS ooooooocccnnnnnoncnnnononoconnnononccnnnnnanccnnonnnoss 321 Datatypes xX Path X Query to Java A oa 321 Datatypes Java to XPath X Que yy dis 322 1 5 2 NET ExtensiOm FUNCION died 323 NETO Mn os 325 NET Static Methods and Static FieldS oooccoocncncnnnnonononinoconacnnnoconaconacnononnnccnanonanoss 325 NET Instance Methods and Instance Fields occcccccnnononnnnnnnonononononnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnos 326 Datatypes XPath XQuery to NET destare ai disco ansia disnea i 327 Datatypes NET to XPath X Query s s siseitvcescteteet ten tanta danse eset ered 328 1 5 3 MS X
378. ot already open and either the component s content model is displayed in Content Model View or the component is highlighted in Schema Overview Details Entry Helper The Details Entry Helper is available in Schema View It displays editable information about the compositor or component currently selected in the Main Window If you are editing a schema file which contains database extensions an additional tab with information about the DB extensions may be visible Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 69 Details tupe 3 inmteger content simple dernvedE p restriction default SimpleT ype To change the properties of the currently selected compositor or component double click the field to be edited and edit or enter text directly If a combo box is available in the field to be edited select the desired value this value is entered in the field Changes you make via the Details Entry Helper are immediately reflected in the content model diagram Facets Entry Helper The Facets Entry Helper is available in the Schema View and enables you to enter the values of facets patterns and enumerations For examples of how to use facets in an XML Schema please see the relevant sections in the tutorial maslncl 99 minE sc masE mc totalbig fracDig WwhibeS p To change facets patterns or enumerations in the Facets Entry Helper 1 Select the required tab Facets Patterns or Enumeratio
379. our document Se2Qquentce lt element name shipTo type ipo Address lt element name billTo type ipo Address gt lt element ret ipo comment minSiccurs 0 gt lt element name tems type ipo tems gt Sequence gt lt attribute name orderDate type date complex Type lt complexType name ltems SSCQUENCES lt element name tem minQccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt complexType SS EQUENCE lt element name productlame type string lt element name quantity gt simpleType restriction bazes postivelnteger maxExclusive value 00 gt In this section we describe general Text View features that are available for all kinds of documents Specific document types such as XML XQuery and CSS have certain type specific features which are described in the respective sections for those document types For example additional XML specific features of Text View are described in the section XML Editing XML in Text View The general Text View features have been organized as follows e Formatting in Text View describes how the font properties indentation and word wrapping of the document can be specified e Document display contains information about the line numbering bookmarking expanding collapsing of nodes and other display related features e Editing in Text View describes the features that are available while you edit particularly the intelligent editing features e Entry helpers are the w
380. ova to make are the intellectual property of and are owned by Altova and its suppliers The structure organization and code of the Software are the valuable trade secrets and confidential information of Altova and its suppliers The Software is protected by copyright including without limitation by United States Copyright Law international treaty provisions and applicable laws in the country in which it is being used You acknowledge that Altova retains the ownership of all patents copyrights trade secrets trademarks and other intellectual property rights pertaining to the Software and that Altova s ownership rights extend to any images photographs animations videos audio music text and applets incorporated into the Software and all accompanying printed materials You will take no actions which adversely affect Altova s intellectual property rights in the Software Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark practice including identification of trademark owners names Trademarks may only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software and such use of any trademark does not give you any right of ownership in that trademark XMLSpy Authentic StyleVision MapForce Markup Your Mind Axad Nanonull and Altova are trademarks of Altova GmbH registered in numerous countries Unicode and the Unicode Logo are trademarks of Unicode Inc Windows Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT Windows 2000 and Windows
381. ows check box if you want all your menus to have shadows Options The Options tab allows you to set general environment settings x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Macros Plugins Options Toolbar M Show shortcut keys in ScreenTips Large Icons Reset menu Close Toolbar When active the Show ScreenTips on toolbars check box displays a popup when the mouse pointer is placed over an icon in any of the icon bars The popup contains a short description of the icon function as well as the associated keyboard shortcut if one has been assigned The Show shortcut keys in ScreenTips check box allows you to decide if you want to have the shortcut displayed in the tooltip When active the Large icons check box switches between the standard size icons and larger versions of the icons Options The Tools Options command enables you to define global application settings These settings are specified in a tabbed dialog box and saved in the registry They apply to all current and future document windows The Apply button in the Options dialog displays the changes in the currently open documents and fixes the current settings The changes are seen immediately in the background windows Each tab of the Options dialog is described in detail in this section 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 286 User Reference Tools Menu File The File tab defines the way XMLSpy opens and saves documents Related settings ar
382. pdate the folder view e Right click the external folder and select the popup menu option Refresh external folder Deleting files or folders e Right click a folder and press the Delete key to delete the folder from the Project window This only deletes the folder from the Project view and does not delete anything on your hard disk or network e Right clicking a single file and pressing Delete does not delete a file from the Project window You have to delete it physically and then Refresh the external folder contents Note A project folder can be dragged and dropped into another project folder or to any other location in the project Also a folder can be dragged from Windows File Explorer and dropped into any project folder 11 3 14 Add External Web Folder to Project This command adds a new external web folder to the current project Use this command to add a web folder to the current project You can also access this command from the context menu when you right click a folder in the project window Please note that files contained in external folders cannot be placed under source control To add an external web folder to the project 1 Select the menu option Project Add External Web Folder to project This opens the Add Web folder to project dialog box Add Web Folder to Project Identification Cancel User Password save Available files Server LIAL Browse Hew Folder Delete 2 Click in t
383. pears within the CompanyLogo element taht was edited screenshot below Clicking the link adds the href node to the XML document The text box within the href tags appears because the design specifies that the href node be added like this You still have to enter the value or content of the href node Enter the text nanonull gif add href CompanyLogo pene Organization Charte Location of logo ompanyLogo add ahret lt _LompanyLogo Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 133 If the content model of an element is ambiguous for example if it specifies that a sequence of child elements may appear in any order then the add link appears Note that no node name is specified Clicking the link will pop up a list of elements that may validly be inserted Note The Add Node link appears directly in the document template there is no corresponding entry in the context menu or Elements entry helper Creating new elements with the Enter key In cases where an element has been formatted as a paragraph or list item by the stylesheet designer pressing the Enter key when inside such a node causes a new node of that kind to be inserted after the current node You can try this mechanism in the NanonullOrg xml document by going to the end of a para node just before its end tag and pressing Enter Applying elements In elements of mixed content those which contain both text and child el
384. pective combo boxes Replace writable ASK Cancel Set timestamp Current gt Miemb tee The Make writable check box removes the read only attribute of the retrieved files Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 221 Add to Source Control The Add to Source Control command adds the selected files in a project folder to the source control database and places them under source control To add files to source control do the following 1 2 3 In the Project window right click a file and select the menu option Project Source Control Add to Source Control If you select a folder You will be prompted for a directory location where the file should be saved Specify a location and click OK In the Add to Source Control dialog that pops up ensure that the files to be added are checked If the file to be added should be kept checked out check the Keep checked out check box Then click OK Source Control Add to Source Control Files Ok CATEMPissc Bank CSharpicodegentAccount cs COTEMP ssc Bank _CSharpicadegeniBank cs CATEMPr ciBank_CoharplicodegeniBank view cs COTEMP esc Bank CSharpicodegenitheckingAccount Select All COTEMPissc Bank CsharplicodegenicrediCard ccour COTEMP ssc Bank _CSharpicodegent paving 4 ccount c E Cancel ER l Keep checked out A AE Comment The lock symbol now appears next to each of the files placed under source control If
385. perties dialog of that folder If no folder is specified the output folder of the next ancestor project folder is used If no ancestor project folder has an output folder defined a document window is opened and the results of each transformation is displayed successively in this document window An XSL FO transformation transforms an XML document or FO document to PDF Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Projects Using Projects 181 Note To execute batch commands use the context menu of the relevant folder in the Project Window Do not use the commands in the XML DTD Schema or XSL XQuery menus These commands will be executed on the document active in the Main Window O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 182 User Reference 11 User Reference The User Reference section contains a complete description of all XMLSpy menu commands and explains their use in general We ve tried to make this user manual as comprehensive as possible If however you have questions which are not covered in the User Reference or other parts of this documentation please look up the FAQs and Discussion Forums on the Altova website If you are still not able to have your problem satisfactorily addressed please do not hesitate to contact us through the Support Center on the Altova website Note that in the File and Edit menus all standard Windows commands are supported as well as additional XML and Internet related commands Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2
386. plementation specific behavior of XPath 2 0 functions see the section XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions General Information The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine conforms to the World Wide Web Consortium s W3C s XSLT 2 0 Recommendation of 23 January 2007 Note the following general information about the engine Backwards Compatibility The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine is backwards compatible The only time the backwards compatibility of the XSLT 2 0 Engine comes into play is when using the XSLT 2 0 Engine of Altova XML to process an XSLT 1 0 stylesheet Note that there could be differences in the outputs produced by the XSLT 1 0 Engine and the backwards compatible XSLT 2 0 Engine In all other Altova products the backwards compatibility issue never arises This is because these products automatically select the appropriate engine for the transformation For example consider that in XMLSpy you specify that a certain XML document be processed with an XSLT 1 0 stylesheet When the transformation command is invoked XMLSpy automatically selects the XSLT 1 0 Engine of XMLSpy to carry out the transformation Note The stylesheet version is specified in the version attribute of the stylesheet or transform element of the stylesheet Namespaces Your XSLT 2 0 stylesheet should declare the following namespaces in order for you to be able to use the type constructors and functions available in XSLT 2 0 The prefixes given below are conventionally used you could
387. port then create a workspace Install the AccuBridge SCC provider Extract the ZIP archive into the lt AccuRev installation dir gt bin directory Register the AccuRev dll and SccAcc dll as follows Open a command prompt window if you work with Vista start Windows Explorer go to C Windows System32 right click and run cmd exe As administrator Go to the lt installation AccuRev dir gt bin directory Enter the following command at the command prompt Regsvr32 AccuRev dll Regsvr32 SccAcc dll Run the SwitchScc exe program and set AccuRev as the provider Perform a Windows log off and log in again Aigenta Unified SCC http aigenta com products UnifiedScc aspx Supported Versions 1 0 6 Requirements source control client Aigenta Unified SCC works with subversion command line client 1 5 4 at http subversion tigris org CVSNT 2 5 client at http www cvsnt org 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 208 User Reference Project Menu e Bazaar 1 9 Windows and related pre requisites at http bazaar ves org http bazaar vcs org WindowsInstall A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products Borland StarTeam 2008 http www borland com us products starteam Supported Versions StarTeam 2008 Release 2 Cross Platform Client To install the Borland StarTeam Microsoft SCC integration run the setup program and choose to install the SCC API Integration Altova products can now connect to th
388. ppinfo exists for that element then this is indicated by a corresponding row in the dialog OK Kind Source sml lang Cancel doc z 3 To create an appintfo element click the Append or Insert EEE icon at top left to append or insert a new row respectively 4 In the Kind field of the new row select the app option from the dropdown menu 5 In the Content pane of the dialog enter the script or info that you want to have processed by a processing application 6 Optionally in the Source field you can enter a source URI where further information can be made available to the processing application Using keyboard shortcuts in Content Model View You can copy and paste elements in Content Model View using the shortcuts Ctrl c and Ctrl v To copy and paste elements 1 Select the elements you want to copy To select one element click on it To select more than one element click on the first element and use SHIFT and the down arrow key to select further elements 2 Press Ctrl c The elements are copied to the clipboard 3 Select the compositor you want to copy the elements to Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 65 4 Press Ctrl v The elements are pasted as child elements of the compositor To copy and paste elements in reverse order Click on the lowermost element you want to copy and use SHIFT and the up arrow key to select further elements 2 Press Ctrl c The elements are copi
389. pported Versions SourceAnywhere Hosted Client Build 22252 A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products To integrate with the Altova products you do not need to install the plug in for Adobe DreamWeaver CS3 Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 209 Dynamsoft SourceAnywhere Standalone http www dynamsoft com Products SourceAnywhere SourceSafe VSS aspx Supported Versions SourceAnywhere Standalone 2 2 Client A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products To integrate with the Altova products you do not need to install the plug in for Adobe DreamWeaver CS3 After the installation establish a server connection and set a working folder IBM Rational ClearCase 7 http www 01 ibm com software awdtools clearcase Supported Versions 7 0 1 LT To install IBM Rational ClearCase LT run the setup e You will be asked to update the version of the InstallShield scripting engine if it is older than version 10 5 choose Update it if necessary The update runs prior to the installation starting e Choose the default option Enterprise deployment create a network release area and customize it using Siteprep To integrate with Altova products it is sufficient to install only the client Check only the client check box e Provide a server name and the license server element s following the examples provided by the installer port server_name
390. preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Published 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Table of Contents Welcome to XMLSpy 3 User Manual 6 1 Introduction 7 Li TheGrapheal User Interface GUN acacia aci n 8 1 1 1 MON O A occ backache bua vaunece 9 1 1 2 Pro eer WV Indo Weena a E 10 1 1 3 mio W ndo Nesset E TE A 12 1 1 4 Foty A IN 12 1 1 5 Messages WINDOW ati 13 1 1 6 Menu Bar Toolbars Status Bill it todita 14 12 TheApplication Environment amada sion iii 15 1 2 1 Sebas and CUSTOM Z AL Osaa E E 15 1202 Tutorials Projects Examples cad sa Sorel lanl a oa las T icy 15 1 23 XMLSpy Features and Help and Altova ProductS oooooonncnnnccnnnncnnncnonnnnnononccnnccccnnnnnnnnos 16 2 XMLSpy Tutorial 17 2V AMES traca 18 AAA AMES A A blunt advacioatactant dase atcaliegaes 19 ZO MILIONS actos 21 al Creatine a New X MET dec canada esiiaiai 21 22 Speciiy ins the Type of at PMA as 23 2 3 5 Enters Data m Text Videla loc 24 2 3 4 y alidatine the DOCHINGHE s74 25 4cc oe atiee wat iaa 28 235 Adding Elements ands AIDU S scisc icasacuscamsdasduoussauleousa
391. r The catalog xml files are each in a specific schema folder these schema folders being inside the folders A1tovaCommonFolder21Schemas and 5 A1tovaCommonFolderSX XBRL Shell environment variables and Altova variables Shell environment variables can be used in the nextCatalog element to specify the path to various system locations see RootCatalog xml listing above The following shell environment variables are supported AltovaCommonF older SDesktopFolder o 6ProgramMenuFo lder SStartMenuFold ers o StartUpFolder o o TemplateFolde R ae AdminToolsFol der AppDataFolder o lt CommonAppData Folders SFavorlitesFold ers PersonalFolde r SendToFolder SFontsFolder 6ProgramFilesF older SCommonFilesFo lder WindowsFolder o 6SystemFolder 6CommonAppData Folder C Program Files Altova Common2009 Full path to the Desktop folder for the current user Full path to the Program Menu folder for the current user Full path to Start Menu folder for the current user Full path to Start Up folder for the current user Full path to the Template folder for the current user Full path to the file system directory that stores administrative tools for the current user Exists on Windows 2000 Full path to the Application Data folder for the current user Full path to the file directory containing application data for all users Exists on Windows 2000 Full path o
392. r an element that is a child of the attribute s parent element and double click the required attribute in the Entry Helper e Touse the attributes in the Add Child tab select the attribute s parent element in Grid View and double click the required attribute in the Entry Helper Please note Existing attributes which cannot legally be added to the current element a second time are shown in gray Entities Entry Helper The Entities Entry Helper displays all parsed or unparsed entities that are declared inline or in an external DTD If a text node or attribute node is selected in Grid View the Add Child tab will appear empty because by definition such nodes cannot have any children To use the cursor to insert an entity in Grid View place the cursor at the required position in a text field or select the required field then select the appropriate tab and double click the entity Note the following rules e lf the cursor is placed within a text field including an attribute value field the entity is inserted at the cursor insertion point e If an element with a text only child i e PCDATA Or simpleType is selected but the cursor is not placed in the text field then any existing text content is replaced by the entity e f a non text field is selected then the entity is created as text at a location corresponding to the Entry Helper tab that you select Please note If you add an internal entity you will need to save and reopen
393. r will be treated as part of the text string e f the entity type is SYSTEM enter the URI of the resource or select a resource on your local network by using the Browse button If the resource contains parsed data it must be an XML file i e it must have a xml extension Alternatively the resource can be a binary file such as a GIF file e f the entity type is PUBLIC you must additionally enter a system identifier in this field The NDATA entry tells the processor that this entity is not to be parsed but to be sent to the appropriate processor The NDATA field should therefore be used with unparsed entities only Dialog features You can do the following in the Define Entities dialog Append entities Insert entities Delete entities Sort entities by the alphabetical value of any column by clicking the column header clicking once sorts in ascending order twice in descending order Resize the dialog box and the width of columns Locking Once an entity is used in the XML document it is locked and cannot be edited in the Define Entities dialog Locked entities are indicated by a lock symbol in the first column Locking an entity ensures that the XML document valid with respect to entities The document would be invalid if an entity is referenced but not defined Duplicate entities are flagged Limitations of entities An entity contained within another entity is not resolved either in the dialog Authentic View or XSLT ou
394. racter encodings UTF 16 UCS 2 and UCS 4 you can also specify the byte order to be used for the file Another way to change the encoding of an XML document is to directly edit the encoding attribute of the document s XML declaration Default encodings for existing and new XML and non XML documents can be set in the Encoding tab of the Options dialog Note When saving a document XMLSpy automatically checks the encoding specification and opens a dialog box if it cannot recognize the encoding entered by the user Also if your document contains characters that cannot be represented in the selected encoding you will get a warning message when you save your file Close Close All The Close command closes the active document window If the file was modified indicated by an asterisk after the file name in the title bar you will be asked if you wish to save the file first The Close All command closes all open document windows If any document has been modified indicated by an asterisk after the file name in the title bar you will be asked if you wish to save the file first Save Save As Save All The Save Ctrl S command saves the contents of the active document to the file from which it has been opened When saving a document the file is automatically checked for well formedness The file will also be validated automatically if this option has been set in the File tab of the Options dialog Tools Options The XML declaration i
395. re set by specifying the conformance in this option XMLSpy lets you set file type to conform with XML XQuery ZIP and other text grammars Furthermore XML conformance is differentiated between XML DTD and XML Entity file types A large number of file types are defined with a default conformance that is appropriate for the file type We recommend that you do not modify these settings unless you are adding a new file type or deliberately wish to set a file type to another kind of conformance Default view This group lets you define the default view to be used for each file type The screenshot above shows the Filetypes tab of the Enterprise edition If your edition is not the Enterprise edition it will have fewer views than shown in the screenshot Text View This text box lets you set syntax coloring for particular file types Disable automatic validation This option enables you to disable automatic validation per file type Automatic validation typically takes place when a file is opened or saved or when a view is changed Save empty elements in short lt E gt format Some applications that use XML documents or output generated from XML documents may have problems understanding the short lt Element gt form for empty elements defined in the XML 1 0 Specification You can instruct XMLSpy to save elements in the longer but also valid lt Element gt lt Element gt form Add new file extension Adds a new file type to the File types
396. re whether your first XPointer will work you can back it up with a second one as shown in the fourth xi include listed above xpointer element usa element 1 1 Here if there is no element with an ID of usa the back up XPointer specifies that the first child element of the document element is to be selected Additional backups are also allowed Individual XPointers may not be separated or they may be separated by whitespace for example xpointer element usa element addresses 1 element 1 1 Note The namespace binding context is not used in the element scheme because the element scheme does not support qualified names Copy XPath The Copy XPath command is available in Text View and Grid View and creates an XPath expression that selects the currently selected node s and copies the expression to the O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 198 User Reference Edit Menu 11 2 6 11 2 7 11 2 8 11 2 9 clipboard This enables you to paste the expression into a document for example in an XSLT document All expressions start from the document root The XPath expression is resolved differently in Grid View and Text View In Grid View if a single element is highlighted the XPath expression will select not that specific element but all elements of that name at that hierarchical level of the document In Text View that specific element is selected For example if an element called LastName of the third Person element o
397. res are generally available in Text View for all document types These features are in addition to common features of editing applications such as Cut Copy Paste Delete and Select All these commands are in the Edit menu syntax coloring Start tag and end tag matching Intelligent editing Auto completion Moving siblings relative to each other Drag and drop and context menus Find and replace Unlimited undo For some document types such as XML and XQuery additional specialized features are available and these are described respectively in the sections that deal with those document types Syntax coloring Syntax coloring is applied according to the semantic value of the text For example in XML documents depending on whether the XML node is an element attribute content CDATA section comment or processing instruction the node name and in some cases the node s content is colored differently Three groups of document type are distinguished i generic XML which includes HTML ii XQuery and ili CSS The text properties including color of each group can be set in the Text Fonts tab of the Options dialog Tools Options Start tag and end tag matching When you place the cursor inside a start or end tag of a markup element pressing Ctrl E highlights the other member of the pair Pressing Ctrl E repeatedly enables you to switch between the start and end tags This is an excellent aid to locating the start and end tags
398. rm lt supports a number of advanced text editing features described in detail in Text View section of this document Please note You can configure aspects of the Text View using options available in the various tabs of the Options dialog Tools Options 11 9 2 Grid View This command switches the current document into Grid View If the previous view was the Text View the document is automatically checked for well formedness porpurchase rder xmins xsf http Os se ora 2007 CAML Schema instance xMmins po http lamas altowva comilPO orderDate 1999 12 01 srschema Http ihe aktora comiPo E shipTo export code 1 billTo itype ipolS Address name Robert Smith street 8 Oak Avenue city Old Town O state AK zip 95819 Embedded Database Table view XMLSpy allows you to display recurring elements in a Database Table View from within the Grid View This function is available wherever the Grid View can be activated and can be used when editing any type of XML file XML XSD XSL etc For further information on this view please see the Grid View section of this documentation 11 93 Schema Design View This command switches the current document to Schema Design View The switch will be successful only if the document is an XML Schema document This view is described in detail in the Schema View section of this documentation Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference View Menu 269 11 9 4 11 9 5 11 9 6
399. rmation Extensions 317 associating the extension function with an in scope namespace declaration the URI of which must begin with java see below for examples The namespace declaration should identify a Java class for example xmlns myns java java lang Math However it could also simply be xm1ns myns java without a colon with the identification of the Java class being left to the fname part of the extension function e Thefname part identifies the Java method being called and supplies the arguments for the method see below for examples However if the namespace URI identified by the prefix part does not identify a Java class see preceding point then the Java class should be identified in the fname part before the class and separated from the class by a period see the second XSLT example below Note The class being called must be on the classpath of the machine XSLT example Here are two examples of how a static method can be called In the first example the class name java lang Math is included in the namespace URI and therefore must not be in the fname part In the second example the prefix part supplies the prefix java while the fname part identifies the class as well as the method lt xsl value of xmlns jMath 3Java Java lang Math select j Math cos 3 14 gt lt x3 l valve of xmlns Jmath ava select jmath java lang Math cos 3 14 gt The method named in the
400. rmatting 286 Output windows toggling display on and off 295 Overview 18 pP Parameters in DB queries 147 passing to stylesheet via interface 255 Parser built into Altova products 335 XSLT 292 Paste command 195 PDF transforming to in XMLSpy 116 2009 Altova GmbH 360 Index Platforms using 180 for Altova products 334 Projects in XMLSpy Position benefits of 36 Character 271 how to create 36 Line 271 PUBLIC position function in XPath 1 0 304 position function in XPath 2 0 see fn position 312 Presentation 287 Pretty print in Text View 198 Print setup 193 Printing from Authentic View 137 Printing options 193 Program settings 285 Project properties 233 window 18 Project management in XMLSpy 36 Project menu 201 Project Window 10 295 296 toggling display on and off 296 Projects adding active files to 228 adding external folders to 228 adding external Web folders to 231 adding files to 227 adding folders to 228 adding global resources to 227 adding related files to 228 adding to source control 221 adding URL to 227 batch processing with 180 benefits of using 180 closing 203 creating new 202 how to create and edit 177 location of installed files 15 most recently used 235 naming 177 opening 203 overview 201 overview of 176 properties of 177 reloading 203 saving 177 203 identifier catalog 239 Q QName serialization when
401. rmatting seen in Authentic View To print Nanonullorg xml do the following 1 Switch to Hide Markup mode if you are not already in it You must do this if you do not want markup to be printed 2 Select File Print Preview to see a preview of all pages Shown below is part of a print preview page reduced by 50 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 138 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial ALTOVA Organization Chart Lecation of lega presa right 40D gil HNanenill lrg Location Ural 1 9 Cika Secs dere Piore 22 9523 5 52 0 Sees Pre t 1221333300 7 teeta wes hiel ds Verne in 1998 lt a ready le iso ern ir yey Bose pni Ro ice een ae eee dain cones srs lechos Moe de bel e ota ceed eta Sec eae Soe N F iraia 1292 aren O29 ndl rir ay sik spill valh inasun L Mre A eae ams Tho ean tee cn pandu O yar Od ee ee Notice that the formatting of the page is the same as that in Authentic View 3 To print the file click File Print Note that you can also print a version of the document that displays small markup To do this switch Authentic View to Show small markup mode or Show large markup mode and then print Both modes produce a printout that displays small markup Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 139 7 2 1 2 1 Editing in Authentic View This section describes important features of Authentic View in detail Features have been included
402. rmitted Number of users actually use the Software at the same time and further provided that the computers on which the Software is installed are on the same physical computer network The Permitted Number of concurrent users shall be delineated at such time as you elect to purchase the Software licenses Each separate physical network or office location requires its own set of separate Concurrent User Licenses for those wishing to use the Concurrent User versions of the Software in more than one location or on more than one network all subject to the above Permitted Number limitations and based on the number of users using or needing access to the Software If a computer is not on the same physical network then a locally installed user license is required Home User restrictions and limitations with respect to the Concurrent User licenses used on home computers are set forth in Section 1 e d Backup and Archival Copies You may make one backup and one archival copy of the Software provided your backup and archival copies are not installed or used on any computer and further provided that all such copies shall bear the original and unmodified copyright patent and other intellectual property markings that appear on or in the Software You may not transfer the rights to a backup or archival copy unless you transfer all rights in the Software as provided under Section 3 e Home Use You as the primary user of the computer on which the Software is in
403. rules in a schema you specify For example if you create a custom file extension myhtm1 for HTML files that are to be valid according to the HTML DTD then you can enable intelligent editing for files with these extensions by adding the following element of text to CustomCatalog xml as a child of the lt catalog gt element lt spy fileExtHelper ext myhtml uri schemas xhtml xhtmll transitional dtd gt This would enable intelligent editing auto completion entry helpers etc of myhtml files in XMLSpy according to the XHTML 1 0 Transitional DTD Refer to the catalog xml file in the AltovaCommonFolder Schemas xhtml folder which contains similar entries XML Schema and catalogs XML Schema information is built into XMLSpy and the validity of XML Schema documents is checked against this internal information In an XML Schema document therefore no references should be made to any schema for XML Schema The catalog xml file in the 3AltovaCommonFolder Schemas schema folder contains references to DTDs that implement older XML Schema specifications You should not validate your XML Schema documents against either of these schemas The referenced files are included solely to provide XMLSpy with entry helper info for editing purposes should you wish to create documents according to these older recommendations More information For more information on catalogs see the XML Catalogs specification O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual
404. ry 6 2 4 XQuery Intelligent Editing The XQuery Mode of Text View provides the following intelligent editing features Bracket matching The bracket matching feature highlights the opening and closing brackets of a pair of brackets enabling you to clearly see the contents of a pair of brackets This is particularly useful when brackets are nested as in XQuery comments see screenshot below 100000 Filename seqosb xg 1 El 1 Source http w3 org TR query use cases 19 09 Bracket matching is activated when the cursor is placed either immediately before or immediately after a bracket either opening or closing That bracket is highlighted bold black together with its corresponding bracket Notice the cursor position in the screenshot above Bracket matching is enabled for round parentheses square brackets and curly braces The exception is angular brackets lt gt which are used for XML tags Please note When you place the cursor inside a start or end tag of an XML element pressing Ctrl E highlights the other member of the pair Pressing Ctrl E repeatedly enables you to switch between the start and end tags This is another aid to locating the start and end tags of an XML element Keywords XQuery keywords are instructions used in query expressions and they are displayed in blue You select a keyword by placing the cursor inside a keyword or immediately before or after it With a keyword selected pres
405. s 1 5 4 lt msxs Ll script gt The assembly name can be a full name such as system Math Version 3 1 4500 1 Culture neutral PublicKeyToken a46b3f648229c514 or a short name such as myAssembl y Draw Namespaces Namespaces can be declared with the msxs1 using element This enables assembly classes to be written in the script without their namespaces thus saving you some tedious typing Here is how the msxs1 using element is used so as to declare namespaces lt ms xs Li script gt lt msxsl using namespace myAssemblyNS NamespaceName gt lt MSS 1 Scr pc The value of the namespace attribute is the name of the namespace Altova Extension Functions Altova extension functions are in the namespace http www altova com xslt extensions and are indicated in this section with the prefix altova which is assumed to be bound to the namespace given above The following extension functions are supported in the current version of your Altova product in the manner described below However note that in future versions of your product support for one or more of these functions might be discontinued or the behavior of individual functions might change Consult the documentation of future releases for information about support for Altova extension functions in that release e altova evaluate e altova distinct nodes e altova encode for rtf e altova xbrl labels e altova xbrl footnotes altova
406. s Street 119 Cialestreet Suite 4676 Phone 1 321 555 5155 0 City Wereno Fax 1 321 555514454 State amp Ba E a Br a Zip oc 29213 mail ofice fnanonall com Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees The company was established m Vereno m 1995 as a privately held software company Since 1996 Nanonull has been actively involved in developing nanoelectrormo sofware technologies It released the frst version of its acclaimed Manosoft Development puite in February 199 Also im 1999 Nanonull increased its capital base with mvesment from a consortium of private investment firms The company has been expanding rapidly ever since Editing an XML document in Authentic View involves two user actions i editing the structure of the document for example adding or deleting document parts such as paragraphs and headlines and ii entering data the content of document parts This tutorial takes you through the following steps e Opening an XML document in Authentic View The key requirement for Authentic View editing is that the XML document be associated with an SPS file e A look at the Authentic View interface and a broad description of the central editing mechanisms Editing document structure by inserting and deleting nodes Entering data in the XML document Entering i attribute values via the Attributes entry helper and entity values Printing the document Remember that this tutorial is intende
407. s Insert table The Insert Table command inserts a CALS HTML table at the current cursor position Delete table The Delete table command deletes the currently active table Append row HH The Append row command appends a row to the end of the currently active table Append column Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 153 j pp The Append column command appends a column to the end of the currently active table Insert row The Insert row command inserts a row above the current cursor position in the currently active table Insert column jii The Insert column command inserts a column to the left of the current cursor position in the currently active table Join cell left a The Join cell left command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell to the left The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell right E The Join cell right command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell to the right The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell below FA Jolin The Join cell below command joins the current cell current cursor position with the cell below The tags of both cells remain in the new cell the column headers remain unchanged Join cell above The Join cell above command joins the current
408. s 2 Click the Commands tab and drag the commands to the context menu HP Contest Menus Select context menu Commands and drag the toolbar buttons nto the menu windo To delete commands from a context menu 1 Click right on the command or icon representing the command 2 Select the Delete option from the popup menu or Select Tools Customize to open the Customize dialog box Drag the command away from the context menu and drop it as soon as the check mark icon appears below the mouse pointer N To reset any of the context menus 1 Select the context menu from the combo box and 2 Click the Reset button just below the context menu name A prompt appears asking if you are sure you want to reset the context menu To close a context menu window e Click on the Close icon at the top right of the title bar or e Click the Close button of the Customize dialog box Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 285 11 11 4 Menu animations only prior to Windows 2000 e Select one of the menu animations from the combo box if you want animated menus Please note that the combo box is only visible in Windows versions prior to Windows 2000 For Windows 2000 and later these settings have to be changed in the Effects tab of the Display properties dialog box Double click the Display icon in the Control Panel to open the dialog box Menu shadows e Click the Menu shad
409. s For other data entry devices your selection is mapped to a value Street 11 Cialestreet ute 46 76 City Wereno State amp Zip De 29213 a artments 15 employees For the Authentic View shown above here is the corresponding XML text lt Address gt lt 1po street gt 119 Oakstreet Suite 4876 lt 1po street gt lt 1po city gt Vereno lt ipo city gt lt 1po state gt DC lt 1po state gt lt 1po z1p gt 29213 lt 1po z1p gt O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 136 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial lt Address gt Notice that the combo box selection pc is mapped to a value of bc The value of the zip field is entered directly as content of the i po zip element 7 1 5 Entering Attribute Values An attribute is a property of an element and an element can have any number of attributes Attributes have values You may sometimes be required to enter XML data as an attribute value In Authentic View you enter attribute values in two ways e As content in the main window if the attribute has been created to accept its value in this way e Inthe Attributes entry helper Attribute values in the main window Attribute values can be entered as free flowing text or as text in an input field or as a user selection that will be mapped to an XML value They are entered in the same way that element content is entered see Entering Data in Authentic View In such cases the distinction between element content and attrib
410. s a folder alias a dialog will appear that prompts for the name of the file under which the file is to be saved In either case the file will be saved to the location that was defined for the currently active configuration Note Each configuration points to a specific file location which is specified in the definition of that configuration If the file you are saving as a global resource does not have the same filetype extension as the file at the current file location of the configuration then there might be editing and validation errors when this global resource is opened in XMLSpy This is because XMLSpy will open the file assuming the filetype specified in the definition of the configuration Assigning files for XSLT transformations XSLT files can be assigned to XML documents and XML files to XSLT documents via global resources When the commands for assigning XSLT files XSL XQuery Assign XSL and XSL XQuery Assign XSL FO and XML files XSL XQuery Assign Sample XML are clicked the assignment dialog pops up Clicking the Browse button pops up the Open dialog in which you can switch to the Open Global Resource dialog and select the required global resource A major advantage of using a global resource to specify files for XSLT transformations is that the XSLT file or XML file can be changed for a transformation merely by changing the active configuration in XMLSpy no new file assignments have to be made each time a transformation is
411. s a full description of interface features available to you when editing a DB table The following general points need to be noted e The number of records in a DB table that are displayed in Authentic View may have been deliberately restricted by the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet in order to make the design more compact In such cases only that limited number of records is initially loaded into Authentic View Using the DB table row navigation icons see Navigating a DB Table you can load and display the other records in the DB table e You can query the DB to display certain records e You can add modify and delete DB records and save your changes back to the DB see Modifying a DB Table To open a DB based StyleVision Power Stylesheet in Authentic View e Click Authentic Edit Database Data and browse for the required StyleVision Power Stylesheet Navigating a DB Table The commands to navigate DB table rows are available as buttons in the Authentic View document Typically one navigation panel with either four or five buttons accompanies each DB table Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 147 The arrow icons are from left to right Go to First Record in the DB Go to Previous Record Open the Go to Record dialog see screenshot Go to Next Record and Go to Last Record Go To Record E Go to record fil of 6 Cancel To navigate a DB table click the
412. s also checked for the encoding specification and this encoding is applied to the document when the file is saved O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 190 User Reference File Menu The Save As command pops up the familiar Windows Save As dialog box in which you enter the name and location of the file you wish to save the active file as The same checks and validations occur as for the Save command The Save All command saves all modifications that have been made to any open documents The command is useful if you edit multiple documents simultaneously If a document has not been saved before for example after being newly created the Save As dialog box is presented for that document Selecting files via URLs and Global Resources In several File Open and File Save dialogs you can choose to select the required file or save a file via a URL or a global resource see screenshot below Select the Switch to URL or Switch to Global Resource to go to one of these selection processes O F gt Ei O Example5ite z htrl E ExpReport sps S Import 2 2_p1 png ExpReport xml My Recent J Industry Standards E address xsd FEW ExpReport xsd Documents _ MapForce altova gif Eau ExpReport xslt ros 3 Office2007 Altovaright_300 giF exterior gif Tutorial fad BigS xr E html address xsd Desktop _ XBRL Examples EW BigS xsd EMHTML Orgchart sps a MLSpry Client E cond address xsd m Htral GrgChart xml En y JsMLSpyPlugIn El Conditional
413. s are maximized e Open files can be cascaded or tiled using commands in the Window menu e You can also activate open files in the sequence in which they were opened by using Ctri Tab or Ctri F6 e Right clicking a document tab opens a context menu with a selection of File commands such as Print and Close Views in the Main Window The active document can be displayed and edited in multiple views The available views are displayed in a bar above the document tabs see illustration above and the active view is highlighted A view is selected by clicking the required view button or by using the commands in the View menu The available views are either editing or browser views e Text View An editing view with syntax coloring for source level work e Grid View For structured editing The document is displayed as a structured grid which can be manipulated graphically This view also contains an embedded Table view which shows repeating elements in a tabular format In Standard Edition Grid View is read only Editing is available in Enterprise and Professional Editions e Schema View and WSDL View For viewing and editing XML Schemas and WSDL documents In Standard Edition Schema View and WSDL View are read only Editing is available in Enterprise and Professional Editions e Authentic View For editing XML documents that are based on StyleVision Power Stylesheets e Browser View An integrated browser view that supports both CSS and XSL
414. s dialog is Peter Note the following e The external keyword in the variable declaration in the XQuery document indicates that this variable is an external variable e Defining the static type of the variable is optional If a datatype for the variable is not specified in the variable declaration then the variable value is assigned the type xs untypedAtomic e lf an external variable is declared in the XQuery document but no external variable of that name is passed to the XQuery document then an error is reported e lf an external variable is declared and is entered in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog then it is considered to be in scope for the XQuery document being executed If a new variable with that name is declared within the XQuery document the new variable temporarily overrides the in scope external variable For example the XQuery document below returns Paul Jones even though the in scope external variable Sfirst has a value of Peter xquery version 1 0 declare variable first as xs string external let Sfirst Paul let last Jones return concat tiest Slast Please note It is not an error if an external XQuery variable or XSLT parameter is defined in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Variables dialog but is not used in the XQuery document Neither is it an error if an XSLT parameter or external XQuery variable is defined in the XSLT Input Parameters XQuery External Vari
415. s project with which XMLSpy opens is defined in the file Examples spp which is located in the Examples folder e Examples files are in teh Examples folder and in sub folder of the Examples folder XMLSpy Features and Help and Altova Products The Altova website www altova com has a wealth of XMLSpy related information and resources Among these are the following XMLSpy feature listing The Altova website carries an up to date list of XMLSpy features which also compares the support of various features across XMLSpy editions Enterprise Professional and Standard On the website you can also obtain a listing of features that are new since any previous release XMLSpy Help This documentation is the Altova supplied Help for XMLSpy It is available as the built in Help system of XMLSpy which is accessible via the Help menu or by pressing F1 Additionally the user manuals for all Altova products are available in the following formats e Online HTML manuals accessed via the Support page at the Altova website e Printable PDFs which you can download from the Altova website and print locally e Printed books that you can buy via a link at the Altova website Support options If you require additional information to what is available in the user manual this documentation or have a query about Altova products visit our Support Center at the Altova website Here you will find e Links to our FAQ pages e Discussion forums on Altova pro
416. s with the doc function In XMLSpy however before executing individual XQuery documents you can select a source XML document for the execution In such cases the document node of the selected XML source is the starting context item available at the root level of the XQuery document Paths that begin with a leading slash are resolved with this document node as its context item 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 124 XSLT and XQuery XQuery To execute an XQuery document 1 Make the XQuery document the active document 2 Select XSL XQuery XQuery Execution or click the ES toolbar icon This opens the Define an XML Source for the XQuery dialog Define an XML Source for the XQuery l x Chooze a file Saute Work area quenes report xm Browse Window Skip amp ML Make path relative to Always skip choosing an XML Source for the XQuery Statement Cancel Please choose a file from your hard disk or select one of the other windows currently open in MLS py If there i no ML source file associated with the Quey please skip this step 3 Do one of the following e To select an XML file use either the Browse button or the Window button which lists files that are open in XMLSpy and that are in XMLSpy projects Select an XML source if you wish to assign its document node as the context item for the root level of the XQuery document Click Execute e To skip this dialog click Skip XML The result doc
417. saaaatoemnecinatiomialia 259 ILAT Asson sample AMET A AARAA 259 IES GOTTA Gia e a ra aA 259 Feks Auhen Mehi ereen a a a a E 261 LESA NEWDOCUIMEAE static soci 261 iZ dit Database Dita ais 262 11 8 3 Assign Edit a Style VISION let id 263 11 8 4 Select New Row with XML Data for EdItIO8 cccccccccccccnccooonononncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannos 263 liso Dene DIVE aS altra 264 11 8 6 Hide Markup Show Small Large Mixed Markup ccccccccceecceecceeceeeasseeseesesseeeeeeees 266 11 8 7 Append Insert Duplicate Delete ROW cccccccccccccseecceeessssseeeecececeeeeseeasaueesessseeeseeees 266 HESS Move Row UDO NA ot 267 HUS View Md ona cert int cman alasueiacal 268 LIT TEEN A sind ade a eed 268 MI A du ouaiail dal ula nclsusaataheandagtoniansanam isa E 268 LESS schema Desiom View 2 cress ies eet hha ted Cee 268 LD WISDE DESC VIC Wi terna 269 LEDS ABI VAX OM OMY Vie Wines aaa e E rica 269 ESO Authentic Vie Woens a a thee cica dae cules 269 LEST BEOWSEE NI CW tad a 269 ESS ERP ad Di ea 269 TDD A a a a deen 270 PESO apando bes 270 LSO Collapse WSCC CUS ds tao dto o ida 270 EAR Optimal Wl ns scan aa 270 LENIS Word WTA Pl s 270 19 14 Ge to Lane CA ad 271 Altova XMLSpy 2009 PES TO O atada 271 E a a e ete 271 MIO Brn SS Men Tc AE Mined anc NA E E 273 IN BAO a A O Pato N 273 TAO ROW AOS ia sia 273 MLO OP a wilaat cactiee treet hemi aed tet ined Seiten a AO 273 LEADA VIRUS oie cites otra
418. se you will not be able to Try changing any of the field names not the field values such as Street City or State Zip in the address block You are not able to place the cursor in this text because such text is not XML content it is derived from the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Inserting special characters and entities When entering data the following type of content is handled in a special way e Special characters that are used for XML markup ampersand apostrophe greater than less than and quotes These characters are available as built in entities and can be entered in the document by double clicking the respective entity in the Entities entry helper If these characters occur frequently for example in program code listings then they can be entered within CDATA sections To insert a CDATA section right click at the location where you wish to enter the CDATA section and select Insert CDATA Section from the context menu The XML processor ignores all markup characters within CDATA sections This also means that if you want a special character inside a CDATA section you should enter that character and not its entity reference e Special characters that cannot be entered via the keyboard should be entered by Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 135 copying them from the character map of your system to the required location in the document e A frequently used text string
419. ser View is a display view not an editing view In the File Types tab you can also set XMLSpy as the default editor for the selected file type An XML document can be edited in Authentic View if a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS has been assigned to it When an XML file with an associated SPS is opened you can specify that it opens directly in Authentic View Do this by checking the Always open in Authentic View option in the View tab of the Options dialog If this option is not checked the file will open in the default view specified for xml files in the File Types tab see above Assigning schemas When a new XML file is to be created select the menu command File New This pops up the Create New Document dialog screenshot below Create new document g Select the type of document you wish to create Voice xML 2 0 Wireless Markup Language Web Services Description Language SML Data Reduced Schema Extensible Hypertext Markup Language Microsoft Office Excel Worksheet DocBook 4 5 Article DocBook 4 5 Book EJB 2 0 Deployment Descriptor Extensible Markup Language J2EE 1 3 Application J2EE 1 5 Application Client Select a StyleVision Stylesheet Cancel Notice that there are several options for the XML document type The option marked Extensible Markup Language creates a generic XML document Each of the other options is associated with a schema for example the DocBook DTD If you select one of these options an XM
420. signing an SPS Opening global resources A global resource can be opened in XMLSpy with the File Open Switch to Global Resource command and can be edited In the case of a file type global resource the file is opened directly In the case of a folder type global resource an Open dialog pops up with the associated folder selected You can then browse for the required file in descendant folders One advantage of addressing files for editing via global resources is that related files can be saved under different configurations of a single global resource and accessed merely by changing configurations Any editing changes would have to be saved before changing the configuration 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 174 Altova Global Resources Using Global Resources Saving as global resource A newly created file can be saved as a global resource Also an already existing file can be opened and then saved as a global resource When you click the File Save or File Save As commands the Save dialog appears Click the Switch to Global Resource button to access the available global resources screenshot below which are the aliases defined in the current Global Resources XML File Global Resources E al Files E Customer Data f SellerData E 2 Folders own E CompanyData of setenta ele se UL Tomas E Select an alias and the click Save If the alias is a file alias the file will be saved directly If the alias i
421. sing Ctrl Space causes a complete list of keywords to be displayed in a pop up menu You can scroll through the list and double click a keyword you wish to have replace the selected keyword instance intersect 15 In the screenshot above the cursor was placed in the 1et keyword Double clicking a keyword from the list causes it to replace the 1et keyword Variables Names of variables are prefixed with the sign and they are displayed in purple This mechanism of the intelligent editing feature is similar to that for keywords There are two ways to access the pop up list of all variables in a document e After typing a character press Ctrl Space e Selecta variable and press Ctrl Space A variable is selected when you place the cursor immediately after the character or within the name of a variable or immediately after the name of a variable Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH XSLT and XQuery XQuery 123 6 2 5 return 3 To insert a variable after the character when typing or to replace a selected variable double click the variable you want in the pop up menu Functions Just as with keywords and variables a pop up menu of built in functions is displayed when you select a function displayed in olive and press Ctrl Space A function is selected when you place the cursor within a function name or immediately before or after a function name The cursor must not be placed between the parentheses tha
422. sources are assigned differently In any one of the usage scenarios below clicking the Switch to Global Resources button pops up the Open Global Resource dialog screenshot below Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Altova Global Resources Using Global Resources 173 Global Resources E CF Files E MyExpReport E CarOorders E Manonull hL E 2 Folders Lo FS Workarea 5 Invoice oft elote fils lela Switch to URL Sone we Selecting a file type global resource assigns the file Selecting a folder type global resource causes an Open dialog to open in which you can brows for the required file The path to the selected file is entered relative to the folder resource So if a folder type global resource were to have two configurations each pointing to different folders files having the same name but in different folders could be targeted via the two configurations This could be useful for testing purposes In the Open Global Resource dialog you can switch to the file dialog or the URL dialog by clicking the respective button at the bottom of the dialog The Manage Global Resources Fe icon in the top right hand corner pops up the Manage Global Resources dialog Usage scenarios File type and folder type global resources can be used in the following scenarios Opening global resources Saving as global resource Assigning files for XSLT transformations XSLT transformation and XQuery executions As
423. ss http www sourcegear com fortress Supported Versions Fortress 1 1 4 Client A standard installation of SourceGear Fortress client will work with Altova products SourceGear SourceOffsite http www sourcegear com sos Supported Versions SourceOffsite Client 4 2 0 Windows 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 214 User Reference Project Menu A standard installation of SourceOffsite client will work with Altova products SourceGear Vault http www sourcegear com vault Supported Versions 4 1 4 Client A standard installation of SourceGear Vault client will work correctly with Altova products TamTam CVS SCC http www daveswebsite com software tamtam Supported Versions 1 2 36 Requirements CVSNT 2 5 client at http www cvsnt org A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products e Toconnect to the CVS repository you need to install CVSNT e Inthe Altova product open the Source control Advanced options and enter the path to the cvs exe executable TamTam SVN SCC http www daveswebsite com software tamtamsvn Supported Versions 1 2 21 Requirements subversion command line client 1 5 4 at http subversion tigris org A standard installation will work correctly with Altova products e Toconnect to the SVN repository you need to install the subversion command line client and specify the path to the executable svn exe in the Altova product Source control options e After starting UM
424. ssage to jump to the spot in the XML file where the error was found Validation va MA 4 5 58 x ay ES File C Program Filest ltovaXMLSpy2006 Examplez Tutorial ComparyFirst ral is mot walid E Further elements required under element Address Ey f iy Expected ip at position Company Address E Details Validating XML documents To validate an XML file make the XML document active in the Main Window and click XML Validate or F8 The XML document is validated against the schema referenced in the XML file If no reference exists an error message is displayed at the bottom of the Main Window As long as the XML document is open the schema is kept in memory see Flush Memory Cache in the 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 240 User Reference XML Menu DTD Schema menu Validating schema documents DTDs and XML Schema XMLSpy supports major schema dialects including DTD and XML Schema To validate a schema document make the document active in the Main Window and click XML Validate or F8 Schema validation messages in the Validation window If the schema DTD or XML Schema is valid a successful validation message is displayed in the Validation window the Validation window pops up at the bottom of the application window If the schema is not valid one or more error messages are displayed in the Validation window screenshot below ial S 3 3 x E ES The schema doesnt appear to be valid by self fas
425. st Updated 2003 09 01 4 September p q T Nanonull Inc Location us O fo oo I m F bb Dd Di Qu To select a date click on the desired date month or year The date is entered in the XML document and the date in the display is modified accordingly You can also enter a time zone if this is required Text Entry For date fields that do not have a Date Picker see screenshot you can edit the date directly by typing in the new value Please note When editing a date you must not change its format Invoice Humber O01 2006 05 10 Customer The ABC Company Invoice Amount 40 00 If you edit a date and change it such that it is out of the valid range for dates the date turns red to alert you to the error If you place the mouse cursor over the invalid date an error message appears see screenshot 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 156 Authentic Editing in Authentic View 7 2 6 Invoice Humber 001 2006 03 32 Customer ERROR Invalid value for datatype date in element VRO EURE If you try to change the format of the date the date turns red to alert you to the error see screenshot Invoice Humber 001 006 0270 Customer The ABC Company Invoice Amount 40 00 Defining Entities You can define entities for use in Authentic View whether your document is based on a DTD or an XML Schema Once defined these entities are displayed in the Entities Entry Helper and in the Insert
426. st of several sections files and folders see screenshot above To add a global resource click the Add button and define the global resource in the Global Resource dialog that pops up see description below After you define a global resource and save it the global resource or alias is added to the library of global definitions in the selected Global Resources XML File To edit a global resource select it and click Edit This pops up the Global Resource dialog in which you can make the necessary changes see the descriptions of files folders in the sub sections of this section To delete a global resource select it and click Delete After you finish adding editing or deleting make sure to click OK in the Manage Global Resources dialog to save your modifications to the Global Resources XML File Adding a global resource Creating a global resource involves mapping one alias name to one or more resources Each mapping is called a configuration A single alias name can therefore be associated with several resources via different configurations screenshot below 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 168 Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources Configuration 1 Alias Name 7 Resource 1 Configuration 2 H Resource 2 Comfiguratian 7 Resource 3 In the Manage Global Resources dialog screenshot above when you click the Add button you can select whether you wish to add a file type or folder type resource
427. stalled may also install the Software on one of your home computers for your use A copy of the Software may be installed on home computers up to a total of the number of Permitted Users provided that the Software will not be used at the same time on a home computer as the Software is being used on the primary computer If you are using a Concurrent User version of the Software for home use then you may install the Software on any compatible computers equal to the number of Permitted Users only f Key Codes Upgrades and Updates Prior to your purchase and as part of the registration for the thirty 30 day evaluation period as applicable you will receive an evaluation key code You will receive a purchase key code when you elect to purchase the Software from either Altova GmbH or an authorized reseller The purchase key code will enable you to activate the Software beyond the initial evaluation period You may not re license reproduce or distribute any key code except with the express written permission of Altova If the Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH License Information Altova End User License Agreement 345 Software that you have licensed is an upgrade or an update then the update or upgrade terminates the previously licensed copy of the Software to the extent it is being replaced The update or upgrade and the associated license keys does not constitute the granting of a second license to the Software in that you may not use t
428. stance the orgChart example folder is organized further into sub folders for XML XSL and Schema files Examples a ga Org Chart i a ML Files OrgChart srl 5 A XSL Files y OrgChart xsd Expense Report International Purchase Order SOAP Debugger A WSDL Editor PA IndustryStandards a ML based Website A Tamno Query XSLT Projects thus enable you to gather together files that are used together and to access them quicker Additionally you can define schemas and XSLT files for individual folders thus enabling the batch processing of files in a folder This section describes how to create and edit projects and how to use projects Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Projects Creating and Editing Projects 177 10 1 Creating and Editing Projects Projects are managed via the Project Window screenshot below and the Project menu One project can be open at a time in the application The open project is displayed in the Project Window Examples a g Drg Chart XML Files a OrgChart xml i ga SL Files ef OngChartspe helga Orglhart xs ji a DTD Schemas a roy address xed y DraChart ed 3 Expense Report 39 International 3 Purchase Order 3 SOAP Debugger 8 WSDL Editor 3 IndustryStandards 3 XML based Website A Tamno El al al El al al al Creating new projects opening existing projects A new project is created with the menu command Project New Project An exist
429. stored in an XML file These resources can be shared across multiple Altova applications e Using Global Resources Within an Altova application files can be located via a global resource instead of via a file path The advantage is that the resource being used can be instantly changed by changing the active configuration in XMLSpy Global resources in other Altova products Currently global resources can be defined and used in the following individual Altova products XMLSpy StyleVision MapForce and DatabaseSpy O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 166 Altova Global Resources Defining Global Resources 9 1 Defining Global Resources Altova Global Resources are defined in the Manage Global Resources dialog which can be accessed in two ways e Click Tools in the menu bar to pop up the Tools menu screenshot below and select the command Global Resources This pops up the Global Resources dialog e Click the menu command Tools Customize to display the Customize dialog Then select the Toolbars tab and check the Global Resources option This switches on the display of the Global Resources toolbar screenshot below Default Once the toolbar is displayed click the Manage Global Resources icon This pops up the Global Resources dialog The Global Resources XML File Information about global resources that you define is stored in an XML file By default this XML file is called GLobalResources xml and it is stored in the fol
430. sts a table an image etc Siblings could occur before or after an element Higher level elements are ancestor elements and siblings of ancestors For a paragraph element ancestor elements could be a section chapter article etc A paragraph in a valid XML file would already have ancestors Therefore adding a higher level element in Authentic View creates the new element as a sibling of the relevant ancestor For example if a section 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 132 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial element is inserted after a paragraph it is created as a sibling of the section that contains the current paragraph element and it is created as the last sibling section Carrying out node operations Node operations can be carried out by selecting a command in the context menu or by clicking the node operation entry in the Elements entry helper In some cases an element or attribute can be added by clicking the Add Node link in the Authentic View of the document In the special cases of elements defined as paragraphs or list items pressing the Enter key when within such an element creates a new sibling element of that kind This section also describes how nodes can be created and deleted by using the Apply Element Remove Node and Clear Element mechanisms Inserting elements Elements can be inserted at the following locations e The cursor location within an element node The elements available for insertion at that location
431. stylesheets Note The default view for individual file extensions can be customized in the Tools Options dialog in the Default View pane of the File Types tab 1 1 2 Project Window A project is a collection of files that are related to each other in some way you determine For example in the screenshot below a project named Examples collects the files for various examples in separate example folders each of which can be further organized into sub folders Within the Examples project for instance the orgChart example folder is further organized into sub folders for XML XSL and Schema files Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI 11 Examples a g Drg Chart al al al El al al S A XSL Files Eg XML Files oe OrgChart sml DroChart sps OrgChart xs 2 3 DTD Schemas see ee address xsd y OrgChart xed EA Expense Report 39 International 3 Purchase Order 3 SOAP Debugger FA WSDL Editor 39 IndustryStandards FA XML based Website A Tamno Projects thus enable you to gather together files that are used together and to access them quicker Additionally you can define schemas and XSLT files for individual folders thus enabling the batch processing of files in a folder Project operations Commands for folder operations are available in the Project menu and some commands are available in the context menus of the project and its folders righ
432. sub sections of this section Note on date formats In the XML document dates can be stored in one of several date datatypes Each of these datatypes requires that the date be stored in a particular lexical format in order for the XML document to be valid For example the xs date datatype requires a lexical format of YYYY MM DD If the date in an xs date node is entered in anything other than this format then the XML document will be invalid In order to ensure that the date is entered in the correct format the SPS designer can include the graphical Date Picker in the design This would ensure that the date selected in the Date Picker is entered in the correct lexical format If there is no Date Picker the Authentic View should take care to enter the date in the correct lexical format Validating the XML document Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 155 could provide useful tips about the required lexical format Date Picker The Date Picker is a graphical calendar used to enter dates in a standard format into the XML document Having a standard format is important for the processing of data in the document The Date Picker icon appears near the date field it modifies see screenshot Organization Chart Location of logo nanonull gif Last Updated 2003 99 01 El To display the Date Picker see screenshot click the Date Picker icon Location of logo nanonull gif La
433. t Tel gt lt Person gt lt DocumentRoot gt 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 130 Authentic Authentic View Tutorial By default the node tags are not displayed in Authentic View You can switch on the node tags by selecting the menu item Authentic Show Large Markup or the toolbar icon Large markup tags contain the names of the respective nodes Alternatively you can select small markup no node names in tags and mixed markup a mixture of large small and no markup tags which is defined by the designer of the stylesheet the default mixed markup for the document is no markup You can view the text of the XML document in the Text View of your Altova product or in a text editor Entry helpers There are three entry helpers in the interface screenshot below located by default along the right edge of the application window These are the Elements Attributes and Entity entry helpers Elements IY Show XML tree O OrgChart 0 Office Desc E para 0 italic Attributes ax italic xsitype Entities Elements entry helper The Elements entry helper displays elements that can be inserted and removed with reference to the current location of the cursor or selection in the Main Window Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 131 Note that the entry helper is context sensitive its content changes according to the location of the cursor or selection Th
434. t the content model of which you want to display e Double click a component name in the Component Navigator Entry Helper at top right Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XSL XQuery Menu 253 11 7 11 7 1 XSL XQuery Menu The XSL Transformation language lets you specify how an XML document should be converted into other XML documents or text files One kind of XML document that is generated with an XSLT document is an FO document which can then be further processed to generate PDF output XMLSpy contains built in XSLT processors for XSLT 1 0 and XSLT 2 0 and can link to an FO processor on your system to transform XML files and generate various kinds of outputs The location of the FO processor must be specified in the XSL tab of the Options dialog in order to be able to use it directly from within the XMLSpy interface XMLSpy also has a built in XQuery engine which can be used to execute XQuery documents with or without reference to an XML document Commands to deal with all the above transformations are accessible in the XSL XQuery menu In addition this menu also contains commands to work with the Altova XSLT XQuery Debugger XSL Transformation F10 The XSL XQuery XSL Transformation command transforms an XML document using an assigned XSLT stylesheet The transformation can be carried out using the appropriate built in Altova XSLT Engine Altova XSLT 1 0 Engine for XSLT 1 0 stylesheets Alto
435. t Team Foundation Server 2008 Softimage Alienbrain 8 1 Server Softimage Alienbrain 8 1 Essentials Advanced Client Altova XMLS8y bear Fortress 1 1 4 Server SourceGear Fortress 1 1 4 Cliente 7 ova GmbH SourceGear SourceOffsite 4 2 0 Server SourceGear SourceOffsite 4 2 0 Client Windows User Reference Project Menu 207 Softimage Alienbrain 8 1 Server Softimage Alienbrain 8 1 Essentials Advanced Client SourceGear Fortress 1 1 4 Server SourceGear Fortress 1 1 4 Client SourceGear SourceOffsite 4 2 0 Server SourceGear SourceOffsite 4 2 0 Client Windows SourceGear Vault 4 1 4 Server SourceGear Vault 4 1 4 Client VisualSVN Server 1 6 2 Aigenta Unified SCC 1 0 6 PushOK SVN SCC 1 5 1 1 TamTam SVN SCC 1 2 21 Please note XMLSpy has been tested against the source control software editions listed above and it is expected that XMLSpy will also support these products if and when they are updated in the future Source control plugins not listed in the table above but that adhere to the MSCCI 1 1 1 3 specification should also work together with UModel Installation of Version Control Systems This section gives more information on how to set up and install the various version control systems AccuRev http www accurev com Supported Versions AccuBridge for Microsoft SCC 2008 2 1 2 6 T Install AccuRev client software run the installer and specify the server you want to connect to hostname and
436. t any time and the global resource definitions in the new active file will immediately replace those of the previously active file The active Global Resources XML File therefore determines i what global resources can be assigned and ii what global resources are available for look up for example if a global resource in one Global Resource XML File is assigned but there is no global resource of that name in the currently active Global Resources XML File then the assigned global resource alias cannot be looked up e The active configuration is selected via the menu item Tools Active Configuration or via the Global Resources toolbar Clicking this command or drop down list in the toolbar pops up a list of configurations across all aliases Selecting a configuration makes that configuration active application wide This means that wherever a global resource or alias is used the resource corresponding to the active configuration of each used alias will be loaded The active configuration is applied to all used aliases If an alias does not have a configuration with the name of the active configuration then the default configuration of that alias will be used The active configuration is not relevant when assigning resources it is significant only when the resources are actually used Assigning Files and Folders In this section we describe how file type and folder type global resources are assigned File type and folder type global re
437. t are still under source control e Files located in Folder3 and Folder4 work as expected and are placed under source control 11 3 1 New Project The New Project command creates a new project in XMLSpy If you are currently working with another project a prompt appears asking if you want to close all documents belonging to the current project Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 203 11 3 2 11 3 3 11 3 4 11 3 5 11 3 6 Open Project The Open Project command opens an existing project in XMLSpy If you are currently working with another project the previous project is closed first Reload Project E The Reload Project command reloads the current project from disk If you are working in a multi user environment it can sometimes become necessary to reload the project from disk because other users might have made changes to the project Please note Project files spp files are actually XML documents that you can edit like any regular XML File Close Project The Close Project command closes the active project If the project has been modified you will be asked whether you want to save the project first When a project is modified in any way an asterisk is added to the project name in the Project Window s title bar Save Project The Save Project command saves the current project You can also save a project by making the project window active and clicking the Icon
438. t below Check the files you want to get Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 217 Source Control Get Files CATEMPissc iBank_ CSharp icodegenVaccount cs CATE MP ciBank_CsharpicodedgeniBlank c s Lancel CATEMPigec iBank CSharp icodegen Bank View CS CATEMPigsciBank_ CSharpicadegeniChecking amp ccaunt cs select ll CATEMPissc Bank_ CSharp icodegentCreditCard4ccount cs COTEMPigsc Bank _CSharpicadegentSavings4 ccaunt cs Advanced Ok TEER Overwrite changed files check box Overwrites those files that have been changed locally with those from the source control database Select All Selects all the files in the list box Advanced Allows you to define the Replace writable and Set timestamp options in the respective combo boxes Replace writable ASK Cancel Set timestamp Current al The Make writable check box removes the read only attribute of the retrieved files Get Folders The Get Folders command retrieves read only copies of files in the selected folders and places them in the working folder By default the files are not checked out for editing To get a folder s elect it in the Project window and then select the Get Folders command This pops up the Get Folders dialog screenshot below Check the foldersyou want to get 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 218 User Reference Project Menu Source Control Get Folders F
439. t click to access One project is open at a time in the Project Window When a new project is created or an existing project opened it replaces the project currently open in the Project Window After changes have been made to a project the project must be saved by clicking the Project Save Project command The project has a tree structure composed of folders files and other resources Such resources can be added at any level and to an unlimited depth Project folders are semantic folders that represent a logical grouping of files They do not need to correspond to any hierarchical organization of files on your hard disk Folders can correspond to and have a direct relationship to physical directories on your file system We call such folders external folders and they are indicated in the Project Window by a yellow folder icon as opposed to normal project folders which are green External project folders must be explicitly synchronized by using the Refresh command A folder can contain an arbitrary mix of file types Alternatively you can define file type extensions for each folder in the Properties dialog of that folder to keep common files in one convenient place When a file is added to the parent folder it is automatically added to the sub folder that has been defined to contain files of that file extension In the Project Window a folder can be dragged to another folder or to another location within the same folder while a fil
440. t follow the function s name Double clicking a function name in the pop up menu replaces the selected function name with the function from the pop up menu To display a tip containing the signature of a function screenshot below place the cursor immediately after the opening parenthesis and press Ctrl Space Please note The signature can be displayed only for standard XQuery functions nasi Chad 1 of 2 max arg as xdt anyatomicTypetj as xdt anyatomi cType The downward pointing arrowhead indicates that there is more than one function with the same name but with different arguments or return types Click on the signature to display the signature of the next function if available click repeatedly to cycle through all the functions with that name Alternatively you can use the Ctrl Shift Up or Ctri Shift Down key combinations to move through a sequence XQuery Validation and Execution Validating XQuery documents To validate an XQuery document 1 Make the XQuery document the active document 2 Select XML Validate or press the F8 key or click the toolbar icon The document will be validated for correct XQuery syntax Executing XQuery documents XQuery documents are executed within XMLSpy using the built in XQuery 1 0 engine The output is displayed in a window in XMLSpy Typically an XQuery document is not associated with any single XML document This is because XQuery expressions can select any number of XML document
441. t is being referred to from within the file you are currently editing Select the file name path name or URL you are interested in and choose this command from the View menu You can select O e Some characters from within any item in the Text View e Anenclosed string If your text cursor is between quotes XMLSpy will automatically use the entire string that is enclosed in the quotes Text View Settings The Text View Settings command opens the Text View Settings dialog screenshot below in which you can configure Text View The shortcut ifor the command is available as an icon in the Text toolbar 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 272 User Reference View Menu Text Yiew Settings Margins Tabs Visual aid i Line number margin Tab size 3 iW Indentation guides E ance Bookmark margin Insert tabs End of line markers M Folding margin Insert spaces Whitespace markers Up One line up D owr One line down Left One column left Right One column right Ltrl Up Scroll one line up Chl D owr Scroll one line down Ctrl Lett One word left Ctrl Right One word right Alt Up ML element move up Alt Down ML element move down Shift Up Select line up Margins In the Margins pane the Line Number Bookmark and Source Folding margins can be toggled on and off These are separate margins and display respectively line numbers bookmarks and source folding icons to expand and collapse nodes
442. tails Entry Helper Identity constraints can be displayed and edited in the Content Model View or in the Identity Constraints tab of Schema Overview In Content Model View you can toggle the Constraints box on and off with a the Display Constraints Et Please note Property descriptor lines you have defined in the Schema Display C onfiguration dialog can be turned on and off by clicking the Add Predefined Details toolbar icon You can toggle Attributes and Identity Constraints to appear either in the diagram of the content model itself or in a pane below the Conte in Diagram icons for attributes and constraints Ef4 and E 4 respectively In Content Model View you can jump to the content model view of any global component within the current content model by holding down the CTRL key and double clicking the required component You can go to the content model of a base type by double clicking the name of the base type Other editing operations in Content Model View Editing operations in Content Model View are carried out via the context menu see screenshot that appears when you right click within Context Model View A description of the operations are given below 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 62 Editing Views Schema View Add child Insert Append Change Model Hew Global Make Global Optional Unbounded Reference Go to Defintion Edit Edit Annotation Whole Annotation D
443. tance Methods and Instance Fields Datatypes XSLT XQuery to NET Datatypes NET to XSLT XQuery Form of the extension function The extension function in the XPath XQuery expression must have the form prefix fname e The prefix partis associated with a URI that identifies the NET class being addressed e The fname part identifies the constructor property or method static or instance within the NET class and supplies any argument s if required e The URI must begin with clitype which identifies the function as being a NET extension function e The prefix fname form of the extension function can be used with system classes and with classes in a loaded assembly However if a class needs to be loaded additional parameters containing the required information will have to be supplied Parameters To load an assembly the following parameters are used asm The name of the assembly to be loaded ver The version number maximum of four integers separated by periods sn The key token of the assembly s strong name 16 hex digits from A URI that gives the location of the assembly DLL to be loaded If the URI is relative it is relative to the XSLT or XQuery document If this parameter is present any other parameter is ignored partialname The partial name of the assembly It is supplied to Assembly LoadWith PartialName which will attempt to load the assembly If partialname is present any other parameter is
444. tching to Table View 236 using Entry Helpers 31 GUI description 8 2009 Altova GmbH 358 Index H Help contents 297 index 297 key map 298 search 297 Help menu 297 Help system 297 Hide 295 296 Hide markup 81 83 Hide markup in Authentic View 266 Hotkey 279 HTML 159 HTML documents editing 160 Icon add to toolbar menu 276 show large 285 Identity constraints 70 defining in Schema View 52 Image formats in Authentic View 157 implementation specific behavior of XSLT 2 0 functions 308 implicit timezone and XPath 2 0 functions 312 Indentation in Text View 198 Indentation guides 271 Indentation in Text View 40 Index help 297 Info window 18 Info Window 12 295 296 Insert row in Authentic View 266 Insert file path 195 Installation location of example files 15 Intelligent Editing 287 Internet 299 300 Internet usage in Altova products 339 J Java extension functions constructors 320 datatype conversions Java to Xpath X Query 322 datatype conversions XPath X Query to Java 321 for XSLT and XQuery 316 instance methods instance fields 321 overview 316 static methods static fields 320 K Key map 298 Keyboard shortcut 279 Key codes for your Altova software 298 L Large markup in Authentic View 266 last function in XPath 1 0 304 last function in XPath 2 0 see fn last 312 Legal information 340 library m
445. te Ctrl V command inserts the contents of the clipboard at the current cursor position The Delete Del command deletes the currently selected text or items without placing them in the clipboard Insert File Path The Insert File Path command is enabled in the Text View and Grid View of documents of any file type Using it you can insert the path to a file at the cursor selection point Clicking the command pops up a dialog screenshot below in which you select the required file Choose a file Business4ddressBook xml Browse Wand lomo EJ ae Coa Please choose a file from your hard disk a global resource or select one of the other open windows The required file can be selected in one of the following ways i by browsing for the file URL 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 196 User Reference Edit Menu or global resource use the Browse button ii by selecting the window in which the file is open the Window button When done click OK The path to the selected file will be inserted in the active document at the cursor selection point 11 2 4 Insert Xlnclude The Edit Insert Xlnclude command is available in Text View and Grid View and enables you to insert a new XInclude element at the cursor selection point in Text View or before the selected item in both Text View and Grid View If in Grid View the current selection is an attribute the XInclude element is inserted after the attribute and before the
446. te Previous versions of Altova products used a processing instruction with a target or name of xmlspysps SO a processing instruction would look something like lt xml s pys ps HTML Orgchart sps gt These older processing instructions are still valid with Authentic View in current versions of Altova products Edit StyleVision Stylesheet The Authentic Edit StyleVision Stylesheet command starts StyleVision and allows you to edit the StyleVision Power Stylesheet immediately in StyleVision Select New Row with XML Data for Editing The Select New Row with XML Data for Editing command enables you to select a new row from the relevant table in an XML DB such as IBM DB2 This row appears in Authentic View can be edited there and then saved back to the DB When an XML DB is used as the XML data source the XML data that is displayed in Authentic View is the XML document contained in one of the cells of the XML data column The Select New Row with XML Data for Editing command enables you to select an XML document from another cell or row of that XML column Selecting the Select New Row command pops up 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 264 User Reference Authentic Menu the Choose XML Field dialog screenshot below which displays the table containing the XML column Choose XML field Please select the source held from table CUSTOMER that contains ML data Filter where clause CID gt 1002 a gt INFO HISTOR
447. te your own template so that it appears in the list of documents in the Create New Document dialog you first create the template document and then save it to the folder that contains all the templates Do the following 1 Open the XMLSpyl Template folder using Windows Explorer or your preferred navigation tool and select a rudimentary template file from among the files named new xxx where xxx is a file extension such as xml and xslt 2 Open the file in XMLSpy and modify the file as required This file will be the template file 3 When you are done select File Save as to save the file back to the Template O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 184 User Reference File Menu folder with a suitable name say my xml xml You now have a template called my xml which will appear in the list of files in the Create New Document dialog Create new document 79 x Select the type of document you wish to create DocBook 4 2 Article DocBook 4 2 Book EJB 2 0 Deployment Descriptor Extensible Markup Language 145 BRL Document J2EE 1 3 Application JZEE 1 3 Application Client J2EE Connector 1 0 Resource Adapter j Servlet 2 3 Deployment Descriptor pia ML Quen Language gl ML Quen Language y A A A Selecta StyleVision Stylesheet Cancel 4 To open the template select File New and then the template my xml in this case Please note To delete a template delete the template file from the t
448. the XQuery document e When using XPath Evaluator in the XMLSpy IDE the base URI from the static context is the URI of the active XML document e The Unicode character set is supported 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 316 Engine Information Extensions 1 5 1 5 1 Extensions There are several ready made functions in programming languages such as Java and C that are not available as XPath 2 0 XQuery 1 0 functions or as XSLT 2 0 functions A good example of such functions are the math functions available in Java such as sin andcos If these functions were available to the designers of XSLT stylesheets and XQuery queries it would increase the application area of stylesheets and queries and greatly simplify the tasks of stylesheet creators Altova Engines XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 which are used in a number of Altova products support the use of extension functions in Java and NET The Altova XSLT Engines additionally support MSXSL scripts for XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 and Altova s own extension functions You should note that extension functions are always called from XPath expressions This section describes how to use extension functions and MSXSL scripts in your XSLT stylesheets and XQuery queries These descriptions are organized into the following sections Java Extension Functions NET Extension Functions O O e MSXSL Scripts for XSLT e Altova Extension Functions The two main issues considered in the
449. the Append or Insert icon see Step 3 above and select Field An empty Field entry box is added to the selected identity constraint Enter the required XPath expression in the Field entry box Note An ID can be assigned to any of these elements that is to the identity constraint its selector and or field s To assign an ID select the element and in the Details entry helper enter the ID in the id row Identity constraints in Content Model View To view identity constraints in Content Model View do the following 1 2 Note In Schema Overview select the global component for which you wish to create the identity constraint and switch to the Content Model View of that component Ensure that the display of identity constraints is toggled on in the Schema Display Configuration dialog Schema Design Configure View This toggle switches on and off the display of the identity constraints box in the design see screenshot below You can also toggle on and off the display of the Constraints box with the Display Constraints E s icon in the Schema Design toolbar Ensure that the Visualize ID Constraints icon in the Schema Design toolbar is toggled on This ensures that relationship lines and ID constraint information are displayed in Content Model Overview see screenshot below The Visualize ID Constraints icon switches on ID Constraint editing and validating functionality in Schema View If an XPath expression in an ID Cons
450. the current cursor position The x disappears whenever you can drop the command over a tool bar or menu Placing the cursor over a menu when dragging opens it allowing you to insert the command anywhere in the menu Commands can be placed in menus or tool bars If you created you own toolbar you can populate it with your own commands icons Please note You can also edit the commands in the context menus right click anywhere to open the context menu using the same method Click the Menu tab and then select the specific context menu available in the Context Menus combo box To delete a command or menu 1 Select the menu item Tools Customize The Customize dialog appears 2 Click on the menu entry or icon you want to delete and drag with the mouse 3 Release the mouse button whenever the x icon appears below the mouse pointer The command or menu item is deleted from the menu or tool bar Toolbars The Toolbars tab allows you to activate or deactivate specific toolbars as well as create your own specialized ones XMLSpy toolbars contain symbols for the most frequently used menu commands For each symbol you get a brief tool tip explanation when the mouse cursor is directly over the item and the status bar shows a more detailed description of the command You can drag the toolbars from their standard position to any location on the screen where they appear as a floating window Alternatively you can also dock them
451. the description of the individual document types for example XML entry helpers and XQuery entry helpers Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI 13 1 1 5 Note the following e You can turn the display of entry helpers on or off with the menu option Window Entry Helpers Messages Window The Messages Window displays messages about actions carried out in XMLSpy as well as errors and other output For example if an XML XML Schema DTD or XQuery document is validated and is valid a successful validation message screenshot below is displayed in the Messages Window Otherwise a message that describes the error screenshot below is displayed Notice that there are links black link text to nodes and node content in the XML document as well as links blue link text to the sections in the relevant specification on the Internet that describe the rule in question Clicking the purple Def buttons opens the relevant schema definition in Schema View E Es File C Program FilesiAkova ML Spy 2007 Examples ManonullOrg ml is mot walid E Hale oTticenananull com i not allowed for element lt EMail a Reason itt does not satisfy any of the defined patterns see below DA HAL AREA AO DL a Error location OrgChart Office EMail Details E cvc pattern walid otticenananull com is not matched by the regular expressions of t cvc datatype valid 1 1 For type definitio
452. the kind of files displayed in the dialog box The list of available file types can be configured in the File Types tab of the Options dialog Tools Options When an XML file is opened it is checked for well formedness If the file is not well formed you will get a file not well formed error Fix the error and select the menu command XML Check Well Formedness F7 to recheck If you have opted for automatic validation upon opening and the file is invalid you will get an error message Fix the error and select the menu command XML Validate XML F8 to revalidate Ax En J Cit EAN TN o Eno feo pe E i an oe ShiFt_J15 xml Es fia Japanese UTS 4 xml Switch to UAL Gwich to Global Resources Selecting files via URLs To select a file via a URL do the following few Te y Cancel ZA 1 Click the Switch to URL command This switches to the URL mode of the Open dialog screenshot below Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference File Menu 187 oe O Switch to File Dialog Switch to Global Resources File UAL Open as f Auto C ML iZ DTD nooo l Poo Remember password e Password m between application starts Available files Server WAL ftp Ad tumien ac at Browse Wi od tuwien ac at ae E W dict File load f Use cache proxy C Reload dentification eer icon CE a lost Found l a pub eer quotes Fla test h il Fan Mew Folder pe
453. the schema will be read from this location So for example if the following SVG file is opened in XMLSpy lt xml version 1 0 standalone no gt lt DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC W3C DTD SVG 1 1 EN http www w3 org Graphics SVG 1 1 DTD svgll dtd gt lt svg width 20 height 20 xml space preserve gt lt g style fill red stroke 000000 gt lt rect x 0 y 0 width 15 height 15 gt lt rect x 5 y 5 width 15 height 15 gt lt g gt lt svg gt This document is read and the catalog is searched for the PUBLIC identifier Let s say the catalog file contains the following entry catalog lt public publicId W3C DTD SVG 1 1 EN uri schemas svg svgll dtd gt uatalog gt In this case there is a match for the PUBLIC Identifier so the lookup for the SVG DTD is redirected to the URI schemas svg svg11 dtd this path is relative to the catalog file and this local file will be used as the DTD If there is no mapping for the Public ID in the catalog then the URL in the XML document will be used in the example above http www w3 org Graphics SVG 1 1 DTD svgl1 dtd The catalog subset supported by XMLSpy When creating entries in CustomCatalog xml or any other catalog file that is to be read by XMLSpy use only the following elements of the OASIS catalog specification Each of the elements below is listed with an explanation of their attribute values For a more detailed explanation
454. those from the source control database e The following items can be checked out i single files click on the required files in the Project window Ctrl Click ii folders click on the required folders in the Project window Ctrl Click e Checked out files and folders are indicated with a red check mark Advanced Allows you to define the Replace writable and Set timestamp options in the respective combo boxes Replace writable ASK Cancel Set timestamp Current gt Miemb tee The Make writable check box removes the read only attribute of the retrieved files Check In The Check In command checks in previously checked out files that is your locally updated files and places them in the source control database To check in files do the following 1 Select the files in the Model Tree 2 Select Project Source Control Check In 3 In the Check In dialog that pops up select the files to check in then click OK Source Control Check In f Files OK CATEMPR ciBank_CoharpicodegeniBank c CATE MPrssc Bank _CSsharpicodegen Checking 4ccount cs Cancel CATEMPissc Bank CSharpicodegqentsavingsA4ccount cs Select All Keep checked out Differences O a ERE Comment Note the following points e As a shortcut for the Check In command right click a checked out item in the project window and select Check In from the context menu e The following items can be checked in i single files cl
455. tify your employees and agents who may have access to the Software of the restrictions contained in this Software License Agreement and to ensure their compliance with these restrictions THE SOFTWARE IS NEITHER GUARANTEED NOR WARRANTED TO BE ERROR FREE NOR SHALL ANY LIABILITY BE ASSUMED BY ALTOVA IN THIS RESPECT NOTWITHSTANDING ANY SUPPORT FOR ANY TECHNICAL STANDARD THE SOFTWARE IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN OR IN CONNECTION WITH WITHOUT LIMITATION THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL EQUIPMENT MEDICAL DEVICES OR LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS MEDICAL OR HEALTH CARE APPLICATIONS OR OTHER APPLICATIONS WHERE THE FAILURE OF THE SOFTWARE OR ERRORS IN DATA PROCESSING COULD LEAD TO DEATH PERSONAL INJURY OR SEVERE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE YOU AGREE THAT YOU ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY AND ADEQUACY OF THE SOFTWARE AND ANY DATA GENERATED OR PROCESSED BY THE SOFTWARE FOR YOUR INTENDED USE AND YOU WILL DEFEND INDEMNIFY AND HOLD ALTOVA ITS OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES HARMLESS FROM ANY 3RD PARTY CLAIMS DEMANDS OR SUITS THAT ARE BASED UPON THE ACCURACY AND ADEQUACY OF THE SOFTWARE IN YOUR USE OR ANY DATA GENERATED BY THE SOFTWARE IN YOUR USE 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 346 License Information Altova End User License Agreement 2 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS Acknowledgement of Altova s Rights You acknowledge that the Software and any copies that you are authorized by Alt
456. tion with your Software No other network use is permitted including without limitation using the Software either directly or through commands data or instructions from or to a computer not part of your internal network for Internet or Web hosting services or by any user not licensed to use this copy of the Software through a valid license from Altova If you have purchased Concurrent User Licenses as defined in Section l c and subject to limits set forth therein you may install a copy of the Software on a terminal server within your internal network for the sole and exclusive purpose of permitting individual users within your organization to access and use the Software through a terminal server session from another computer on the same physical network provided that the total number of users that access or use the Software on such network or terminal server does not exceed the Permitted Number Altova makes no warranties or representations about the performance of Altova software in a terminal server environment and the foregoing are expressly excluded from the limited warranty in Section 5 hereof and technical support 1s not available with respect to issues arising from use in such an environment c Concurrent Use If you have licensed a Concurrent User version of the Software you may install the Software on any compatible computers in a commercial environment only up to ten 10 times the Permitted Number of users provided that only the Pe
457. tire record is updated when the data is saved to the DB e The date value 0001 01 01 Is defined as a NULL value for some DBs and could result in an error message Deleting a record To delete a record 1 Place the cursor in the row representing the record to be deleted and click the icon The record to be deleted is marked with a strikethrough The AltovaRowStatus Is set as follows primary instances of the record are set to D secondary instances to d and records indirectly deleted to x Indirectly deleted records are fields in the deleted record that are held in a separate table For example an Address table might be included in a Customer table If a Customer record were to be deleted then its corresponding Address record would be indirectly deleted If an Address record in the Customer table were deleted then the Address record in the Customer table would be primarily deleted but the same record would be secondarily deleted in an independent Address table if this were instantiated 2 Click File Save to save the modifications to the DB Please note Saving data to the DB resets the Undo command so you cannot undo actions that were carried out prior to the save 7 2 4 XML Table Editing Icons The commands required to edit XML tables are available as icons in the toolbar and are listed below Note that no corresponding menu commands exist for these icons For a full description of when and how XML tables are to be used see XML table
458. tkey were Say Date then the Order elements would be sorted according to the values of their Date children So the sort criterion for order is selected from the sortkey attribute at runtime This could not have been achieved with an expression like lt xsl sort select UserReq fsortkey order ascending gt In the case shown above the sort criterion would be the sortkey attribute itself not Price or Date or any other current content of sortkey Variables can be used in the altova evaluate extension function as shown in the examples below e Static variables lt xsl value of select 13 12 11 gt Outputs the values of three variables e Dynamic XPath expression with dynamic variables lt xsl variable name xpath select p3 p2 p1 gt lt xsl value of select altova evaluate xpath 10 20 30 gt Outputs 30 20 10 e Dynamic XPath expression with no dynamic variable lt xsl variable name xpath select p3 p2 p1 gt lt xsl value of select altova evaluate xpath gt Outputs 503 p2 p1 Note The static context includes namespaces types and functions but not variables from the calling environment The base URI and default namespace are inherited altova distinct nodes The altova distinct modes function takes a set of one or more nodes as its input and returns the same set minus nodes with duplicate values The comparison is done using the XPath XQuery function
459. to the left or right edge of the main window Toolbar settings defined in the Schema WSDL design and Text view are valid in those views The Browser view toolbars are independent of all the other views O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 278 User Reference Tools Menu x Commands Toolbars Keyboard Menu Macros Plug Ins Options Reset Reset ll Hew Toolbars Rename Delete Show text labels Apply changes for all views Peset menu To activate or deactivate a toolbar e Click the check box to activate or deactivate the specific toolbar To create a new toolbar 1 Click the New button and give the toolbar a name in the Toolbar name dialog box 2 Drag commands to the toolbar in the Commands tab of the Customize dialog box To reset the Menu Bar 1 Click the Menu Bar entry 2 Click the Reset button to reset the menu commands to the state they were in when XMLSpy was installed To reset all toolbar and menu commands 1 Click the Reset All button to reset all the toolbar commands to the state they were when the program was installed A prompt appears stating that all toolbars and menus will be reset 2 Click Yes to confirm the reset To change a toolbar name e Click the Rename button to edit the name of the toolbar To delete a toolbar 1 Select the toolbar you want to delete in the Toolbars list box 2 Click the Delete button 3 A prompt appears asking if you
460. tomatically selected according to whether the XSLT document is XSLT 1 0 or XSLT 2 0 specified in the version attribute of the xs 1 stylesheet element XSLT Processing In the XMLSpy GUI two types of XSLT transformation are available e The XSL XQuery XSLT Transformation F8 command is used for straightforward XML transformations with an XSLT stylesheet to result formats specified and described in the stylesheets e The XSL XQuery XSL FO Transformation command is used i for transformations of XML to FO to PDF in two steps and ii for one step transformations of FO to PDF Specifying the XSLT processor for the transformation The XSLT engine that will be used for transformations is specified in the XSL tab of the Options dialog The available options are explained in the User Reference section The engine specified in the XSL tab will be used for all XSLT transformations Note that for the XSL FO transformation an additional XSLT engine option is available the XSLT engine that is packaged with some FO processors To select this option select the corresponding radio button at the bottom of the XSL tab see screenshot above Specifying the FO processor The FO processor that will be used for transformations of FO to PDF is specified in the text box at the bottom of the XSL tab of the Options dialog screenshot above XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 and Altova s XSLT engines The XSLT version of a stylesheet is specified in the version attribute o
461. toolbars see illustration contain icons that are shortcuts for select menu commands The name of the command appears when you place your mouse pointer over the icon To execute the command click the icon Toolbar buttons are arranged in groups In the Tools Customize Toolbars dialog you can specify which toolbar groups are to be displayed These settings apply to the current view To make a setting for another view change to that view and then make the setting in the Tools Customize Toolbars In the GUI you can also drag toolbar groups by their handles or title bars to alternative locations on the screen Double clicking the handle causes the toolbar to undock and to float double clicking its title bar causes the toolbar to dock at its previous location Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the application window see illustration and displays i status information about the loading of files and ii information about menu commands and command shortcuts in the toolbars when the mouse cursor is placed over these Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Introduction The Application Environment 15 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 The Application Environment In this section we describe various aspects of the application that are important for getting started Reading through this section will help you familiarize yourself with XMLSpy and get you off to a confident start lt contains important information about sett
462. tova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 143 Administration Last Title Leave en EMail shares Total Used E Vernon Canay OR st v callaby nanorull com 1500 la AD dj 21 he miel o ffurth ull 22 2 20 t et ne cenvable endinanonall com Accountin ity Mats E tase nnon con as es 25 7 ls Manager of Employees 3 20 of Office 9 of Company Shares 1500 13 of Office 6 Company Hon Shareholders Frank Further Loby Matise To move among cells in the table use the Up Down Left and Right arrow keys To move forward from one cell to the next use the Tab key Pressing the Tab key in the last cell of a row creates a new row XML Tables XML tables can be inserted by you the user of Authentic View They enable you to insert tables anywhere in the XML document where they are allowed which is useful if you need to insert tabular information in your document These tables will be printed out as tables when you print out directly from Authentic View If you are also generating output with XSLT stylesheets discuss the required output with the designer of the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Note that you can insert XML tables only at allowed locations These locations are specified in the schema DTD or XML Schema If you wish to insert a table at additional locations discuss this with the person designing the StyleVision Power Stylesheet Working with XML tables There are three
463. tput and the ampersand character of such an entity is displayed in its escaped form i e samp External entities are not resolved in Authentic View except in the case where an entity is an image file and it is entered as the value of an attribute of type ENTITY or ENTITIES Such entities are resolved when the document is processed with an XSLT generated from the SPS Images in Authentic View Authentic View allows you to specify images that will be used in the final output document HTML RTF PDF and Word 2007 You should note that some image formats might not be supported in some formats or by some applications For example the SVG format is supported 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 158 Authentic Editing in Authentic View 7 2 8 in PDF but not in RTF and would require a browser add on for it to be viewed in HTML So when selecting an image format be sure to select a format that is supported in the output formats of your document Most image formats are supported across all the output formats see list below Authentic View is based on Internet Explorer and is able to display most of the image formats that your version of Internet Explorer can display The following commonly used image formats are supported GIF JPG PNG BMP WMF Microsoft Windows Metafile EMF Enhanced Metafile SVG for PDF output only Relative paths Relative paths are resolved relative to the SPS file Keystrokes in Authentic View
464. traint does not locate a node an error or warning might be displayed This error or warning is to alert you to the incorrect XPath expression the XML Schema document itself is not invalid because of the incorrect XPath expression To re check the validity of the document without the XPath expression check switch to Text View or Grid View and validate You can also disable validation in Schema View by toggling the Visualize ID Constraints icon L amp I off The screenshot below shows the graphical display of identity constraints There are two identity constraints in the identity constraints box Teamkey and TeamKeyRef The properties of TeamKeyRef are highlighted with a solid green line since TeamKeyRef is selected The properties of TeamKey unselected are shown with a dotted green line For each identity constraint the node selected by the XPath expression for selector and field are show with the icons 2 and respectively If a node is collapsed as is the case with the field element of the TeamKey constraint the relationship line ends with an ellipsis see screenshot below 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 72 Editing Views Schema View EAS attributes group E Coto E y al igpe ss H type xs string derivedBy extension AA AAA AS E constrainte E key TeamKey selector grouptea T name E kevrel TeamKeyRef selector mateh tea et name To create an identity constraint in Content
465. ts and example files Location of tutorials projects and example files The XMLSpy tutorials projects and example files are installed in the folder C Documents and Settings lt username gt My Documents Altova XMLS py2009 Examples The My Documents Altova XMLSpy2009 folder will be installed for each user registered on a PC within that user s lt username gt folder Under this installation system therefore each user will have his or her own Examples folder in a separate working area Note about the master XMLSpy folder 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 16 Introduction The Application Environment 1 2 3 When XML Spy is installed on a machine a master Altova XMLSpy2009 folder is created at the following folder location C Documents and Settings All Usersl Application Datal When a user on that machine starts XMLSpy for the first time XMLSpy creates a copy of this master folder in the user s lt username gt 1 My Documents1 folder lt is therefore important not to use the master folder when working with tutorial or example files otherwise these edited files will be copied to the user folder of a user subsequently using XMLSpy for the first time Location of tutorial project and examples files All tutorial project and example files are located in the Examples folder Specific locations are as follows e XMLSpy tutorial Tutorial folder e Authentic View tutorial Examples folder e Project file The Example
466. tteusensauawumenue E ERN 31 24A ADLET nS On OSes aa a ER 32 2 4 1 ASSISTING an XSLT F leonora E aaO eiS 32 24 2 PANS POEMS the AMET e nisse a e is ide dr 33 2 4 3 Modiiyimo the X SL Pi eein ai ads 34 A A eE aa a AA E E area aareeenan tata 36 kdd Benelits OF PEO CCUS 5 stat sad ae as 36 Altova XMLSpy 2009 2 6 a2 3 3 3 4 3 5 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 Sul 5 2 5 3 AA PUTIN Oa PrO Cle A E mbonseasecabeac eat lamisi bedbedenouses 36 A o PO PRE E A 38 Editing Views 39 Aa da EPR ACI Cn A O 40 3 1 1 Formats 11 Text VIS aaa e 40 Sided Displayino the Documenta lala aaa 42 3 1 3 A eatasucepel i aoluaiuundeldan suesonsateen sete une 45 3 1 4 Entry Helpers n Text Via a e io 47 A feuds aR OMe nde atte cele A Mehl Salaun iaetatnea tanta alunos 49 3 2 1 Entry Helpers m Orid Vr E A 50 SEEN a OO AE E A 52 3 3 1 SEAMOS a aaa 52 3 3 2 Content Model VIW iie E deal manmmciaeamolosenss 56 3 3 3 Enty Helpersin Schema Visado a tc sics 66 3 3 4 Ne Pes Te COOSA S a A N E 70 dida Smart CSU CH OMS dd atea 74 3 3 6 Back and Forward Moving through PoOSItIONS ooooooocononncccnnncnnnnnnnnononononononcconocccnnnnnnnns 78 NS O O E A 80 3 4 1 OVERVIEW OF ThE GULES 80 3 4 2 Authentio View Eoolbar ICONS siiis castes E EA E N 81 3 4 3 Arthentic View Main WIN y A aio 83 3 4 4 Authentic View Enty Hide 85 3 4 5 Authentie View Context MEUS A li 89 BON CENON as daa iO tot 91 XML 92 Creating Opening and Saving XML Documents
467. tware License Agreement Manufacturer is Altova GmbH Rudolfsplatz 13a 9 A 1010 Vienna Austria EU You may not use or otherwise export or re export the Software or Documentation except as authorized by United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Software was obtained In particular but without limitation the Software or Documentation may not be exported or re exported 1 into or to a national or resident of any U S embargoed country or 11 to anyone on the U S Treasury Department s list of Specially Designated Nationals or the U S Department of Commerce s Table of Denial Orders By using the Software you represent and warrant that you are not located in under control of or a national or resident of any such country or on any such list 10 THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE The Software may contain third party software which requires notices and or additional terms and conditions Such required third party software notices and or additional terms and conditions are located at our Website at http www altova com legal 3rdparty html and are made a part of and incorporated by reference into this Agreement By accepting this Agreement you are also accepting the additional terms and conditions 1f any set forth therein 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS If you are located in the European Union and are using the Software in the European Union and not in the United States then this Software License Agreement will be governed by and construed in a
468. type in the closing slash after the element name lt element An empty element with a single tag is created if a close tag exists it Is removed lt element gt Auto completion Editing in Text View can easily result in XML and other marked up documents such as HTML that are not well formed For example closing tags may be missing mis spelled or structurally mismatched XMLSpy automatically completes the start and end tags of elements as well as inserts all required attributes as soon as you finish entering the element name on your keyboard The cursor is also automatically positioned between the start and end tags of the element so that you can immediately continue to add child elements or contents lt img src alt gt lt img gt XMLSpy makes use of the XML rules for well formedness and validity to support auto completion The information about the structure of the document is obtained from the schema on which the document is based In the case of well used schemas such as HTML and XSLT the schema information is built into XMLSpy Auto completion uses not only information about the structure of the document but also the values stored in the document For example enumerations and schema annotations in an XML Schema are actively used by the Auto Completion feature If in the schema values are enumerated for a particular node then those enumerations will be displayed as auto completion options when that node comes to be edite
469. types element simple type complex type model group etc Import Include Redefine Group SimpleType ComplexType Attribute Attribute Group Motation Annotation Comment PI Select the type of component you want An entry of that type is created in the list of global components Enter the name of the component in the entry and press Enter The name of the new global component is added to the appropriate list s E1m Grp Com Sim etc in the Component Navigator entry helper You can edit the content model of the new global component either by double clicking the component name in the Component Navigator or by clicking the icon to the left of the new component s name in the list of global components Please note You can also create a global component while editing in Content Model View Right click anywhere in the window and select New Global Element While editing in Content Model View you can make a local element a global element or even a complex type if the element has an element or attribute child Select the local element right click anywhere in the window and select Make Global Element or Make Global Complex type Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 55 Deleting global components To delete a global component 1 Select the global component in the list of global components in the Schema Overview 2 Press the Delete key or click the Delete icon at the top
470. ue is inserted into the XML text If the entity is an internal entity Authentic View displays the value of the entity If the entity is an external entity Authentic View displays the entity and not its value This means for example that an XML file that is an external entity will be shown in the Authentic View display as an entity its content does not replace the entity in the Authentic View display You can also define your own entities in Authentic View see Define Entities in the Editing in Authentic View section Authentic View Context Menus Right clicking on some selected document content or node pops up a context menu with commands relevant to the selection or cursor location Inserting elements The figure below shows the Insert submenu which is a list of all elements that can be inserted at that current cursor location The Insert Before submenu lists all elements that can be inserted before the current element The Insert After submenu lists all elements that can be inserted after the current element In the figure below the current element is the para element The bold and italic elements can be inserted within the current para element Insert before italic Insert after it sales are Remove d ly years As can be seen below the para and Of fice elements can be inserted before the current 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 90 Editing Views Authentic View para element Insert Insert before
471. uery see under NET extension functions 323 Extension Functions in Java for XSLT and XQuery see under Java extension functions 316 Extension Functions in MSXSL scripts 328 external functions in XQuery document 309 External parsed entites 286 External XSL processor 292 F Favorites 297 File closing 189 creating new 183 default encoding 292 encoding 189 opening 185 opening options 286 printing options 193 saving 189 sending by e mail 192 tab 286 File extensions customizing 239 for XQuery files 119 setting extensions as file type 110 File menu 183 File path inserting 195 File paths inserting in XMI document 97 File types 286 Files adding to source control 221 2009 Altova GmbH Index 357 Files most recently used 194 Find and replace text in document 199 text in document 198 Floating windows 8 fn base uri in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn collection in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn count in XPath 2 0 and whitespace 312 fn current date in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn current dateTime in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn current time in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn data in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn deep equal in XPath 2 0 and whitespace 312 fn id in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn idref in XPath 2 0 support in Altova Engines 313 fn index of in XPath 2
472. uld need to be i converted to the lexical format of the required XPath datatype and ii cast to the required XPath datatype There are three things that can be done with a NET object created by a constructor e t can be used within a variable lt xsl variable name currentdate select date new 2008 4 29 xmlns date clitype System DateTime gt e t can be passed to an extension function see Instance Method and Instance Fields lt xsl value of select date ToString date new 2008 4 29 xmlns date clitype System DateTime gt e t can be converted to a string number or boolean e lt xsl value of select xs integer data get Month date new 2008 4 29 xmlns date clitype System DateTime gt NET Static Methods and Static Fields A static method is called directly by its name and by supplying the arguments for the method The name used in the call must exactly match a public static method in the class specified If the method name and the number of arguments that were given in the function call matches more than one method in a class then the types of the supplied arguments are evaluated for the best match If a match cannot be found unambiguously an error is reported Note A field in a NET class is considered to be a method without any argument A property is called using the syntax get PropertyName O 2009 Altova GmbH Appendices 326 Engine Information Extensions Examples
473. ument is generated as a temporary file that can be saved to any location with the desired file format and extension XQuery Variables If you are using the Altova XQuery engine XQuery variables can be stored in a convenient GUI dialog All the stored variables are passed to the XQuery document each time you execute an XQuery document via XMLSpy For more information see the description of the XSLT Parameters XQuery Variable command Altova XQuery Engine For details about how the Altova XQuery Engine is implemented and will process XQuery files see XQuery Engine Implementation Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic 125 7 Authentic Authentic View screenshot below is a graphical representation of your XML document lt enables XML documents to be displayed without markup and with appropriate formatting and data entry features such as input fields combo boxes and radio buttons Data that the user enters in Authentic View is entered into the XML file Nanonull Inc Location lus street 119 Cialestreet Suite 44 76 Phone 1 3241 555 51550 City Wereno Fax 1 5621155551554 State amp Ba E a Me a Tin DC 29213 mail otce nanonull com Vereno Office Summary 4 departments 15 employees The company was established m Vereno m 1995 as a privately held software company Since 1996 Nanonull has been actively ivrolved in developing nanoelectrormo sothware technologies It released the first v
474. up onmous e don OnmoLs move OnmoLls Out Onmolds econ ep Auto completion for elements appears when the left bracket of node tags is entered When the start tag of an element node is entered in the document the end tag is automatically inserted as well This ensures well formedness Auto completion for attributes appears when a space is entered after the element name in a start tag When you click an attribute name in the Auto completion pop up the attribute is entered with quotes characters and the cursor positioned between the quotes The Entities entry helper contains character entities from the HTML 4 0 entity sets Latin 1 special characters and symbols Assigning a DTD For XHTML documents a DTD or XML Schema can be assigned via the DTD Schema menu which enables you to browse for the required DTD or ML Schema file An XHTML document can be edited exactly like an XML document Browser View commands Browser View commands are available in the Browser menu Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH HTML and CSS HTML 161 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 162 HTML and CSS CSS 8 2 CSS CSS documents can be edited using Text View s intelligent editing features These features as they apply to the editing of CSS documents are listed below Syntax coloring A CSS rule consists of a selector one or more properties and the values of those properties These three components may be further sub divided into mor
475. ur Support Period The specific upgrade edition that you are eligible to receive based on your Support Period is further detailed in the SMP that you have purchased Software that is introduced as separate product is not included in SMP Maintenance releases updates and upgrades may or may not include additional features In addition Altova will provide Priority Technical Support to you for the duration of the Support Period Priority Technical Support is provided via a Web based support form only and Altova will make commercially reasonable efforts to respond via e mail to all requests within forty eight 48 hours during Altova s business hours MO FR 8am UTC 10pm UTC Austrian and US holidays excluded and to make reasonable efforts to provide work arounds to errors reported in the Software During the Support Period you may also report any Software problem or error to Altova If Altova determines that a reported reproducible material error in the Software exists and significantly impairs the usability and utility of the Software Altova agrees to use reasonable commercial efforts to correct or provide a usable work around solution in an upcoming maintenance release or update which is made available at certain times at Altova s sole discretion If Altova in its discretion requests written verification of an error or malfunction discovered by you or requests supporting example files that exhibit the Software problem you shall promptly pro
476. use alternative prefixes if you wish Namespace Name Prefix Namespace URI XML Schema types http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema XPath 2 0 functions http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions Typically these namespaces will be declared on the xsl stylesheet Of xsl transform element as shown in the following listing lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions lt xsl stylesheet gt The following points should be noted Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XSLT 2 0 Engine Implementation Information 307 e The Altova XSLT 2 0 Engine uses the XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions namespace listed in the table above as its default functions namespace So you can use XPath 2 0 and XSLT 2 0 functions in your stylesheet without any prefix If you declare the XPath 2 0 Functions namespace in your stylesheet with a prefix then you can additionally use the prefix assigned in the declaration e When using type constructors and types from the XML Schema namespace the prefix used in the namespace declaration must be used when calling the type constructor for example xs date e With the CRs of 23 January 2007 the untypedAtomic and duration datatypes dayTimeDuration and yearMonthDuration which were formerly in the XPath Datatypes namespace typically prefix
477. use of it is an email In the same way a headline must occur at a particular location in the document both a structural and semantic unit and will be formatted automatically in the way the stylesheet designer has specified that headlines be formatted You cannot change the formatting of either email address or headline All that you do is edit the content of the email address or headline In some cases content might need to be specially presented for example a text string that must be presented in boldface In all such cases the presentation must be tied in with a structural element of the document For example a text string that must be presented in boldface will be structurally separated from surrounding content by markup that the stylesheet designer will format in boldface If you as the Authentic View user need to use such a text string you would need to enclose the text string within the appropriate element markup For Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Editing in Authentic View 141 7 2 2 information about how to do this see the Insert Element command in the Elements Entry Helper section of the documentation Inserting entities In XML documents some characters are reserved for markup and cannot be used in normal text These are the ampersand s apostrophe less than lt greater than gt and quote characters If you wish to use these characters in your data you must insert them as e
478. ute value is made by the StyleVision Power Stylesheet and the data is handled appropriately Attribute values in the Attributes Entry Helper If you wish to enter or change an attribute value you can also do this in the Attributes Entry Helper First the attribute node is selected in Authentic View then the value of the attribute is entered or edited in the Attributes entry helper In the NanonullOrg xml document the location of the logo is stored as the value of the href attribute of the CompanyLogo element To change the logo to be used 1 Select the CompanyLogo element by clicking a CompanyLogo tag The attributes of the CompanyLogo element are displayed in the Attributes Entry Helper 2 Inthe Attributes Entry Helper change the value of the href attribute from nanonull gif toAltova right 300 gif an image in the Examples folder CompanyLogo bl Altova_right_ 300 ait This causes the Nanonull logo to be replaced by the Altova logo Note Entities cannot be entered in the Attributes entry helper 7 1 6 Adding Entities An entity in Authentic View is typically XML data but not necessarily such as a single character a text string and even a fragment of an XML document An entity can also be a binary file such as an image file All the entities available for a particular document are displayed in the Entities Entry Helper screenshot below To insert an entity place the cursor at the location in the document where you want to insert it
479. uted among the respective folders based on the File Type Extensions defined in the Project Properties dialog box Add Global Resource to Project The Project Add Global Resource to Project command pops up the Choose Global Resource dialog in which you can select a global resource of file or folder type to add to the project If a file type global resource is selected then the file is added to the appropriate folder based on the File Type Extensions defined in the Project Properties dialog box If a folder type global resource is selected that folder will be opened in a file open dialog and you will be prompted to select a file the selected file is added to the appropriate folder based on the File Type Extensions defined in the Project Properties dialog box For a description of global resources see the Global Resources section in this documentation Add URL to Project te The Project Add URL to Project command adds a URL to the current project URLs in a project cause the target object of the URL to be included in the project Whenever a batch operation is performed on a URL or on a folder that contains a URL object XMLSpy retrieves the document from the URL and performs the requested operation 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 228 User Reference Project Menu 11 3 10 Add Active File to Project 11 3 11 11 3 12 11 3 13 tA The Project Add Active File to Project command adds the active file to the current pr
480. utton or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button An xml stylesheet processing instruction is inserted in the XML document lt xml stylesheet type text xsl href C workarea recursion recursion xslt gt Please note You can make the path of the assigned file relative by clicking the Make Path Relative To check box Assign XSL FO The XSL XQuery Assign XSL FO command assigns an XSLT stylesheet for transformation to FO to an XML document The command opens a dialog to let you specify the XSL or XSLT file you want to assign and inserts the required processing instruction into your XML document lt xmlspyxslfo C Program Files Altova xmlspy Examples OrgChartFO xs1 gt You can make the path of the assigned file relative by clicking the Make Path Relative To check box You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XML Spy click the Window button Please note An XML document may have two XSLT files assigned to it one for standard XSLT transformations a second for an XSLT transformation to FO Assign Sample XML file ai The XSL XQuery Assign Sample XML File command assigns an XML file to an XSLT document The command inserts a processing instruction naming an XML file to be processed with this XSLT file when the XSL Transformation is executed on the XSLT file lt altova samplexml C workarea html2xml arti
481. va GmbH User Reference Help Menu 299 11 13 6 Note Free evaluation key When you first start the software after downloading and installing it the Software Activation dialog will pop up In it is a button to request a free evaluation key code Enter your name company and e mail address in the dialog that appears and click Request Now The evaluation key is sent to the e mail address you entered and should reach you in a few minutes Now enter the key in the key code field of the Software Activation dialog box and click OK to start working with your Altova product The software will be unlocked for a period of 30 days Permanent license key The Software Activation dialog contains a button to purchase a permanent license key Clicking this button takes you to Altova s online shop where you can purchase a permanent license key for your product There are two types of permanent license single user and multi user Both will be sent to you by e mail A single user license contains your license data and includes your name company e mail and key code A multi user license contains your license data and includes your company name and key code Note that your license agreement does not allow you to install more than the licensed number of copies of your Altova software on the computers in your organization per seat license Please make sure that you enter the data required in the registration dialog exactly as given in your license e mail
482. va XSLT 2 0 Engine for XSLT 2 0 stylesheets the Microsoft supplied MSXML module or an external XSLT processor If your XML document contains a reference to an XSLT stylesheet then this stylesheet is used for the transformation An XSLT stylesheet can be assigned to an XML document using the Assign XSL command If an XSLT stylesheet has not been assigned to an XML file you are prompted for the XSLT stylesheet to use You can also select a file via a global resource or a URL click the Browse button or a file in one of the open windows in XMLSpy click the Window button Automating XSLT transformations with Altova XML 2009 Altova XML is a free application which contains Altova s XML Validator XSLT 1 0 XSLT 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 engines lt can be used from the command line via a COM interface in Java programs and in NET applications to validate XML documents transform XML documents using XSLT 1 0 and 2 0 stylesheets and execute XQuery documents XSLT transformation tasks can therefore be automated with the use of Altova XML For example you can create a batch file that calls Altova XML to transform a set of documents See the Altova XML documentation for details Transformations to ZIP files In order to enforce output to a ZIP file including Open Office XML OOXML files such as docx one must specify the ZIP protocol in the file path of the output file For example filename zip zip filename xxx filename docx zip filena
483. va provided software Software and any accompanying documentation including without limitation printed materials online files or electronic documentation Documentation By clicking the I accept and Next buttons below or by installing or otherwise using the Software you agree to be bound by the terms of this Software License Agreement as well as the Altova Privacy Policy Privacy Policy including without limitation the warranty disclaimers limitation of liability data use and termination provisions below whether or not you decide to purchase the Software You agree that this agreement is enforceable like any written agreement negotiated and signed by you If you do not agree you are not licensed to use the Software and you must destroy any downloaded copies of the Software in your possession or control You may print a copy of this Software License Agreement as part of the installation process at the time of acceptance Alternatively please go to our Web site at http www altova com eula to download and print a copy of this Software License Agreement for your files and http www altova com privacy to review the privacy policy 1 SOFTWARE LICENSE a License Grant Upon your acceptance of this Software License Agreement Altova grants you a non exclusive non transferable except as provided below limited license to install and use a copy of the Software on your compatible computer up to the Permitted
484. vailable in the Enterprise and Professional editions Identity constraints in Schema Overview To define identity constraints for a global component in Schema Overview do the following 1 Select the global component in the global components list of Schema Overview In the Attributes Identity Constraints pane select the Identity Constraints tab 2 H E 3 Click the Append or Insert Eicon at the top left of the Identity Constraints tab 4 From the popup that appears screenshot below select the type of identity constraint you want to append or insert Unique Key or Keyref Attributes Identity constraints Unique key sey notation kep An entry is created in the Identity Constraints list 5 In the newly created entry enter the Identity Constraint s properties Give the identity constraint a name see screenshot below and then define XPath expressions for the selector and field elements For each location step in these XPath expression a pop up containing the available nodes appears see screenshot below For the refer element of the keyre f kind of identity constraint a dropdown list shows the available key elements see screenshot below Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Editing Views Schema View 71 Attributes Identity constraints Mame elector key Teamkey groupleam keyref TeamkevyRetf If you wish to define multiple field elements on an identity constraint select the identity constraint click
485. velopment efficiency when using Altova products especially as a suite of products e Projects Explains XMLSpy s project mechanism which enables increased efficiency and additional development options User Reference The User Reference part is organized according to the menus in XMLSpy and describes each menu command in detail Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Introduction 7 1 Introduction This introduction describes e the application GUI and e the application environment The GUI section starts off by presenting an overview of the GUI and then goes on to describe each of the the various GUI windows in detail It also shows you how to re size move and otherwise work with the windows and the GUI The Application Environment section points out the various settings that control how files are displayed and can be edited It also explains how and where you can customize your application In this section you will learn where important example and tutorial files have been installed on your machine and later in the section you are linked to the Altova website where you can explore the feature matrix of your application learn about the multiple formats of your user manual find out about the various support options available to you and discover other products in the Altova range 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 8 Introduction The Graphical User Interface GUI 1 1 The Graphical User Interface GUI Th
486. vide such verification or files by email telecopy or overnight mail setting forth in reasonable detail the respects in which the Software fails to perform You shall use reasonable efforts to cooperate in diagnosis or study of errors Altova may include error corrections in maintenance releases updates or new major releases of the Software Altova is not obligated to fix errors that are immaterial Immaterial errors are those that do not significantly impact use of the Software Whether or not you have purchased the Support amp Maintenance Package technical support only covers issues or questions resulting directly out of the operation of the Software and Altova will not provide you with generic consultation assistance or advice under any circumstances Updating Software may require the updating of software not covered by this Software License Agreement before installation Updates of the operating system and application software not specifically covered by this Software License Agreement are your responsibility and will not be provided by Altova under this Software License Agreement Altova s obligations under this Section 6 are contingent upon your proper use of the Software and your compliance with the terms and conditions of this Software License Agreement at all times Altova shall be under no obligation to provide the above technical support if in Altova s opinion the Software has failed due to the following conditions 1 damage cause
487. which these functions are used that is in XSLT 2 0 in XQuery 1 0 and in the XPath Evaluator of XMLSpy Note that this section does not describe how to use these functions For more information about the usage of functions see the World Wide Web Consortium s W3C s XQuery 1 0 and XPath 2 0 Functions and Operators Recommendation of 23 January 2007 General Information Standards conformance e The Altova XPath 2 0 Engine implements the World Wide Web Consortium s W3C s XPath 2 0 Recommendation of 23 January 2007 The Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine implements the World Wide Web Consortium s W3C s XQuery 1 0 Recommendation of 23 January 2007 The XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 functions support in these two engines is compliant with the XQuery 1 0 and XPath 2 0 Functions and Operators Recommendation of 23 January 2007 e The Altova XPath 2 0 Engine conforms to the rules of XML 1 0 Fourth Edition and XML Namespaces 1 0 Default functions namespace The default functions namespace has been set to comply with that specified in the standard Functions can therefore be called without a prefix Boundary whitespace only nodes in source XML document The XML data and consequently the XML Infoset that is passed to the Altova XPath 2 0 Engine and Altova XQuery 1 0 Engine is stripped of boundary whitespace only text nodes A boundary whitespace only text node is a child whitespace only text node that occurs between two elements within an element of mi
488. window has 9 tabs The validation output is always displayed in the active tab Therefore you can check well formedness in tab1 for one schema file and keep the result by switching to tab 2 before validating the next schema document Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference XML Menu 239 11 4 3 otherwise tab 1 is overwritten with the validation result It is generally not permitted to save a malformed XML document but XMLSpy gives you a Save Anyway option This is useful when you want to suspend your work temporarily in a not well formed condition and resume it later Validate a The XML Validate F8 command enables you to validate XML documents against DTDs XML Schemas and other schemas Validation is automatically carried out when you switch from Text View to any other view You can specify that a document be automatically validated when a file is opened or saved Tools Options File The Validate command also carries out a well formedness check before checking validity so there is no need to use the Check Well Formedness command before using the Validate command If a document is valid a successful validation message is displayed in the Validation window Messages rial mam 22 X File C Program Filest ltovaeMLSpye006 E xamples Tutorial CompanyFirst sml is walid Otherwise a message that describes the error is displayed Please note You can click on the links in the error me
489. ws File Explorer to the Project window Global resources in the context menu When you right click a folder in the Project window in the context menu that appears you can select the Add Global Resource menu item to add a global resource The menu command itself pops up the Choose Global Resource dialog which lists all the file type and folder type global resources in the currently active Global Resources XML File Select the required global resource and it will be added to the selected project folder Projects and source control providers If you intend to add an project to a source control repository please ensure that the project files position in the hierarchical file system structure is one which enables you to add files only from below it taking the root directory to be the top of the directory tree In other words the directory where the project file is located essentially represents the root directory of the project within the source control repository Files added from above it the project root directory will be added to the project but their location in the repository may be an unexpected one if they are allowed to be placed there at all For example given the directory structure show above if a project file is saved in Folder3 and placed under source control e Files added to Folder1 may not be placed under source control e Files added to Folder2 are added to the root directory of the repository instead of to the project folder bu
490. xd Sequence gt xed element name Mame type xsd string xsd annotation xed documentation Division Mame Please note These settings apply to the active schema document only Configure View The Schema Design Configure view command allows you to configure the Content Model View Clicking the command opens the Schema Display Configuration dialog at the bottom right of the XMLSpy window enabling you to see the effect of your settings as you enter them in the dialog The settings take effect when you click the OK button of the dialog and apply to the Content Model View of all XML Schema files that are opened subsequently These settings also apply to the schema documentation output and printer output Defining property descriptor lines for the content model You can define what properties of elements and attributes are displayed in the Content Model View These properties appear as grid lines in component boxes To define property descriptor lines Select Schema Design Configure view The Schema display configuration dialog appears 2 Inthe Element or Attribute tab click the Append or Insert icon to add a property descriptor line The line is added in the dialog and to element boxes in the Content Model View 3 From the combo box select the property you want to display See screenshot 4 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for as many properties as required Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Schema Design M
491. xed content This stripping has an effect on the value returned by the fn position fn last f n count and fn deep equal functions For any node selection that selects text nodes also boundary whitespace only text nodes would typically also be included in the selection However since the XML Infoset used by the Altova engines has boundary whitespace only text nodes stripped from it these nodes are not present in the XML Infoset As a result the size of the selection and the numbering of nodes in the selection will be different than that for a selection which included these text nodes The fn position fn last fn count and fn deep equal functions therefore could produce results that are different from those produced by some other processors A situation in which boundary whitespace only text nodes are evaluated as siblings of other elements arises most commonly when xs1 apply templates is used to apply templates When the fn position fn last and n count functions are used in patterns with Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information XPath 2 0 and XQuery 1 0 Functions 313 1 4 2 a name test for example para 3 which is short for para position 3 boundary whitespace only nodes are irrelevant since only the named elements para in the above example are selected Note however that boundary whitespace only nodes are relevant in patterns that use the wildcard for example
492. xisting XML document or create and edit a new XML document In this tutorial you will open an existing XML document in Authentic View described in this section and learn how you can edit it subsequent sections Additionally in this section is a description of how a new XML document can be created for editing in Authentic View Opening an existing XML document The file you will open is NanonullOrg xml It is in the Examples folder of your Altova application You can open NanonullOrg xml in one of two ways e Click File Open in your Altova product then browse for NanonullOrg xml in the dialog that appears and click Open e Use Windows Explorer to locate the file right click and select your Altova product as the application with which to open the file The file NanonullOrg xml opens directly in Authentic View screenshot below This is because 1 The file already has a StyleVision Power Stylesheet SPS assigned to it and 2 Inthe Options dialog Tools Options in the View tab the option to open XML files in Authentic View if an SPS file is assigned has been checked Otherwise the file would open in Text View Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Authentic Authentic View Tutorial 129 Organization Chart Location of logo Inananull gif Remember It is the SPS that defines and controls how an XML document is displayed in Authentic View Without an SPS there can be no Authentic View of the document Cr
493. y Address Oo 4 moh E Ww ha Editing in Text View In this section you will enter and edit data in Text View in order to become familiar with the features of Text View Do the following 1 Select the menu item View Text view or click on the Text tab You now see the XML document in its text form with syntax coloring lt xmil version 1 0 encoding LITF a lt l edited with XML Spy v4 0 7 U htp niwe mapy com by Alexander Pilz private gt Company xmins hith Siny company comnamespace smia xsi http Seay wa org 2001 MLS chema instance xsi schemaLocation h http imy company comnamespace AddressLast xsc gt sAddress xsitype US Address sName US dependency Mame sStreet Noble Lve lt Street gt lt City gt Dallas City gt Text Grid Schema Authentic Browser Untitled ml 2 Place the text cursor after the end tag of the Address element and press Enter to add a new line 3 Enter the less than angular bracket lt at this position A dropdown list of all elements allowed at that point according to the schema is displayed Since only the Person 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 26 XMLSpy Tutorial XML Documents element is allowed at this point it will be the only element displayed in the list Address xsctype US ASddress gt cName US dependency Mame sStreet Noble Ave Street lt City gt Dallas Ciby gt lt Addres gt a 4 Select t
494. y indentation guides which are vertical dotted lines see screenshot above that are toggled on and off with the menu command View Indentation Guides or the corresponding icon in the Text toolbar Using tabs and spaces for formatting You can use tabs and spaces for formatting text especially for non XML documents where the pretty printing option is not available When you press Return or Shift Return the cursor will jump to a position on the next line that corresponds to the starting position of the previous line Word wrapping Lines of text that are longer than the breadth of the Main Window can be made to wrap by toggling the View Word Wrap command on the corresponding icon is in the Text toolbar 3 1 2 Displaying the Document Text View has visual features to make the display and editing of large sections of text easier Some very useful features are i Line Numbers ii Bookmarks iii Source Folding expanding and collapsing the display of nodes iv Indentation Guides and v End of Line and Whitespace Markers These commands are available in the Text View Settings dialog first screenshot below and the Text toolbar second screenshot below The Text View Settings dialog is accessed via the View Text View Settings command or the Text View Settings button in the Text toolbar Settings in the Text View Settings dialog apply to the entire application not only to the active document Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH
495. y be deactivated by licensed users and takes effect when editing or saving files in the Enhanced Grid or Schema Design View When saving a content model diagram using the menu option Schema design Generate Documentation XMLSpy includes the XMLSpy logo This option can only be deactivated by licensed users If a StyleVision Power Stylesheet is associated with an XML file the Authentic save link to design file option will cause the link to the StyleVision Power Stylesheet to be saved with the XML file Line breaks When you open a file the character coding for line breaks in it are preserved if Preserve old is selected Alternatively you can choose to code line breaks in any of three codings CR amp LF for PC CR for MacOS or LF for Unix After making the settings click OK to finish and close the Options dialog File Types The File types tab allows you to customize the behavior of XMLSpy on a per file type basis Choose a file type from the File Types list box to customize the functions for that particular file type Windows Explorer settings Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Tools Menu 287 You can define the file type description and MIME compliant content type used by Windows Explorer and whether XMLSpy is to be the default editor for documents of this file type Conformance XMLSpy provides specific editing and other features for various file types The features for a file type a
496. y right clicking the folder Note that properties can be defined not only for the top Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH Projects Creating and Editing Projects 179 level project folder but also for folders at various levels of the project hierarchy The following properties of a folder can be defined and edited in the Properties dialog Folder name cannot be edited for the top level project folder for which instead of a name a filepath is displayed File extensions cannot be edited for the top level project Validation specifies the DTD or XML Schema file that should be used to validate XML files in a folder Transformations specifies i the XSLT files to be used for transforming XML files in the folder and ii the XML files to be transformed with XSLT files in the folder Destination files for the output of transformations specifies the file extension and the folder where the files are to be saved SPS files for Authentic View specifies the SPS files to be used so that XML files in a folder can be viewed and edited in Authentic View Source control in projects Source control systems that are compatible with Microsoft Source Safe are supported in projects How to use this feature is described in the User Reference section of the manual Saving projects Any changes you make to a project such as adding or deleting a file or modifying a project property must be saved with the Save Project command Refreshing
497. y text which can be restricted by the datatype A complex type is one that has at least one child element or attribute Declaring a child element on an element automatically assigns the element a type of complex e Global and local components A global component can be any of the five listed above A global component can be defined in Schema Overview and it then immediately appears in the list of global components in Schema Overview If the global component is a complex type an element declaration or a model group you can subsequently define its content model by editing it in Content Model View Once a global component has been defined it can be referenced by local components A local component is created directly within the content model of some component Note that in the Content Model View a local component can be converted into a global component via the right click context menu 2009 Altova GmbH User Manual 54 Editing Views Schema View Comments and processing instructions In XML Schema documents comments and processing instructions within simple types and complex types are collected and moved to the end of the enclosing object In such cases it is therefore recommended that you use annotations instead of comments Creating global components To create a global component in Schema Overview 1 E Click the Insert or Append icon at the top of the Schema Overview This pops up a menu listing the various component
498. your machine may be used within the lt msxs1 script gt element The NET Framework 2 0 platform or higher must be installed for MSXSL scripts to be used Consequently the NET scripting languages can be used within the lt msxs1 script gt element The language attribute accepts the same values as the language attribute on the HTML lt script gt element If the Language attribute is not specified then Microsoft JScript is assumed as the default The implements prefix attribute takes a value that is a prefix of a declared in scope namespace Altova XMLSpy 2009 2009 Altova GmbH Engine Information Extensions 329 This namespace typically will be a user namespace that has been reserved for a function library All functions and variables defined within the lt msxs1 script gt element will be in the namespace identified by the prefix specified in the implements prefix attribute When a function is called from within an XPath expression the fully qualified function name must be in the same namespace as the function definition Example Here is an example of a complete XSLT stylesheet that uses a function defined within a lt msxsl script gt element lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions xmlns msxsl urn schemas microsoft com xslt xml
499. ype MyManagedDLL testClass from MyManagedDLL dll XSLT example Here is a complete XSLT example that calls functions in system class System Math lt xsl stylesheet version 2 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns fn http www w3 org 2005 xpath functions gt lt xsl output method xm1 omit xml declaration yes gt lt xsl template match gt lt math xmlns math clitype System Math gt lt sqrt gt lt xsl value of select math Sqrt 9 gt lt sqrt gt lt pi gt lt xsl value of select math PI gt lt pi gt lt e gt lt xsl value of select math E gt lt e gt lt pow gt lt xsl value of select math Pow math PI math E gt lt pow gt lt math gt lt xsl template gt lt xsl stylesheet gt The namespace declaration on the element math associates the prefix math with the URI clitype System Math The clitype beginning of the URI indicates that what follows identifies either a system class or a loaded class The math prefix in the XPath expressions associates the extension functions with the URI and by extension the class System Math The extension functions identify methods in the class System Math and supply arguments where required XQuery example Here is an XQuery example fragment similar to the XSLT example above lt math xmlns math clitype System Math gt math Sqrt 9 Altova XMLSpy
500. yvings4ccount cs Type JanstiMBcs Size O bytes O lines Store only latest version Latest version 1 Date an18 08 6 52p Comment or imp Note that this command can only be used on single files Refresh Status The Refresh Status command refreshes the status of all project files independent of their current status Source Control Manager The Source Control Manager command starts your source control software with its native user interface Change Source Control The Change Source Control command pops up the Change Source Control dialog box screenshot below which enables you to change the source control provider that you are using Click the Unbind button first then click the Select button to select the new source control provider Altova XMLSpy 2009 O 2009 Altova GmbH User Reference Project Menu 227 Change Source Control i x Local Fath fc TEMP ssc Browse a acc Provider Microsoft Visual SourceSafe Select Server Hame Jewmvssafe Bind Server Binding BP AAAAAAAA 00 Unbind Logon ID alp Connected ur Cancel 11 3 7 Add Files to Project 11 3 8 11 3 9 ti The Project Add Files to Project command adds files to the current project Use this command to add files to any folder in your project You can either select a single file or any group of files using Ctrl click in the Open dialog box If you are adding files to the project they will be distrib

Altova XMLSpy 2009

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents